Security, Strategic and Military Studies 2010/2011 (UK) by Routledge Taylor & Francis Group

Routledge

Security, Strategic and Military Studies New Titles and Key Backlist 2010/11

www.routledge.com/securitystudies

Welcome to Routledge

Security, Strategic and Military Studies New Titles and Key Backlist 2010/11

Page 2

Page 5

Page 6

Page 33

Page 35

Page 38

contents Key Titles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Genocide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

Critical Security Studies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Terrorism Studies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

International Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Strategic Studies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Foreign Policy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Intelligence Studies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Regional Security: Asia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Energy Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Regional Security: Europe. . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Gender and Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Regional Security: Middle East & Africa. . . 27

Military Studies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Regional Security: Russia and Eastern Europe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Cold War Studies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Conflict Resolution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Routledge Paperbacks Direct. . . . . . . . . . 61

Peace and Conflict Studies. . . . . . . . . . . 34

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Media, War and Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Order Forms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Human Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Page 40

Page 55

Considering books for course use? Books marked with are available as complimentary exam copies for lecturers or faculty considering them for course adoption. To obtain your copy visit the URL listed beneath the title in the catalog and select your choice of print or electronic copy. Visit www.routledge.com or in the US you can call 1-800-634-7064. Books marked with are available as electronic inspection copies only.

The Easy Way to Order Ordering online is fast and efficient, simply follow the on-screen instructions. Alternatively, you can call, fax, or see order form at the back of this catalog.

Responsibility to Protect. . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

UK and Rest of World Call: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

Contacts uk and rest of world

us, canada and latin america

Marketing

Michael King – Marketing Executive

Jessica Plummer – Marketing Assistant

Email: michael.king@tandf.co.uk

Email: jessica.plummer@taylorandfrancis.com

Editorial

Andrew Humphrys – Senior Commissioning Editor

Michael Kerns – Editor

Email: andrew.humphrys@tandf.co.uk

Email: michael.kerns@taylorandfrancis.com

Rebecca Brennan – Senior Editorial Assistant

Mary Altman – Editorial Assistant

Email: rebecca.brennan@tandf.co.uk

Email: mary.altman@taylorandfrancis.com

Journals:

Online: www.informaworld.com/journals Email: tf.enquiries@informa.com Call: +44 (0)20 7017 5544

Online: www.informaworld.com/journals Email: customerservice@taylorandfrancis.com Call: Toll Free: 1-800-354-1420

Overseas: 1-215-625-8900

US, Canada and Latin America Call: 1-800-634-7064 Fax: 1-800-248-4724

eBooks Over 20,000 of our titles are available as eBooks – available to browse at: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk.

eUpdates Register your email address at www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates to receive information on books, journals and other news within your area of interest.

Trade Customers’ Representatives, Agents and Distribution For a complete list, visit: www.routledge.com/representatives.

K e y T it l e s

Key Titles

Forthcoming in 2011

Security Studies

Textbook

An Introduction

The Routledge Handbook of Security Studies

International Security

Edited by Paul D. Williams, George Washington University, USA

Edited by Victor Mauer and Myriam Dunn Cavelty, both at Swiss Federal Institute of Technology (ETH), Zurich, Switzerland

Focusing on contemporary challenges, this major new Handbook offers a wideranging collection of cutting-edge essays from leading scholars in the field of Security Studies.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Theoretical Approaches to Security and Different ’Securities’ 1. Realism and Security Studies 2. Liberalism 3. The English School and International Security 4. Critical Security Studies 5. Constructivism and Securitization Studies 6. Poststructuralism, Continental Philosophy, and the Remaking of Security Studies 7. Feminist Security Studies 8. National Security, Culture, and Identity 9. Societal Security 10. Human Security and Diplomacy Part 2: Contemporary Security Challenges 11. Terrorism 12. Weapons of Mass Destruction 13. Organised Crime, Drug Trafficking, and Trafficking in Women 14. State Failure and State Building 15. Migration and Security 16. Cyberthreats 17. Old and New Wars 18. The Privatization of International Security 19. Energy Security 20. Resources, the Environment and Conflict 21. Emerging Dangers of Biological Weapons 22. Security and Health in the 21st Century Part 3: Regional Security Challenges 23. China’s Rise: Intentions, Power, and Evidence 24. The Korean Peninsula: On the Brink? 25. Indian Security Policy 26. Pakistan’s Security Predicament: Religion, Economics, or Geopolitics? 27. Afghanistan: A State in Crisis 28. The Middle East as a Crisis Region 29. Iran’s Nuclear Challenge 30. Intervention in Iraq: Regime Change and the Dialectics of State-Building 31. The Israeli-Palestinian Conflict 32. Russia’s Revival 33. The Western Balkans: On the Path to Stability Part 4: Confronting Security Challenges 34. The European Union: From Security Community towards Security Actor 35. Alliances 36. Deterrence 37. Coercive Diplomacy: Scope and Limits, Theory and Policy 38. Peace Operations 39. Humanitarian Intervention 40. Global Governance 41. The Study of Crisis Management 2009: 246 x 174: 504pp Hb: 978-0-415-46361-4: £125.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86676-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415463614

An Introduction Adrian Hyde-Price, University of Bath, UK

This textbook introduces students to the study of contemporary international security. It is aimed at second and third year undergraduates as well as postgraduate students undertaking a taught Masters degree programme. Eschewing jargon, this textbook is clear and accessible; with pedagogical features such as boxes, key points, further reading and student questions. Key theories and concepts are presented in the introductory chapters, and applied to the case-studies and empirical examples in subsequent chapters. Its strong empirical dimension allows it to illustrate contemporary international security problems and issues. The book will be essential reading for upper-level students of international or global security studies, and recommended reading for students of strategic studies, war and conflict studies, terrorism studies and IR in general. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: Theories and Approaches 2. Theories about International Security 3. Globalisation and International Security Part 2: Contemporary Security Issues 4. Humanitarian Intervention 5. International Terrorism 6. Nuclear Proliferation Part 3: Regional Security 7. The Middle East 8. Russia, Eurasia and Energy Security 9. China and East Asia 10. Human Security and ‘New Wars’ Part 4: Conclusion 11. Conflict and Cooperation in the Twenty-First Century March 2011: 246 x 174: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-55036-9: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55037-6: £22.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415550376

Forthcoming

Security Studies A Reader Edited by Christopher W. Hughes and Yew Meng Lai, both at University of Warwick, UK

This reader offers students an informed overview of the most significant work in security studies and features contributions from many of the leading scholars in the field. It is divided into the following sections: • What is Security? • Theories of Security • Security Dimensions and Issues • Security Frameworks and Actors • The Future of Security.

In order to guide students through the issues, the book has a substantial critical introduction exploring the development of security studies, as well as introductions to each section and editorial commentary on the readings themselves. Suggestions for further reading and questions for discussion are also included in each section. This book will be invaluable for students of security studies and international relations. January 2011: 246 x 174: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-32600-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-32601-8: £26.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415326018

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/securitystudies

Security Studies: An Introduction is the most comprehensive textbook available on security studies. It gives students a detailed overview of the major theoretical approaches, key themes and most significant issues within security studies.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Paul D. Williams Part 1: Theoretical Approaches 2. Realism Colin Elman 3. Liberalism Cornelia Navari 4. Game Theory Frank C. Zagare 5. Constructivism Matt McDonald 6. Peace Studies Peter Lawler 7. Critical Theory Pinar Bilgin 8. Feminist Perspectives Sandra Whitworth 9. International Political Sociology Didier Bigo Part 2: Key Concepts 10. Uncertainty Ken Booth and Nicholas J. Wheeler 11. War Paul D. Williams 12. Terrorism Paul Rogers 13. Genocide and Mass Killing Adam Jones 14. Ethnic Conflict Stuart J. Kaufman 15. Coercion Lawrence Freedman and Srinath Rhagavan 16. Human Security Fen Osler Hampson 17. Poverty Caroline Thomas 18. Environmental Change Simon Dalby 19. Health Colin McInnes Part 3: Institutions 20. Alliances John Duffield 21. Regional Institutions Louise Fawcett 22. The United Nations Thomas G. Weiss and Danielle Zach Kalbacher Part 4: Contemporary Challenges 23. International Arms Trade William D. Hartung 24. Nuclear Proliferation W. Pal Sidhu 25. Counterterrorism Paul R. Pillar 26. Counterinsurgency Joanna Spear 27. Peace Operations Michael Pugh 28. The Responsibility to Protect Alex J. Bellamy 29. Private Security Deborah Avant 30. Transnational Organized Crime John T. Picarelli 31. Population Movements Sita Bali 32. Energy Security Michael T. Klare. Conclusion 33. What Future for Security Studies? Stuart Croft 2008: 246 x 174: 568pp Hb: 978-0-415-42561-2: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42562-9: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-92660-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415425629

Bestseller 3rd Edition

Masters of War Classical Strategic Thought Michael I. Handel This is a detailed textual analysis of the classical works on war by Clausewitz, Sun Tzu, Mao Tse-tung, and to a lesser extent, Jomini and Machiavelli. The author takes a fresh look at what these strategic thinkers actually said – not what they are believed to have said. He finds that despite their apparent differences in terms of time, place, cultural background, and level of material/technological development, all had much more in common than previously supposed. 2000: 234 x 156: 512pp Hb: 978-0-7146-5091-3: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-7146-8132-0: £27.99 eBook: 978-0-203-01774-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780714681320

Key Ti t les

Textbook

New

Understanding Global Security

Understanding Counterinsurgency

Explaining Terrorism

Peter Hough, Middlesex University, UK

Doctrine, Operations, and Challenges

Martha Crenshaw, Stanford University, USA

Edited by Thomas Rid, American Academy, Berlin, Germany and Thomas Keaney, Johns Hopkins University, USA

Series: Cass Series on Political Violence

Fully revised to incorporate recent developments in world politics, the second edition of Understanding Global Security analyzes the variety of ways in which people’s lives are threatened and/or secured in contemporary global politics. The traditional focus of Security Studies texts - war, deterrence and terrorism - are analyzed alongside non-military security issues such as famine, crime, disease, disasters, environmental degredation and human rights abuses to provide a comprehensive survey of how and why people are killed in the contemporary world. User friendly and easy to follow, this textbook is designed to make a complex subject accessible to all. Key features include: • ‘top ten’ tables highlighting the most destructive events or forms of death in that area throughout history • boxed descriptions elaborating key concepts in the field of security and International Relations • ‘biographical boxes’ of key individuals who have shaped world events • further reading and websites at the end of each chapter guiding you towards the most up-to-date information on various topics • glossary of political terminology. This highly acclaimed and popular academic text will continue to be essential reading for everyone interested in security. 2008: 246 x 174: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-42141-6: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42142-3: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93267-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415421423

Forthcoming in 2011

Ethnic Conflict An Introduction Rajat Ganguly, Murdoch University, Australia This new upper-level textbook offers a comprehensive overview of four key dimensions of ethnic conflict, and provides six case studies from around the globe. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: Key Dimensions of Ethnic Conflict 2. Ethnic Identity 3. Causes of Ethnic Conflict 4. Dynamics and Consequences of Ethnic Conflict 5. Settling Ethnic Conflicts Part 2: Case Studies 6. Ethnic Conflict in Pakistan 7. Ethnic Conflict in the Philippines 8. Ethnic Conflict in Israel/Palestine 9. Ethnic Conflict in Turkey 10. Ethnic Conflict in Sudan 11. Ethnic Conflict in Nigeria Conclusion Select Bibliography

Causes, Processes and Consequences

This textbook offers an accessible introduction to counterinsurgency operations, a key aspect of modern warfare. Featuring essays by some of the world’s leading experts on unconventional conflict, both scholars and practitioners, the book discusses how modern regular armed forces react, and should react, to irregular warfare. The volume is divided into three main sections:

• Doctrinal Origins: analysing the intellectual and historical roots of modern Western theory and practice • Operational Aspects: examining the specific role of various military services in counterinsurgency, but also special forces, intelligence, and local security forces • Challenges: looking at wider issues, such as governance, culture, ethics, civil-military cooperation, information operations, and time. Understanding Counterinsurgency is the first comprehensive textbook on counterinsurgency, and will be essential reading for all students of small wars, counterinsurgency and counterterrorism, strategic studies and security studies, both in graduate and undergraduate courses as well as in professional military schools. Selected Contents: 1. Understanding Counterinsurgency Thomas Keaney and Thomas Rid Part 1: Doctrine 2. France Etienne de Durand 3. Britain Alexander Alderson 4. Germany Timo Noetzel 5. United States Conrad Crane Part 2: Operational Aspects 6. Army Peter Mansoor 7. Marine Corps Frank Hoffman 8. Airpower Charles Dunlap, Jr 9. Naval Support Martin Murphy 10. Special Operations Kalev Sepp 11. Intelligence David Kilcullen 12. Local Security Forces John Nagl Part 3: Challenges 13. Governance Nadia Schadlow 14. Culture Montgomery McFate 15. Ethics Sarah Sewall 16. Information Operations Andrew Exum 17. Civil-Military Integration Michelle Parker and Matthew Irvine 18. Time Austin Long 19. Counterinsurgency in Context Thomas Rid and Thomas Keaney. Suggested Further Reading April 2010: 246 x 174: 280pp Hb: 978-0-415-77764-3: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77765-0: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85237-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415777650

May 2011: 246 x 174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-57396-2: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57397-9: £23.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415573979

This volume comprises some of the key essays by Professor Crenshaw, from 1972 to the present-day, on the causes, processes and consequences of terrorism. Since the early 1970s, scholars and practitioners have tried to explain terrorism and to assess the effectiveness of government responses to the threat. From its beginnings in a small handful of analytical studies, the research field has expanded to thousands of entries, with an enormous spike following the 9/11 attacks. The field of terrorism studies is now impressive in terms of quantity, scope, and variety. Professor Crenshaw had studied terrorism since the late 1960s, well before it was topical, and this selection of her work represents the development of her thought over time in four areas: • defining terrorism and identifying its causes • the different methods used to explain terrorism, including strategic, organisational and psychological approaches • how campaigns of terrorism end • how governments can effectively contribute to the ending of terrorism. This collection of essays by one of the pioneering thinkers in the field of terrorism studies will be essential reading for all students of political violence and terrorism, security studies and IR/politics in general. Selected Contents: Introduction: Definitions, Approaches, Trajectories, and Responses Part 1: What and Why? 1. The Concept of Terrorism 2. The Causes of Terrorism 3. ’Old’ vs. ’New’ Terrorism Part 2: Explaining Terrorism: Organizations, Strategies, and Psychology 4. The Organizational Approach 5. Subjective Realities 6. The Logic of Terrorism 7. Psychological Constraints on Instrumental Reasoning Part 3: Responding to Terrorism 8. Coercive Diplomacy 9. Strategies and Grand Strategies 10. Counterterrorism Policy and the Political Process Part 4: How Terrorism Ends 11. How Terrorism Declines 12. Why Terrorism is Rejected or Renounced October 2010: 234 x 156: 280pp Hb: 978-0-415-78050-6: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-78051-3: £22.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415780513

related journal

Textbook 2nd Edition

Contemporary Security Policy Editors: Aaron Karp and Regina Karp, both at Old Dominion University, USA One of the oldest peer reviewed journals in international conflict and security, Contemporary Security Policy promotes theoretically-based research on policy problems of armed violence, peace building and conflict resolution. Since it first appeared in 1980, CSP has established its unique place as a meeting ground for research at the nexus of theory and policy. For more information on the journal, including subscription details, please visit: www.tandf.co.uk/journals/fcsp

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

K e y T it l e s

Forthcoming in 2011

3rd Edition

Terrorism Studies

Textbook

Terrorism Versus Democracy The Liberal State Response Paul Wilkinson, University of St. Andrews, UK Series: Cass Series on Political Violence ’From one of the founding fathers of terrorism studies, an urgent and necessary reminder of that which we must hold dear in combating all forms of terrorism. Paul Wilkinson understands the vital lessons to be learned from responding to terrorism, and this updated edition of his landmark book is absolutely essential reading.’ – John Horgan, University of St. Andrews, UK ‘This is a well-argued, balanced book on a subject where sound judgement is often lacking. Professor Wilkinson, one of the leading authorities on the subject of terrorism, discusses both the terrorist threat and the appropriateness of military, legal and diplomatic responses with clarity and persuasion. This book is an important addition to the literature on terrorism and deserves to be widely read.’ – Alex Schmid This acclaimed study examines both the new terror networks and those that have been around for decades. This new edition brings it up-to-date with the dramatic opening of the twenty-first century, with new chapters on the 9/11 attacks, the growth of international terrorism, the Al Qaeda network and the War on Terror. This text provides us with some much needed criteria for distinguishing between terrorists and freedom fighters and an explanation of the uses of terrorism as a political, social, religious and criminal weapon. Wilkinson also links the use of terrorism to a wider repertoire of struggle. He proposes a variety of possible countermeasures and valuable principles carefully distilled from the recent past to help design a response that is compatible with democratic principles, the rule of law and respect for human rights. This book is essential reading for undergraduate and postgraduate students of terrorism studies, political science and international relations, as well as for policy makers and journalists. Selected Contents: Preface. Glossary of Terrorist Groups. Introduction to Revised Edition 1. Terrorism, Insurgency and Asymmetrical Conflict 2. The Emergence of Modern Terrorism 3. Origins and Key Characteristics of Al Qaeda 4. Terrorist Backed Insurgencies 5. Politics, Diplomacy and Peace Processes: Pathways out of Terrorism? 6. LawEnforcement, Criminal Justice and the Liberal State 7. The Role of the Military in Combating Terrorism 8. HostageTaking, Sieges and Problems of Response 9. Aviation Security 10. The Media and Terrorism 11. International Cooperation Against Terrorism 12. The Future of Terrorism 13. Conclusion. Further Reading and Bibliography January 2011: 234 x 156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-58800-3: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58799-0: £23.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415587990

A Reader Edited by John Horgan and Kurt Braddock, both at Pennsylvania State University, USA

This book is a comprehensive Terrorism Studies Reader that aims to introduce and guide students through the most important articles on the subject of terrorism and political violence.

Selected Contents: Studying Terrorism: An Introduction Section 1: Terrorism in Historical Context Section 2: Definitions Section 3: Understanding and Explaining Terrorism Section 4: Terrorist Movements Section 5: Terrorist Behaviour Section 6: Counterterrorism Section 7: Current Trends in Terrorism Section 8: The Future of Terrorism. Conclusions March 2011: 246 x 174: 480pp Hb: 978-0-415-45504-6: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45505-3: £26.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415455053

Forthcoming in 2011

Terrorism: The Basics James Lutz and Brenda J. Lutz, both at Indiana University-Purdue, USA Series: The Basics

Terrorism: The Basics is an ideal starting point for anyone interested in one of the most discussed, written about and analysed aspects of modern life. Common misconceptions about the nature of terrorism and terrorists themselves are dispelled as the authors provide clear and jargon-free answers to the big questions: • What does terrorism involve?

• Who can be classified as a terrorist? • What are terrorists trying to achieve? • Who are the supporters of terrorism? • Can there ever be an end to terrorist activity? These questions and more are answered with reference to contemporary groups and situations allowing readers to relate theory to what they have seen on the news. Written with clarity and insight, this book is the perfect first book on terrorism for students of all levels. Selected Contents: 1. What is Terrorism? 2. What do the Terrorists Want? 3. Who are the Terrorists? 4. What are the Techniques? 5. Who are the Targets of Terrorists? 6. Who Supports the Terrorists? 7. Some Major Terrorist Groups 8. What can be Done to Counter Terrorism? 9. Will Terrorism Continue? 10. Conclusions March 2011: 198 x 129: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-57333-7: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57334-4: £11.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415573344

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/securitystudies

Conflict, Security and Development An Introduction Paul Jackson and Danielle Beswick, both at University of Birmingham, UK

This new textbook addresses the the impact of conflict and security on development initiatives. Currently, there is no available textbook that marries academic teaching and approaches with practical policy experience in the way this one does. The authors integrate these elements through three key features: • uses the best of recent academic theory, field research and policy to provide an overview of the connections between security and development

• explores the implications of these connections for the theory and practice of development • investigates the challenges that arise for post-conflict reconstruction when we recognise that security and development are mutually contingent. The authors are experienced in both the theory and practice of development and conflict, and illustrate the theory about the links between conflict, security and development with practical examples, drawing on up-to-date literature and personal experience. Each chapter is informed by student pedagogy and the book will be essential reading for all students of development studies, war and conflict studies, and human security, and is recommended for students of international security and IR in general. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Security and Development - Mutually Reinforcing? 3. Accounting for Conflict in the Developing World 4. The Changing Nature of Conflict and its Impact on Development 5. Development Actors in War 6. International and Humanitarian Intervention 7. The Privatisation of Security 8. Development and Security in Post-Conflict Environments 9 . International Responses to the Development-Security Dilemma 10. Conclusions: Development and Security - Reconnecting the Threads. Select Bibliography March 2011: 246 x 174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-49984-2: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49983-5: £22.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415499835

Key Ti t les

Textbook

War, Conflict and Human Rights

Conflict Management and Resolution

International Conflict Management

Theory and Practice

An Introduction

Michael J. Butler, Clark University, USA

Chandra Lekha Sriram, Olga Martin-Ortega and Johanna Herman, all at University of East London, UK

Ho-Won Jeong, George Mason University, USA

‘What makes this book such a superb teaching tool? The text begins by providing separate background chapters on human rights and conflict studies. This makes the case studies and topical chapters completely accessible for a wide range of students. Clearly written and completely up-to-date, War, Conflict and Human Rights will undoubtedly find itself on the mandatory reading list of many syllabi.’ – Julie Mertus, American University, USA

War, Conflict and Human Rights is an innovative new inter-disciplinary textbook, combining aspects of law, politics and conflict analysis to examine the relationship between human rights and armed conflict. Making use of both theoretical and practical approaches, this book: • examines the tensions and complementarities between protection of human rights and resolution of conflict • explores the scope and effects of human rights violations in contemporary armed conflicts • assesses the legal and institutional accountability mechanisms developed in the wake of armed conflict to punish violations of human rights law and international humanitarian law • discusses continuing and emergent global trends and challenges in the fields of human rights and conflict analysis. Selected Contents: Glossary. How to use this text Part 1: War and Human Rights: Critical Issues 1. The Interplay between War and Human Rights 2. Conflict: Fundamentals and Debates 3. Human Rights: History and Debates 4. Humanitarian and Human Rights Law in Armed Conflict Part 2: Contemporary Conflict: Critical Cases 5. The Former Yugoslavia 6. Sierra Leone 7. The Democratic Republic of Congo 8. Sudan 9. The ’Global War on Terror’ Part 3: Building Peace and Seeking Accountability: Recent Mechanisms and Institutions 10. Ad Hoc Tribunals 11. Enforcing Human Rights Transnationally 12. Hybrid Tribunals 13. The International Criminal Court 15. Enduring and Emergent Challenges and Opportunities

Conflict Management and Resolution provides students with an overview of the main theories of conflict management and conflict resolution, and will equip them to respond to the complex phenomena of international conflict.

This new textbook provides students with an accessible overview of the logic, evolution, application and outcomes of the five major approaches of the growing field of international conflict management: • traditional peacekeeping • peace enforcement and support operations

The book covers these four key concepts in detail: • negotiation

• negotiation and bargaining

• mediation

• facilitation

• adjudication.

• reconciliation.

The book aims to provide the student with a fuller understanding of the strengths and weaknesses of these five techniques within the contemporary security environment. To demonstrate the changing nature of security in the post-Cold War world, the text contrasts this with competing visions of security during the Cold War and earlier periods, and provides numerous points of comparison with the dominant causes, types, strategy, and prosecution of warfare in other eras.

It examines how to prevent, manage and eventually resolve various types of conflict that originate from inter-state and inter-group competition, and expands the existing scope of conflict management and resolution theories by examining emerging theories on the identity, power and structural dimensions of adversarial relationships. The volume is designed to enhance our understanding of effective response strategies to conflict in multiple social settings as well as violent struggles, and utilizes numerous case studies, both past and current. These include the Iranian and North Korean nuclear weapons programmes, the war in Lebanon, the Arab-Israeli conflict, civil wars in Africa, and ethnic conflicts in Europe and Asia. Selected Contents: Part 1: The Anatomy of Conflict and Conflict Resolution 1. Perspectives on Conflict Resolution 2. Managing Conflict Dynamics 3. Conflict Transformation Part 2: Dimensions of Conflict 4. Identity 5. Power 6. Structure Part 3: Settlement and Resolution Procedures 7. Comparative context 8. Negotiation 9. Mediation 10. Facilitation 11. Reconciliation

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Continuity and Change 1. What is International Security Management? 2. The Changing Nature of Security 3. The Challenges of New Wars Part 2: Concepts and Application 4. Peacekeeping 5. A Study in Peacekeeping: UNOMIG in Georgia 6. Mediation 7. A Study in Mediation: IGAD in Sudan 8. Peace Enforcement 9. A Study in Peace Enforcement: INTERFET in East Timor 10. International Adjudication 11. A Study in International Adjudication: The Mapiripán Massacre 12. Conclusion 2009: 246 x 174: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-77229-7: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77230-3: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87915-3

2009: 246 x 174: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-45040-9: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45041-6: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86497-5

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415772303

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415450416

US Defense Politics The Origins of Security Policy Harvey Sapolsky, MIT, Cambridge, USA, Eugene Gholz, University of Texas, Austin, USA and Caitlin Talmadge, MIT, Cambridge, USA

2009: 246 x 174: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-45205-2: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45206-9: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87474-5

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415452069

This new textbook explains how US defence and national security policy is formulated and conducted.

Selected Contents: Preface Part 1: Introduction Part 2: America’s Security Strategy Part 3: Who Fights America’s Wars? Part 4: The Military and National Politics Part 5: The Political Economy of Defense Part 6: The Weapons Acquisition Process Part 7: Managing Defense Part 8: Service Politics Part 9: Congress, Special Interests, and the President Part 10: Homeland Security Part 11: Preparing for the Next War 2008: 246 x 174: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-77265-5: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77266-2: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89247-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415772662

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

K e y T it l e s

Forthcoming in 2011

Strategic Studies

Intelligence and Politics

A Reader

An Introduction

Edited by Thomas Mahnken, Johns Hopkins University, USA and Joseph A. Maiolo, King’s College, University of London, UK

Philip Davies, Brunel University, UK This book is the first introduction to the key concepts and issues in intelligence for students. It covers general ideas, methods, problems and debates in the field, and takes a global perspective, using examples from a range of national intelligence systems. The book is divided into three key areas: intelligence itself, the role of intelligence in government, and political issues and debates surrounding intelligence. Selected Contents: Introduction. Introduction for Course Convenors 1. What is Intelligence? The Elements of Intelligence 2. Collection: Sources and Methods 3. Counter-Intelligence: Protecting Intelligence 4. Covert Action: War by Other Means 5. Analysis and Estimates: Putting the Pieces Together 6. Requirements and Priorities: The Need to Know Intelligence in Government 7. Intelligence and Policy: The Producer-Consumer Interface 8. The Intelligence Community: Coordination and Integration 9. Causes of Intelligence Failure: Why it Goes Wrong 10. Defence Support: Information for Combat 11. Police Intelligence: Information for Law Enforcement Intelligence and Politics 12. Ethics and Intelligence 13. Intelligence and Democracy I: Surveillance and Civil Liberties 14. Intelligence and Democracy II: Accountability and Oversight 15. Intelligence and Democracy III: Proportionality and the Law 16. Intelligence in Non-Democratic States: Espionage and Regime Security June 2011: 246 x 174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-42869-9: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42868-2: £22.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415428682

Forthcoming in 2011 2nd Edition

War, Peace and International Relations An Introduction to Strategic History Colin S. Gray ’The author’s discussions and clarity of thought and expression make this work ideal as a textbook for introducing civilian students and prospective military officers of the various military academies to the subject.’ – Parameters

This Reader brings together key essays on strategic theory by some of the leading contributors in the field. It guides students through both the theoretical and practical aspects of Strategic Studies, and includes both classic essays and works of contemporary scholarship.

Selected Contents: Part 1: The Uses of Strategic Theory Introduction. Strategy as a Science Bernard Brodie. Strategic Studies and the Problem of Power Lawrence Freedman. What is a Military Lesson? William C. Fuller Part 2: Interpretation of the Classics Introduction. The Art of War Sun Tzu. Strategy: The Indirect Approach Basil Liddell Hart. Arms and Influence Thomas C. Schelling Part 3: Instruments of War: Land, Sea, and Air Power Introduction. J.F.C. Fuller’s Theory of Mechanized Warfare Brian Holden Reid. Some Principles of Maritime Strategy Julian Corbett. Air Power and the Origins of Deterrence Theory Before 1939 Richard J. Overy. Kosovo and the Great Air Power Debate Daniel L. Byman and Matthew C. Waxman Part 4: Nuclear Strategy Introduction. The Absolute Weapon Bernard Brodie. The Delicate Balance of Terror Albert Wohlstetter Part 5: Irregular Warfare and Small Wars Introduction. Science of Guerrilla Warfare T.E. Lawrence. Problems of Strategy in China’s Civil War Mao Tse Tung. Counterinsurgency Warfare: Theory and Practice David Galula. Why Big Nations Lose Small Wars: The Politics of Asymmetric Conflict Andrew Mack. Countering Global Insurgency David J. Kilcullen. Strategic Terrorism: The Framework and its Fallacies Michael Smith and Peter Neumann Part 6: Future Warfare, Future Strategy Introduction. Cavalry to Computer: The Patterns of Military Revolutions Andrew F. Krepinevich. From Kadesh to Kandahar: Military Theory and the Future of War Michael Evans. Why Strategy is Difficult Colin S. Gray. The War on Terror in Historical Perspective Adam Roberts. The Lost Meaning of Strategy Hew Strachan 2008: 246 x 174: 464pp Hb: 978-0-415-77221-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77222-8: £26.99 eBook: 978-0-203-92846-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415772228

This updated and revised second edition of Colin Gray’s textbook explores the theory and practice of war and peace in a modern historical context. Selected Contents: 1. Strategic History, 1800-2025: Themes and Contexts 2. Carl von Clausewitz and the Theory of War 3. From Limited War to National War: The French Revolution and the Napoleonic Way of War 4. The Nineteenth Century, I: A Strategic View 5. The Nineteenth Century, II: Technology, Warfare, and International Order 6. The Great War and the Invention of Modern Warfare, 1914-18 7. The Twenty-Year Armistice, 1919-1939 8. The Second World War in Europe, I: The Structure and Course of Total War 9. The Second World War in Europe, II: Understanding the War 10. The Second World War in Asia-Pacific, I: Politics 11. The Second World War in Asia-Pacific, II: Strategy 12. The Cold War, I: Politics and Ideology 13. The Cold War, II: The Nuclear Revolution 14. War and Peace After the Cold War: The Interwar Decade 15. 9/11 and the Age of Terror July 2011: 246 x 174: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-59485-1: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-59487-5: £24.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415594875

Textbook 2nd Edition

Seapower A Guide for the Twenty-First Century Geoffrey Till, Joint Services Command and Staff College / Kings College London, UK Series: Cass Series: Naval Policy and History

’A landmark work. Seapower: A Guide for the Twenty-First Century delivers gloriously what it promises in its subtitle… Till’s excellent book will dominate maritime reading lists for years to come.’ – Colin S. Gray, RUSI Journal

The sea has always been central to human development as a source of resources, and as a means of transportation, information-exchange and strategic dominion. It has been the basis for our prosperity and security. This is even more the case, now, in the early twenty-first century, with the emergence of an increasingly globalized world trading system. This updated and expanded new edition of Geoffrey Till’s acclaimed book is an essential guide for students of naval history and maritime strategy, and anyone interested in the changing and crucial role of seapower in the 21st century. Selected Contents: Foreword Admiral Sir Jonathon Band KCB ADC 1. Seapower in a Globalised World – Two Tendencies 2. Defining Seapower 3. Who Said What and Why It Matters 4. The Constituents of Maritime Power 5. Navies and Technology 6. Command of the Sea and Sea Control 7. Securing Command of the Sea 8. Exploiting Command of the Sea 9. Expeditionary Operations 10. Naval Diplomacy 11. Good Order at Sea 12. Theory and Practice: The Asia-Pacific Region: A Case Study 13. Conclusions? 2009: 246 x 174: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-48088-8: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48089-5: £27.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88048-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415480895

Forthcoming in 2011

US National Security Policy Origins, Politics, and Contemporary Challenges Alexandra Homolar-Riechmann, Warwick University, UK The text explores how the United States, as the hegemonic player in the international arena, defines its security interests and objectives, perceives and articulates threats to these goals, and develops polices to protect and enhance its security objectives to counter these threats. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Background: Theories, Concepts and Actors 1. Understanding Security 2. Theoretical Perspectives on the Making of Security Policy 3. Key Actors and Institutions in the Making of US Security Policy 4. The Origins of the Contemporary US Security Policy Apparatus and Interests Part 2: Post-Cold War US Approaches to Security 5. US Security Policy after the Cold War 6. US Security Policy in the War on Terror 7. US Security Policy in the Age of Obama. Conclusion: The US and the Governance of International Security. Select Bibliography June 2011: 246 x 174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-78190-9: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-78191-6: £23.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415781916

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/securitystudies

Critical Security Studies

New

Critical Security Studies An Introduction Columba Peoples, Swansea University, UK and Nick Vaughan-Williams, University of Exeter, UK

Critical Security Studies introduces students of politics and international relations to the sub-field through a detailed yet accessible survey of emerging theories and practices.

The Routledge Handbook of New Security Studies Edited by J. Peter Burgess, PRIO, Oslo, Norway This new Handbook gathers together state-of-the-art theoretical reflection and empirical research by a group of leading international scholars in the subdiscipline of Critical Security Studies.

In today’s globalised setting, the challenge of maintaining security is no longer limited to the traditional foreign-policy and military tools of the nation-state, and security and insecurity are no longer considered as dependent only upon geopolitics and military strength, but rather are also seen to depend upon social, economic, environmental, ethical models of analysis and tools of action. The contributors discuss and evaluate this fundamental shift in four key areas: • new security concepts • new security subjects • new security objects • new security practices. Offering a comprehensive theoretical and empirical overview of this evolving field, this book will be essential reading for all students of critical security studies, human security, international/global security, political theory and IR in general. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction J. Peter Burgess Part 1: New Security Concepts 2. Civilizational Security Brett Bowden 3. Risk Oliver Kessler 4. Small Arms Keith Krause 5. Critical Human Security Taylor Owen 6. Critical Geopolitics Simon Dalby Part 2: New Security Subjects 7. Biopolitics Michael Dillon 8. Gendered Security Laura Shepherd 9. Identity Security Pinar Bilgin 10. Security as Ethics Anthony Burke 11. Financial Security Marieke de Goede 12. International Law and Security Kristin B. Sandvik Part 3: New Security Objects 13. Environmental Security Jon Barnett 14. Food Security Rachel Slater and Steve Wiggins 15. Energy Security Roland Dannreuther 16. Cyber Security Myriam Dunn Cavelty 17. Pandemic Security Stephan Elbe 18. Biosecurity Frida Kuhlau and John Hart Part 4: New Security Practices 19. Surveillance Mark Salter 20. Urban Insecurity David Murakami Wood 21. Privatization of Security Anna Leander 22. Migration William Walters 23. Security Technologies Emmanuel-Pierre Guittet and Julien Jeandesboz 24. Designing Security Cynthia Weber and Mark Lacy 25. New Mobile Crime Monica den Boer January 2010: 246 x 174: 328pp Hb: 978-0-415-48437-4: £125.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85948-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415484374

Written in an accessible and clear manner, this textbook: • offers a comprehensive and up-to-date introduction to critical security studies • locates Critical Security Studies within the broader context of social and political theory • evaluates fundamental theoretical positions in critical security studies against backdrop of new security challenges. The book is divided into two main parts. The first part, ‘Approaches’, surveys the newly extended and contested theoretical terrain of Critical Security Studies, and the different schools within the subdiscipline, including Feminist, Postcolonial and Poststructuralist viewpoints. The second part offers examples of how these various theoretical approaches have been put to work against the backdrop of a diverse range of issues. Selected Contents: Part 1: Approaches 1. Critical Theory and Security 2. Feminist and Gender Approaches 3. Postcolonial Perspectives 4. Poststructuralism and International Political Sociology 5. Securitization Theory Part 2: Issues 6. Environmental Security 7. Homeland Security and the ‘War against Terrorism’ 8. Human Security and Development 9. Migration and Border Security 10. Technology and Warfare in the Information Age June 2010: 246 x 174: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-48443-5: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48444-2: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84747-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415484442

Forthcoming in 2011

Critical Theory in International Relations and Security Studies Interviews and Reflections Edited by Shannon Brincat, University of Queensland, Australia, and Laura Lima and Joao Nunes, both at Aberystwyth University, UK Critical Theory in International Relations and Security Studies is the first book to present first hand interviews with some of the pioneering scholars of the disciplines. Through dialogical and reflective essays, it assesses the state of critical thinking in IR and security studies, and looks to the future of the discipline and theoretical developments.

PRIO New Security Studies Series edited by J. Peter Burgess, PRIO, Oslo, Norway The aim of this new book series is to gather state-of-the-art theoretical reflection and empirical research into a core set of volumes that respond vigorously and dynamically to new challenges to security studies scholarship. New

Critical Perspectives on Human Security Rethinking Emancipation and Power in International Relations Edited by David Chandler, University of Westminster, UK and Nik Hynek, Institute of International Relations, Czech Republic This new book presents critical approaches towards Human Security, which has become one of the key areas for policy and academic debate within Security Studies and IR. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction David Chandler and Nik Hynek Part 1: Human Security and Emancipation 2. ‘We the Peoples’: Contending Discourses of Security in Human Rights Theory and Practice Tim Dunne and Nicholas J. Wheeler 3. Development of the Human Security Field: A Critical Examination David Bosold 4. Has Human Security Had Its Day? Neil Cooper, Mandy Turner and Michael Pugh 5. Human Security, Biopoverty and the Possibility for Emancipation David Roberts 6. Emancipatory Forms of Human Security and Liberal Peacebuilding Oliver P. Richmond 7. Towards a Critical Security Paradigm? Reconceptualizing the ‘Vital Core’ of Human Security Giorgio Shani 8. The Siren Song of Human Security Ryerson Christie 9. The Limits to Emancipation in the Human Security Framework Tara McCormack Part 2: Human Security and Regimes of Power 10. Human Security and the Securing of Human Life: Tracing Global Sovereign and Biopolitical Rule Marc G. Doucet and Miguel de Larrinaga 11. Rethinking Human Security: Economy, Governmentality and Hybridization of Individuals 12. Human Security: Sovereignty, Citizenship, Disorder Kyle Grayson 13. (Bio)Human Security Julian Reid 14. Inhuman Security Mark Neocleous 15. Living not Human: The Biopolitics of Security Mick Dillon 16. Human Security and the Globalization of the Political David Chandler. Conclusion July 2010: 234 x 156: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-56734-3: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84758-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415567343

Selected Contents: Introduction Shannon Brincat, Laura Limes and Joao Nunes Part 1: Interviews Robert Cox, Andrew Linklater, Ken Booth, Richard Wyn Jones Part 2: Commentaries Brooke Ackerly, Richard Ashley, Pinar Bilgin, James Der Derian, Richard Devetak, John M. Hobson, Mark Neufeld, Mustapha K. Pasha, Martin Weber, Michael C. Williams, Marysia Zalewski. Conclusion Mark Hoffman March 2011: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-60157-3: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-60158-0: £24.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415601580

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

C r i t i cal S e c ur i t y St u d i e s

Forthcoming in 2011

New

Biopolitics of Security in the 21st Century

Securitization Theory

Security and Global Governmentality

A Political Analytic of Finitude

Edited by Thierry Balzacq, University of Namur and Louvain, Belgium

Michael Dillon, University of Lancaster, UK This work is an original introduction to the emerging field of the biopolitics of security, tracking its development into the 21st century, which will serve as an intellectual provocation to researchers as much as it will a pedagogical guide to graduate and undergraduate teachers. This volume will provide a genealogy of the biopolitics of security beginning with Michel Foucault’s original account of the rise of biopolitics at the beginning of the 18th century, and will clarify and further develop Foucault’s original analytic of the biopolitics of security. This book will be of great interest to students of critical security studies, IR theory, political theory, philosophy and ancillary social science disciplines, such as criminology and sociology. April 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-48432-9: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48433-6: £23.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415484336

Forthcoming in 2011

Liberal Terror Global Security, Divine Power and Emergency Rule Brad Evans, University of Leeds, UK This book offers a genealogical investigation into the phenomenon of terror in the 21st century. Selected Contents: 1. Battle for the Soul of the 21st Century 2. The Liberal Theology 3. Life in Circulation 4. Deliverance from Evil 5. Pure Violence 6. Terror in all Eventuality July 2011: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-58882-9: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415588829

Forthcoming in 2011

The Politics of Catastrophe Genealogies of the Unknown Edited by Claudia Aradau, Open University and Rens Van Munster, University of Southern Denmark This book explores the governmentality of terror as a complex discursive and institutional formation deployed at the horizon of a catastrophic future. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Governing Catastrophe 1. Catastrophic Futures 2. Taming the Future: Worst Case Scenarios 3. Domesticating Uncertainty: Terrorism Insurance 4. The Aestheticisation of Catastrophe Part 2: Rethinking Catastrophe 5. Catastrophe and Modernity: Lisbon 6. ‘Never again!’: Auschwitz and Hiroshima 7. New York: Politicising Catastrophe 8. Conclusion: Politics in/of the Present April 2011: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-49809-8: £75.00

How Security Problems Emerge and Dissolve

This volume aims to provide a new framework for the analysis of securitization processes, increasing our understanding of how security issues emerge, evolve and dissolve.

Selected Contents: 1. A Theory of Securitization: Origins, Core Assumptions, and Variants Thierry Balzacq 2. Enquiries Into Methods: A New Framework for Securitization Analysis Thierry Balzacq Part 1: The Rules of Securitization 3. Reconceptualizing the Audience in Securitization Theory Sarah Léonard and Christian Kaunert 4. Securitization as a Media Frame Fred Vultee 5. The Limits of Spoken Words: From Meta-narratives to Experiences of Security Claire Wilkinson 6. When Securitization Fails: The Hard Case of Counter-terrorism Programmes Mark B. Salter Part 2: Securitization and De-securitization in Practice 7. Rethinking the Securitization of Environment: Old Beliefs, New Insights Julia Trombetta 8. Health Issues and Securitization: HIV/AIDS as a US National Security Threat Roxanna Sjostedt 9. Securitization, Culture and Power: Rogue States in US and German Discourse Holger Stritzel and Dirk Schmittchen 10. Religion Bites: The Securitization of – and Desecuritization Moves by – Falungong Practitioners in the People’s Republic of China Juha A. Vuori 11. The Continuing Evolution of Securitization Theory Michael C. Williams August 2010: 234 x 156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-55627-9: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55628-6: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86850-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415556286

Forthcoming in 2011

The Ethical Subject of Security

Globalization, Governance and the State Edited by Miguel de Larrinaga, University of Ottawa, Canada and Marc G. Doucet, Saint Mary’s University, Canada

This book examines global governance through Foucaultian notions of governmentality and security, as well as the complex intersections between the two.

Selected Contents: Introduction: The Global Governmentalization of Security and the Securitization of Global Governance Miguel de Larrinaga and Marc G. Doucet Part 1: Historical Treatments and Critical Readings 1. European Diplomacy and the Origins of Governmentality Kevin McMillan 2. Governing Circulation: A Critique of the Biopolitics of Security Claudia Aradau and Tobias Blanke Part 2: Global Governmentality and Global War 3. Neoliberal Political Economy and the Iraq War: A Contribution to the Debate about Global Biopolitics Nicholas J. Kiersey 4. The New Frontiers of the National Security State: The US Global Governmentality of Contingency David Grondin 5. Governmentality, Sovereign Power, and Intervention: Security Council Resolutions and the Invasion of Iraq Miguel de Larrinaga and Marc G. Doucet Part 3: Securitizing Global Governance: Contemporary Cases 6. Circulation of Desire: The Security Governance of the International ’Mail-Order Brides’ Industry Anne-Marie D’Aoust 7. Governmentalizing the State: The Disciplining Logic of Human Security Nadine Voelkner 8. Thinking Locally, Acting Globally: The Governmentalization-Securitization Interplay in Recent Advanced-Liberal Peace Machinery Nik Hynek May 2010: 234 x 156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-56058-0: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86573-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415560580

Geopolitical Reason and The Threat to Europe

Security, Risk and the Biometric State

J. Peter Burgess, PRIO, Oslo, Norway

Governing Borders and Bodies

This book studies the subject of security in terms of underlying values, and uncovers a level of security practice that has not been covered by other theorizations of security. Selected Contents: Part 1: The Ethical Subject 1. The Ethical Subject of Security 2. Insecurity of the European Community of Values 3. The Gendered Subject of Security 4. The Ethical-Core of the Nation State Part 2: Holding Together 6. Identity Community, Security 7. European Security Identity 8. The Federalist Vision of Europe 9. Identity and the Intolerable: Pluralism and Structure of Threat Part 3: Geopolitics of Community 10. Cosmopolitan Europe 11. The Nomos of Europe 12. Justice in the Political Community 13. War in the Name of Europe

Benjamin J. Muller, King’s University College at University of Western Ontario, Canada

This book explores how ‘virtual borders’ are created and the effect they have upon the politics of citizenship and immigration, especially how they contribute to the treatment of citizens as suspects.

March 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-49982-8: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49981-1: £23.99

February 2010: 234 x 156: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-48440-4: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85804-2

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415499811

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415484404

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415498098

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/securitystudies

Critical Security Studies

New

Forthcoming

Conflict, Security and the Reshaping of Society

Critical Perspectives on the Responsibility to Protect

The Contested Politics of Mobility

The Civilization of War

Interrogating Theory and Practice

Borderzones and Irregularity

Edited by Alessandro Dal Lago and Salvatore Palidda, both at Universita di Genova, Italy

Edited by Philip Cunliffe, University of Kent, UK

Edited by Vicki Squire, Open University, UK

Series: Routledge Studies in Intervention and Statebuilding

Series: Routledge Advances in International Relations and Global Politics

This edited volume critically examines the widely supported doctrine of the ’Responsibility to Protect’, and investigates the claim that it embodies progressive values in international politics.

The Contested Politics of Mobility is the first collection to explore how the politics of mobility turns on the condition of irregularity. Timely and incisive, it brings together leading scholars from across the sub-disciplines of citizenship, migration and security studies, who show irregularity to be a produced and highly contested socio-political condition.

Series: Routledge Studies in Liberty and Security This book is an examination of the effect of contemporary wars (such as the ’War on Terror’) on civil life at a global level. Selected Contents: Introduction Alessandro Dal Lago and Salvatore Palidda Part 1: The Constituent Role of Armed Conflicts 1. Fields Without Honour: Contemporary War as Global Enforcement Alessandro Dal Lago 2. The Barbarization of the Peace: The Neo-Conservative Transformation of War and Perspectives Alain Joxe 3. Norm/Exception: Exceptionalism and Governmental Prospects Roberto Ciccarelli 4. Reversing Clausewitz? War and Politics in French Philosophy: Michel Foucault, Deleuze-Guattari and Raymond Aron Massimiliano Guareschi 5. Global War and Technoscience Luca Guzzetti Part 2: Securisation 6. September 14, 2001: The Regression to the Habitus Didier Bigo 7. Revolution in Police Affairs Salvatore Palidda 8. Surveillance: From Resistance to Support Eric Heilmann 9. Enemies, Not Criminals: The Law and Courts Against Global Terrorism Gabriella Petti Part 3: The Reshaping of Global Society 10. Media at War Marcello Maneri 11. Global Bureaucracy: Irresponsible But Not Indifferent Mariella Pandolfi and Laurence Mcfall 12. The Space of Camps: Towards a Genealogy of Places of Internment in the Present Federico Rahola July 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-57034-3: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84631-5

Selected Contents: Introduction Philip Cunliffe Part 1: The Responsibility to Protect: History and Politics 2. The Skeleton in the Closet: The Responsibility to Protect in History Noam Chomsky 3. Understanding the Gap between the Promise and Reality of the Responsibility to Protect David Chandler 4. The Responsibility to Protect and the End of the Western Century Tara McCormack Part 2: The Responsibility to Protect: International Law and Order 5. A Dangerous Duty: Power, Paternalism and the Global ‘Duty of Care’ Philip Cunliffe 6. Responsibility to Peace: A Critique of R2P Mary Ellen O’Connell 7. The Responsibility to Protect and International Law Aidan Hehir Part 3: The Responsibility to Protect in Africa 8. The Irresponsibility of the Responsibility to Protect in Africa Adam Branch 9. Responsibility to Protect or Right to Punish? Mahmood Mamdani December 2010: 234 x 156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-58623-8: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83429-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415586238

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415570343

Forthcoming in 2011

New

Jens Bartelson, University of Copenhagen, Denmark

Experiencing War

Series: Critical Issues in Global Politics

Edited by Christine Sylvester, University of Lancaster, UK Series: War, Politics and Experience

This edited collection explores aspects of contemporary war that affect average people – physically, emotionally, and ethically through activities ranging from combat to television viewing.

Selected Contents: 1. Experiencing War: An Introduction Christine Sylvester 2. The Passions of Protection: Sovereign Authority and Humanitarian War Anne Orford 3. Gendered Humanitarianism: Reconsidering the Ethics of War Kimberly Hutchings 4. Wars, Bodies, and Development Brigitte Holzner 5. Ruling Exceptions: Female Soldiers and Everyday Experiences of Civil Conflict Megan MacKenzie 6. Experiencing the Cold War Heonik Kwon 7. On The Uselessness of New Wars Theory: Lessons From African Conflicts Stephen Chan 8. Dilemmas of Drawing War Jill Gibbon 9. Pathways to Experiencing War Christine Sylvester October 2010: 234 x 156: 152pp Hb: 978-0-415-56630-8: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56631-5: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83999-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415566315

Sovereignty This book summarizes recent academic debates on sovereignty within academic international relations and political theory. Recent scholarship has focused on the changing meaning of the concept of sovereignty in a variety of historical and political contexts, and under what conditions these changes in turn spill over into institutional change on a global scale. This book furnishes new insights about the current meaning and function of the concept of sovereignty within international relations and political theory.

Selected Contents: 1. The Contested Politics of Mobility Vicki Squire Part 1: Politicising Mobility 2. Politicising Mobility Vicki Squire 3. Freedom and Speed in Enlarged Borderzones Didier Bigo 4. Rezoning the Global: Technological Zones, Technological Work, and the (Un-) Making of Biometric Borders William Walters 5. Borderzones of Enforcement: Criminalization, Workplace Raids, and Migrant CounterConducts Jonathan Xavier Inda 6. Alien Powers: Deportable Labour and the Spectacle of Security Nicholas De Genova Part 2: Mobilising Politics 7. Mobilising Politics Vicki Squire 8. Capitalism, Migration and Social Struggles: Towards a Theory of the Autonomy of Migration Sandro Mezzadra 9. Governing Borderzones of Mobility the E-borders: The Politics of Embodied Mobility Kim Rygiel 10. Legal Exclusion and Dislocated Subjectivities: The Deportation of Salvadoran Youth from the United States Susan Bibler Coutin 11. Forms of Irregular Citizenship Peter Nyers 12. Citizens Despite Borders: Reflections upon the Changing Territorial Order of Europe Enrica Rigo 13. Epilogue, The Movements of Politics: Logics, Subjects, Citizenships Engin Isin November 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-58461-6: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83982-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415584616

New

Reimagining War in the 21st Century From Clausewitz to Network-Centric Warfare Manabrata Guha, National Institute of Advanced Studies Bangalore, India Series: Routledge Critical Security Studies

June 2011: 216 x 138: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-44682-2: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44683-9: £15.99

This book interrogates the philosophical backdrop of Clausewitzian notions of war, and asks whether modern, network-centric militaries can still be said to serve the ’political’.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415446839

New

Security, Law and Borders

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Prelude to Clausewitz 2. Clausewitz and the Architectonic of War 3. Machining (Network-centric) War 4. Theorizing War in the Age of Networks 5. Concept-War. Conclusion

Tugba Basaran, University of Kent, Belgium

August 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-56166-2: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84864-7

Series: Routledge Studies in Liberty and Security

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415561662

At the Limits of Liberties

This book focuses on security practices, civil liberties and the politics of borders in liberal democracies. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Limits of Liberal Rule 2. Borders of Liberal Rule 3. Liberties on the Territory 4. Liberties on the Seas 5. Liberties in Third Countries 6. Conclusions September 2010: 234 x 156: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-57025-1: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84192-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415570251

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

Inte r n at i on al S e c ur i t y

New

The New Spatiality of Security Operational Uncertainty and the US Military in Iraq Caroline M. Croser, University of New South Wales at the Australian Defence Force Academy Series: Routledge Critical Security Studies This book provides a rigorous critical analysis of how the US military operates in Iraq, exploring the spatial practices of violence. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The Spatial Operation of Violence Interlude: The (not-so-)Distant Roar of Battle 2. A Praxiography of the Battlespace 3. CPOF and the Battlespace Multiple 4. Addressing Multiplicity in the Event-ful City 5. From Multiplicity to Presence in Baghdad 6. The Mobile Possibility of the ‘Unit-in-CPOF’. Conclusion September 2010: 234 x 156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-56522-6: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84203-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415565226

Mapping Transatlantic Security Relations The EU, Canada and the War on Terror Edited by Mark B. Salter, University of Ottawa, Canada Series: Routledge Studies in Liberty and Security This book examines how legal, political, and rights discourses, security policies and practices migrate and translate across the North Atlantic. Selected Contents: Introduction Mark B. Salter 1. Special Delivery: The Multilateral Politics of Extraordinary Rendition Maria Koblanck 2. Miscarriages of Justice and Exceptional Procedures in the ’War Against Terrorism’ Emmanuel-Pierre Guittet 3. Risk-Focused Security Politics and Human Rights: The Impossible Symbiosis Anastasia Tsoukala 4. The North Atlantic Field of Aviation Security Mark B. Salter 5. Tracing Terrorists: The EU-Canada Agreement in PNR Matters Peter Hobbing 6. The Global Governance of Data Privacy Regulation: European Leadership and the Ratcheting Up of Canadian Rules Abraham Newman 7. Made in the USA? The Impact of Transatlantic Norms on the European Union’s Data Protection Regime Patryk Pawlak 8. Norm and Expertise in the Global Fight Against Transnational Organized Crime and Terrorism Amandine Scherrer 9. The Accountability Gap: Human Rights and EU External Cooperation on Criminal Justice, Counterterrorism and the Rule of Law Susie Alegre 10. The Role of NGOs in the Access to Public Information: Extraordinary Renditions and the Absence of Transparency Marton Sulyok and Andras Pap 11. Replacing and Displacing the Law: The Europeanization of Judicial Power Antione Mégie 12. Transjudicial Conversations about Security and Human Rights Audrey Macklin 13. A Coordinated Judicial Response to Counterterrorism? Counterexamples Rayner Thwaites 14. The Other Transatlantic: Practices, Policies, Fields Mark B. Salter and Can E. Mutlu April 2010: 234 x 156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-57861-5: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85067-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415578615

International Security

Forthcoming in 2011

New

An Introduction

The Routledge Handbook of Transatlantic Security Edited by Jussi Hanhimäki, Georges-Henri Soutou and Basil Germond, University of Central Lancashire, UK

This new Handbook provides readers with the tools to understand the evolution of transatlantic security from the Cold War era to the early 21st century.

The contributors address the key questions arising from the history of transatlantic security relations, covering a broad range of historical and contemporary themes, including the founding of NATO; the impact of the Korean War; the role of nuclear (non-)proliferation; perspectives of individual countries (especially France and Germany); the impact of culture, identity and representation in shaping post-Cold War transatlantic relations; institutional issues, particularly EU-NATO relations; the Middle East; and the legacy of the Cold War, notably tensions with Russia. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Transatlantic Security in the Cold War Era 1. Three Ministers and the World They Made: Acheson, Bevin and Schuman, and the Making of the North Atlantic Treaty Anne Deighton 2. The Korean War: Miscalculation and Alliance Transformation Samuel Wells 3. The Doctrine of Massive Retaliation and the Impossible Nuclear Defense of the Atlantic Alliance: From MC 48 to MC 70 (1953-1959) François David 4. IVth Republic France and the Atlantic Alliance: Between Faithfulness to the Alliance and National Interests Jenny Raflik 5. The Fourth Republic and NATO: Loyalty to the Alliance versus National Demands George-Henri Soutou 6. NATO Forever? Willy Brandt’s Heretical Thoughts on an Alternative Future Benedikt Schoenborn 7. Negotiating with the Enemy and Having Problems with the Allies: The Impact of the Non-Proliferation Treaty on Transatlantic Relations Leopoldo Nuti 8. Power Shifts and New Security Needs: NATO, European Identity, and the Reorganization of the West, 1967–75 Daniel Möckli and Andreas Wenger 9. West Germany and the United States during the Middle East Crisis of 1973: ’Nothing but a Semi-Colony’? Bernhard Blumenau 10. The United States and the ’Loss’ of Iran: Repercussions on Transatlantic Barbara Zanchetta Part 2: Transatlantic Security Beyond the Cold War 11. The Warsaw Pact, NATO and the End of the Cold War Jérôme Elie 12. The Road to Saint Malo: Germany and EU-NATO Relations after the Cold War Wolfgang Krieger 13. EU-NATO Relations after the Cold War Hanna Ojanen 14. Security of the EU Boundaries in the Post Cold-War Era Axel Marion 15. Venus Has Learned Geopolitics: The European Union’s Frontier and Transatlantic Relations Basil Germond 16. The Rise and Fall of Criticism Towards the United States in Transatlantic Relations: From Anti-Americanism to Obamania Tuomas Forsberg 17. Strategic Culture and Security: American Antiterrorist Policy and the Use of Soft Power after 9/11 Jérôme Gygax 18. European Security Identity since the End of the Cold War Guillaume de Rougé 19. A Realistic Reset with Russia: Practical Expectations for US-Russian Relations James Goldgeier 20. The Obama Administration and Transatlantic Security: Problems and Prospects Jussi M. Hanhimäki 21. Conclusion: Is the Present Future of Transatlantic Security already History? Jean Jacques De Dardel

Textbook

Transatlantic Relations since 1945 Jussi Hanhimaki, Graduate Institute of International Studies, Switzerland, Benedikt Schoenborn, University of Tampere, Finland and Barbara Zanchetta, Finnish Institute of International Affairs The transatlantic relationship has been the bedrock of international relations since the end of World War II. This new textbook, structured chronologically, focuses on the period since 1945 and is built around three key themes: • Security: From the Cold War to the War on Terror • Economics: Integration and Competition • ‘Soft Power’ and Transatlantic Relations. This book, the first comprehensive account of transatlantic relations in the second half of the twentieth century (extending to the present day), will be of great interest to students of transatlantic relations, NATO, US Foreign Policy, Cold War History, European History and IR/International history. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. American Commitment to Europe, 1945–1949 2. Institutional Frameworks, 1949–1957 3. Tension and Coexistence, 1957–1961 4. Challenged America, 1961–1972 5. Transatlantic Discord, 1973–1984 6. The Wall Comes Down, 1985–1989 7. Transitions and Uncertainties, 1989–1995 8. Enlargement, Integration, and Globalization, 1995–2001 9. A New Order, 2001–2009. Epilogue. Bibliography May 2011: 246 x 174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-48697-2: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48698-9: £22.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415486989

Forthcoming in 2011

The Peace In Between Post-Conflict Violence and Peacebuilding Edited by Mats Berdal, King’s College London, UK and Astri Suhrke, Chr. Michelsen Institute, Bergen, Norway Series: Conflict, Development and Peacebuilding This volume examines the causes and purposes of post-conflict violence in contemporary intra-state wars. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Four Ideal-Types of Post-War Peace Astri Suhrke Part 1: Two Historical Cases 2. Post-war Violence after the Spanish Civil Michael Richards 3. Violence in the ex-Confederacy US States during Reconstruction Michael Beaton Part 2: Europe and the Middle East 4. Bosnia after the Dayton Accord Mats Berdal, Gemma Collantes and Merima Zupcevic 5. Kosovo: Violence Against the Serbs in the Immediate Post-War Environment Michael Boyle 6. Political Violence in Lebanon after the Civil War in 1989 Are Knudsen and Nasser Yasin Part 3: Asia 7. ‘Armed Politics’ in Afghanistan Antonio Giustozzi 8. Afghan Warlords in the post-Conflict Period Kristian Berg Harpviken 9. Cambodia and Hegemonic-Party Politics Sorpong Peu 10. Post-Independence Violence in Timor Leste Dionisio Babo Soares Part 4: Sub-Sahara Africa 11. The Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC) and Post-War Violence Ingrid Samset 12. Ex-Combatants in Post-war Liberia Torunn Wimpelmann Chaudhary 13. Post-1994 Rwanda Trine Eide 14. Guatemala and ‘The Memory of Violence’ John-Andrew McNeish and Oscar Lopez Rivera 15. Conclusion Mats Berdal

June 2010: 246 x 174: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-57283-5: £125.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84669-8

March 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-60932-6: £75.00

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415572835

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415609326

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/securitystudies

Int ernational Se curity

Contemporary Security Studies Series edited by James Gow, King’s College London, University of London, UK and Rachel Kerr This series focuses on new research across the spectrum of international peace and security, in an era where each year throws up multiple examples of conflicts that present new security challenges in the world around them.

Global Biosecurity Threats and Responses Edited by Peter Katona, UCLA, USA, John P. Sullivan, National Terrorism Early Warning Resource Center, Los Angeles Sheriff’s Department, USA and Michael D. Intriligator, UCLA, USA This book explores a range of biohealth and biosecurity threats, places them in context, and offers responses and solutions from global and local, networked and pyramidal, as well as specialized and interdisciplinary perspectives. Selected Contents: Preface. Reflections of an Old Bioweaponeer William Patrick III. Introduction: Global Biosecurity and the Spectrum of Infectious Disease Threats Peter Katona, John P. Sullivan and Michael D. Intriligator Part 1: Assessing the Threats of Natural and Deliberate Epidemics 1. Emerging and Re-emerging Infectious Diseases Peter Katona and W. Michael Scheld 2. Biological Warfare and Bioterrorism: How Do They Differ from Other WMD Threats Philip Coyle 3. A History of Bioterrorism and Biocrimes Peter Katona and Seth Carus 4. Food and Agricultural Biosecurity Tom Frazier 5. The Economic, Political, and Social Impacts of Bioterrorism Michael D. Intriligator 6. Technology and the Global Proliferation of Dual-Use Biotechnologies Mark Gorwitz 7. Conflict and Environmental Security Setting the Stage for Humanitarian Crises John P. Sullivan Part 2: Gaps and Weaknesses in Current Public Health Preparedness and Response Systems 8. Problems in Coordinating Health, Law Enforcement and Intelligence Activities in the U.S. and Europe Stefan Brem and Stéphane Dubois 9. Emerging Roles of Reserve Forces: National Guard Role and Mission in Domestic Preparedness Annette L. Sobel 10. Mitigating Crisis Through Communication Dan Rutz Part 3: Integrated Approaches to Infectious-Disease Preparedness and Response 11a. Bioterrorism Surveillance Manfred Green 11b. The Role of Informal Information Sources as an Adjunct to Routine Disease Surveillance Majorie Pollack 12. A Public Health Model for WMD Threat Assessment: Connecting the Bioterrorism Dots on the Local Level Dickson Diamond and Moon Kim 13. Integrating Local, State, and Federal Responses to Infectious Threat Jonathan E. Fielding, Elan Shultz, Noel Bazini-Barakat, Deborah Davenport, Jon Freedman, Robert Mosby and Robert Ragland 14. Vulnerable Populations in Disaster Planning: Children are Different Jeffrey S. Upperman 15. Developing a New Paradigm for Biodefense in the 21st Century: Adapting our Healthcare Response to the Biodisaster Threat Joseph Rosen and C. Everett Koop 16. Biosecurity Neil Jacobstein 17. Towards a Global Ius Pestilentiae: The Functions of Law in Global Biosecurity David P. Fidler. Conclusion: An Integrated, Networked Approach to Infectious Disease Preparedness Peter Katona, John P. Sullivan and Michael D. Intriligator Epilogue: Reflections on the Future of Bioweapons Alvin Toffler

Forthcoming

Forthcoming in 2011

International Justice after Conflict

Multipolarity in the 21st Century

Outreach, Legacy and Accountability

A New World Order

Jessica Lincoln

Edited by Donette Murray and David Brown, both at Royal Military Academy, Sandhurst, Camberley, UK

This book critically examines the role of outreach within the application of international justice in post-conflict settings. The assumption that justice brings peace underpins much of the thinking, and indeed action, of international justice, yet little is known about whether this is actually the case. Significant questions surrounding the link between peace and justice remain: do trials deter would-be war criminals; is justice possible for the most heinous crimes; can international justice replace local justice? This book explores these questions in relation to recent developments in international justice that have both informed and shaped the creation of the hybrid tribunal in Sierra Leone. Few empirical studies examine how justice contributes to peace and within these instances, how the complexity of international justice mechanisms have been communicated to their respective audiences in order to foment wide-spread knowledge and understanding of the processes. This book addresses this deficit by testing these assumptions on the ground in a post-conflict setting in West Africa. This book will be of much interest to students of transitional justice, war crimes, peace and conflict studies, human rights, international law, and IR in general.

This book seeks to help shape the debate surrounding power and polarity in the twenty-first century both by assessing the likelihood of US decline and by analysing what each of the so-called ’rising powers’ can do. Selected Contents: Introduction Donette Murray 1. The American Eagle Rob Singh 2. The Chinese Dragon Donette Murray 3. The Russian Bear Dmitri Polikanov 4. The Indian Tiger Sumit Ganguly and Manjeet S. Pardesi 5. The EU: A Different Kind of Beast? John McCormick. Conclusion: A New World Order – An Emerging Multipolar Framework? David Brown April 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-47547-1: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415475471

New

Territory, War, and Peace John A. Vasquez and Marie T. Henehan, both at University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, USA

December 2010: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-59839-2: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415598392

New

Legitimacy and the Use of Armed Force Stability Missions in the Post-Cold War Era Chiyuki Aoi, Aoyama Gakuin University, Tokyo, Japan This book examines the notion of the legitimacy of the use of force in stability operations, specifying conditions under which intervention is most likely to occur and may be justified. Selected Contents: 1. Legitimacy in Stability Operations 2. Liberia: Creating Peace in Africa 3. Bosnia-Herzegovina: From Peace Support to Coercive Diplomacy 4. Somalia: From Peace Enforcement to Disengagement 5. Rwanda: Failure to Stop Genocide 6. Iraq: From Preemption to Counterinsurgency 7. Iraq: Transformation Failure and Intervention Performance 8. Iraq: Non-Support of Preemptive War 9. Afghanistan: From Self-Defence to State-Building 10. Afghanistan: Stabilisation and Counterinsurgency Performance 11. Afghanistan: From Adequate to Dwindling Support 12. Legitimacy and the Conditions of Success September 2010: 234 x 156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-55954-6: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86576-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415559546

January 2010: 234 x 156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-46053-8: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86024-3

This book presents a collection of new and updated essays on what has come to be known as the territorial explanation of war.

The book argues that a key both to peace and to war lies in understanding the role territory plays as a source of conflict and inter-group violence. Of all the issues that spark conflict, territorial disputes have the highest probability of escalating to war. War, however, is hardly inevitable; much depends on how territorial issues are handled. More importantly, settling territorial disputes and establishing mutually recognized boundaries can produce long periods of peace between neighbors, even if other salient issues arise. While territory is not the only cause of war and wars arise from other issues, territory is one of the main causes of war, and learning how to manage it, can, in principle, eliminate an entire class of wars. Selected Contents: Part 1: Theory 1. Why Do Neighbors Fight? Proximity, Interactions, or Territoriality John A. Vasquez 2. Distinguishing Rivals That Go To War from Those That Do Not: A Quantitative Comparative Case Study of the Two Paths to War John A. Vasquez Part 2: Territory and War 3. Territorial Disputes and the Probability of War, 1816-1992 John A. Vasquez and Marie T. Henehan 4. Mapping the Probability of War: The Role of Territorial Disputes Compared to the Role of Contiguity John A. Vasquez 5. The Effect of Territory on Dispute Escalation among Initiators Marie T. Henehan 6. The Probability of War, 1816-1992 John A. Vasquez Part 3: Identifying Paths to War 7. Territorial Paths to War: Their Probability of Escalation, 1816-2001 John A. Vasquez 8. Paths to War: The Territorial Origins of War John A. Vasquez Part 4: Territory and Peace 9. The Changing Probability of Interstate War, 1816-1992 Marie T. Henehan and John A. Vasquez 10. Peace, Globalization, and Territoriality John A. Vasquez and Marie T. Henehan Part 5: Conclusion 11. The Significance of Territory John A. Vasquez July 2010: 234 x 156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-42413-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42414-1: £24.99

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415460538

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415424141

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

Inte r n at i on al S e c ur i t y

Private Security Contractors and New Wars

Rethinking Security Governance

Forthcoming in 2011

Risk, Law, and Ethics

The Problem of Unintended Consequences

International Security in a Post-9/11 World

Kateri Carmola, Middlebury College, Vermont, USA

Edited by Christopher Daase and Cornelius Friesendorf, both at Goethe University, Frankfurt, Germany

This book addresses the ambiguities of the growing use of private security contractors and provides guidance as to how our expectations about regulating this expanding ‘service’ industry will have to be adjusted. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The Complex Identity of the PMSC 2. The Multifaceted Origins of the PMSC Industry 3. Contracting and Danger in the Risk Society 4. PMSCs and the Clash of Legal Cultures 5. Frontier Ethics. Epilogue: Recommendations January 2010: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-77171-9: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85689-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415771719

US Hegemony and International Legitimacy Norms, Power and Followership in the Wars on Iraq Lavina Rajendram Lee, Macquarie University, Australia This book examines US hegemony and international legitimacy in the post-Cold War era, focusing on its leadership in the two wars on Iraq.

This book explores the unintended consequences of security governance actions and explores how their effects can be limited. Selected Contents: Introduction: Security Governance and the Problem of Unintended Consequences Christopher Daase and Cornelius Friesendorf 1. Strengthening Autocracy: The World Bank and Social Reform in Egypt Florian Kohstall 2. Security Governance, Complex Peace Support Operations and the Blurring of Civil-Military Tasks Susan E. Penksa 3. Unintended Consequences of International Statebuilding Ulrich Schneckener 4. Unintended Consequences of International Security Assistance: Doing More Harm than Good? Ursula C. Schroeder 5. Unintended Criminalizing Consequences of Sanctions: Lessons from the Balkans Peter Andreas 6. Unintended Consequences of Measures to Counter the Financing of Terrorism Thomas J. Biersteker 7. Neither Seen Nor Heard: The Unintended Consequences of Counter-Trafficking and Counter-Smuggling Benjamin S. Buckland 8. Unintended Consequences of Targeted Sanctions Mikael Eriksson 9. The Privatization of Force and its Consequences: Unintended but not Unpredictable Jörg Friedrichs. Conclusion: Analyzing and Avoiding Unintended Consequences of Security Governance Cornelius Friesendorf and Christopher Daase April 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-48535-7: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85115-9

War, Ethics and Justice Edited by Mark Phythian and Annika BergmanRosamond, both at University of Leicester, UK This edited volume addresses the key issues of ethics, war and international relations in the post-9/11 world. Selected Contents: Introduction: War, Ethics and Justice in a Post-9/11 World Annika Bergman-Rosamond and Mark Phythian 1. Tactics of Mistake: Torture, History and the Ethics of Liberal Wars After 9/11 Caroline Kennedy-Pipe 2. Ethics and the British Military: The Dilemmas and Demands of the ‘War on Terror’ Wyn Rees 3. An Australian Approach to Ethical Warfare? Australia and the ‘War on Terror’ Thomas Moore 4. The Internationalisation of Swedish Military Policy: Political Economy and Ethical Legitimisation Annika Bergman-Rosamond 5. Symbolics of Power and the Return of the Sacrificial Soldier to Canadian Soil Tina Managhan 6. Warrior Diplomats: Locating Gender and Power in the ‘War on Terror’ Annika Bergman-Rosamond and Thomas Moore 7. Do Forces for Good contain Real Men? Military Masculinities in the British Army on Operations Other Than War Claire Duncanson 8. Ethics, Gender and Intelligence in the ‘War on Terror’ Cynthia Enloe 9. Intelligence Ethics – An Oxymoron? Mark Phythian 10. Intelligence Ethics in the War against Terrorism: The Case of Israel Shlomo Shapiro 11. ‘Burning a Path to Peace’? War, Ethics and Justice in the Israel-Palestine Conflict Adrian Hyde-Price 12. The ‘War on Terror’: Intelligence, Ethics, and Justice in Pakistan and Afghanistan Rob Johnson. Conclusion: Towards a Global Ethics in an Age of Terror? Prospects and Challenges Mark Phythian

Selected Contents: Acknowledgments 1. Introduction and Theoretical Framework 2. Legitimacy and Followership in the Gulf Crisis 3. Material Interests and Followership in the Gulf Crisis 4. Legitimacy and Followership in the Iraq Crisis 5. Material Interests and Followership in the Iraq Crisis 6. Comparative Analysis and Theoretical Implications 7. Conclusion

Forthcoming in 2011

January 2010: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-55236-3: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85949-0

Understanding NATO in the 21st Century

Forthcoming in 2011

Alliance Strategies, Security and Global Governance

Policy Challenges in the post-911 World

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415552363

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415485357

Edited by Graeme P. Herd, Geneva Centre for Security Policy, Switzerland and John Kriendler, George C. Marshall European Center for Security Studies, Germany This volume provides an overview of the evolution of NATO, alliances and global security governance in the twenty-first century. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: NATO 20/20 2. NATO Transformation 3. Crisis Response Operations 4. NATO’s Role in Combating International Terrorists 5. NATO Enlargement 6. NATO Partnerships 7. NATO and Mutually Supporting Institutions 8. NATO HQ Reform 9. NATO’s Future: 2020 Alternative Scenarios April 2011: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-43633-5: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415436335

January 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-55234-9: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86852-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415552349

Law, Ethics and Security Edited by Aidan Hehir, University of Westminster, UK, Natasha Kuhrt, King’s College London, UK and Andrew Mumford, University of Hull, UK This volume explores the nexus of the issues of international law and ethics in the context of the ’War on Terror’, and the misalignment of contemporary security demands with existing law. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Andy Mumford and Natasha Kuhrt Part 1: Framing the Issue 2. Terrorism, Security and International Law Nigel White 3. Terrorism or Insurgency? Al Qaeda’s Networked Threat and the State Response Andy Mumford 4. Self-Defence in a New Era James Gow Part 2: International Law and Security 5. Who Killed the Right to Self-Defence? Thomas Jones 6. Computer Network Attacks, Self-Defence and International Law Elaine Korzak 7. The Nexus of Self-Determination and Security in a Time of Terror: Implications for Humanitarian Intervention Natasha Kuhrt 8. Law and War in a Time of Terror? Rachel Kerr and James Gow Part 3: Self Defence 9. In the Shadow of Guantanamo Bay: Judicial Responses to the ‘War on Terror’ Emma MacClean 10. Security, Discretion and International Law Aidan Hehir 11. Conclusion Aidan Hehir March 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-60742-1: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415607421

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/securitystudies

Int ernational Se curity

New

Defending Democracy and Securing Diversity Edited by Christian Leuprecht, Royal Military College of Canada Starting with the premise that population change at home and abroad is among the greatest security and defence challenges of the twenty-first century, this book draws on theory and practice to exemplify means by which diversity is a key asset to defence and security. Selected Contents: 1. Introductory Note Christian Leuprecht 2. Rethinking Diversity and Security Alan Okros 3. Evolution of Policing and Security: Implications for Diverse Security Sectors David Last 4. Evolving UK Policy on Diversity in the Armed Services: Multiculturalism and its Discontents David Mason and Christopher Dandeker 5. Harnessing Social Diversity in the British Armed Forces: The Limitations of ‘Management’ Approaches Victoria Marie Basham 6. Sex, Gender and Cultural Intelligence in the Canadian Forces Karen D. Davis 7. Ethnic Cultural Minorities and their Interest in a Job in the Royal Dutch Army Jelle van den Berg and Rudy Richardson 8. Can Women Make a Difference? Female Peacekeepers in Bosnia and Kosovo Liora Sion 9. Diversity in the Canadian Forces: Lessons from Afghanistan Anne Irwin 10. Ethnic Diversity and Police–Community Relations in Guyana Joan Mars 11. The Politics of Race and Gender in the South African Armed Forces: Issues, Challenges, Lessons Lindy Heinecken and Noelle van der Waag-Cowling 12. Gender Mainstreaming: Lessons for Diversity Donna Winslow 13. Diversity as Strategy: Democracy’s Ultimate Litmus Test Christian Leuprecht July 2010: 216 x 138: 260pp Hb: 978-0-415-57649-9: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415576499

Forthcoming in 2011

International Security & Peace Science

New International Relations Series edited by Richard Little, University of Bristol, UK, Iver B. Neumann, NUPI Norwegian Institute of International Affairs, Norway and Jutta Weldes, University of Bristol, UK The field of international relations has changed dramatically in recent years. This series covers the major issues that have emerged and reflects the latest academic thinking in this particularly dynamic arena. Forthcoming

Constructing Global Enemies Hegemony and Identity in International Discourses on Terrorism and Drug Prohibition Eva Herschinger, Universitaet der Bundeswehr Munich, Germany Examines efforts to counteract terrorism at the international level and drug prohibition policies. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. On Hegemony and Identity in International Security Discourses 3. Opening the ‘Black Box’: The Construction of International Hegemonies 4. International Drug Prohibition: Constructing the ‘Drug-Free World’ 5. Writing the ‘War on Terror’: The Struggle of Hegemonic Projects 6. Comparing the ‘War on Drugs’ and the ‘War on Terror’ 7. Conclusion. Appendix

Non-Great Powers in International Politics The English School and Nordic Internationalism Annika Bergman-Rosamond, University of Leicester, UK This book develops a theoretical framework drawn from the English School of international theory to explore the contribution of non-great powers within the international society of states. In doing so the author asks whether the analysis of such actors, as well as their distinct contributions to global justice and order, can sustain the normative and analytical rigour of the English School. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Revising the English School 3. Non-Great Powers in International Society 4. Nordic Welfare Internationalism as a Form of Solidarism 5. Humanitarian (Forcible) Intervention and the Limits of Solidarist Arguments 6. Gendered Internationalism and the English School 7. Adjacent Internationalism 8. Conclusion March 2011: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-46179-5: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415461795

Forthcoming in 2011

NATO’s Security Discourse After the Cold War

November 2010: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-59685-5: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83638-5

Representing the West

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415596855

This book provides is a critical investigation into the discursive processes through which the North Atlantic Treaty Organisation (NATO) reproduced a geopolitical order after the end of the Cold War and the demise of its constitutive enemy, the Soviet Union.

Origins & Evolution J. David Singer, University of Michigan, USA Edited by Jody Lear, Merideth Reid Sarkees and Diane Macaulay

Forthcoming in 2011

Andreas Behnke, University of Reading, UK

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. On Methodology: From Space to Spatialisation 3. Space and Identity in IR Theory 4. Reading/Writing NATO 5. Mapping the Post-Cold War Order: From the London Declaration to the Strategic Concept 6. The ‘Home-Coming’: NATO and the Central and Eastern European States 7. From ‘Pangolin’ to ‘Partner’: The Construction of Russia in NATO’s Discourse 8. ’Arc of Tension and Crisis’: The South and the Mediterranean 9. ‘Out of Area or Out of Business’ – Bosnia and the Deconstruction of NATO 10. NATO Unlimited – The Washington Summit 1999 11. Conclusion. Bibliography

Professor J. David Singer has been arguably the most important influence on quantitative research into the causes and attributes of war.

This collection is a carefully selected overview of his work which provides not only an excellent introduction to his considerable methodological, theoretical and empirical contributions but also an intellectual history of developments in the field of international relations which are reflected in Professor Singer’s work.

March 2011: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-58453-1: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415584531

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: The Making of a Peace Researcher 2. Earlier Evaluations of National Security Policy 3. Public Dove but Policy Wonk 4. Querulous and Suggestive Interventions 5. Conceptual and Methodological Insights 6. From Conventional Concepts to Operational Indicators 7. Scientific Research Payoffs 8. Sermons for the Next Generation February 2011: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-77959-3: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77960-9: £25.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415779609

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

Inte r n at i on al S e c ur i t y

Forthcoming

Security and Governance

War and Ideas Selected Essays John Mueller, Ohio State University, USA

Mueller has maintained that war (and peace) are, in essence, merely ideas, and that war has waned as the notion that ’peace’ is a decidedly good idea has gained currency. The first part of the book updates this argument, and assesses and critiques more recent theories arguing that this phenomenon is caused by the rising acceptance of democracy and/or capitalism.

The second part updates his argument that the Cold War was at base a clash of ideas that were seen to be threatening, not of arms balances, domestic systems, geography, or international structure. The third section deals with the role public opinion plays in foreign policy, and argues that many earlier conclusions about opinion during the Korean and Vietnam Wars apply to more recent military ventures in the Persian Gulf, Bosnia, Iraq, and Afghanistan. The final part focuses on the conduct of war itself, particularly on evaluations of the enemy, and argues that much of what has been called ’ethnic’ warfare has been more criminal in nature. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: War, Ideas, and Peace 1. War Has Almost Ceased to Exist: An Assessment 2. Faulty Correlation, Foolish Consistency, and Fatal Consequence: Democracy, Peace, and Theory in the Middle East 3. Capitalism, Peace, and the Historical Movement of Ideas Part 2: Threat Perception, Ideas, and Foreign Policy 4. What Was the Cold War About? Evidence from Its Ending 5. Simplicity and Spook: Terrorism and the Dynamics of Threat Exaggeration 6. Questing for Monsters to Destroy: 11/9 as 9/2 and 9/11 as 6/25 7. Why Isn’t There More Violence? Part 3: Public Opinion, Foreign Policy, and War 8. American Foreign Policy and Public Opinion in a New Era: Eleven Propositions 9. The Iraq War and the Management of American Public Opinion Part 4: Ideas about the Enemy: The Conduct of Modern War 10. The Search for the ’Breaking Point’ in Vietnam: The Statistics of a Deadly Quarrel 11. The Perfect Enemy: Assessing the Gulf War 12. The Banality of ’Ethnic War’. Bibliography December 2010: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-78176-3: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-78177-0: £23.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415781770

Forthcoming in 2011

Series edited by Fiona B. Adamson, School of Oriental and African Studies, UK, Roland Paris, University of Ottawa, Canada and Stefan Wolff, University of Birmingham, UK

Forthcoming in 2011

This series publishes high quality original research that reflects broadening conceptions of security and the growing nexus between the study of governance issues and security issues. Titles in the series meet the highest academic standards, and is at the cutting edge of debates taking place at the intersection of security studies and governance studies.

Emerging Transnational (In) security Governance A Statist-Transnationalist Approach Edited by Ersel Aydinli, Bilkent University, Turkey

‘Emerging Transnational (In)security Governance provides a significant contribution to the social science literatures on terrorism, transnational organised crime, security governance, and the nexus between these topics. Written by a team of subject experts and edited by a highly respected scholar, Ersel Aydinli, the chapters in this study deliver thought-provoking and rigorous analysis of the current landscape of and future prospects for transnational security governance. The great strength of the study is that it relates existing mechanisms designed to facilitate domestic and transnational cooperation in the fight against crime to the urgent task of countering the threat of transnational terrorism. This is valuable reading for students and researchers of terrorism and transnational governance.‘ – Alex Braithwaite, University College London, United Kingdom

Selected Contents: 1. The Freedom of Security 2. Security Sector Reform and Statebuilding 3. The Logos of a Liberal Peace 4. The European Security Strategy and SSR 5. Bilateral Actors in SSR 6. Democratization and SSR 7. Socioeconomic Development and SSR 8. The Logos of Liberal War. Bibliography

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: Two Worlds at War: The International vs. the Transnational 2. Statist Transnationalism for a Security Cooperation Regime Ersel Aydinli Part 2: Visions for Transnational Intelligence Cooperation: Challenges and Prospects 3. Beyond the State: The Impact of Transnational Terrorist Threats on Security and Intelligence Cooperation Derek Reveron 4. Intelligence Sharing and United States Counter-Terrorism Policy James I. Walsh 5. Rendition in a Transnational Insecurity Environment Peter Gill Part 3: Pioneers of Post-International Security Governance 6. Is the UK Stepping Towards Transnationalization? The Serious Organised Crime Agency Glen Segell 7. Structure and Agency in Transnational Cooperation in the Fields of Security Otwin Marenin 8. Police Liaisons as Builders of Transnational Security Cooperation Hasan Yon 9. First Preventers: The Necessity of Globalizing and Localizing Counter-Terrorism Intelligence Sharing Brian Nussbaum 10. Police and Counter-Terrorism: A Sociological Theory of International Cooperation Mathieu Deflem 11. Adaptive States and the New Transnational Security Regime Ersel Aydinli

March 2011: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-55833-4: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86774-7

February 2010: 234 x 156: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-56360-4: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85745-8

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415558334

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415563604

Statebuilding, Security-Sector Reform and the Liberal Peace The Freedom of Security Barry Ryan, University of Keele, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Intervention and Statebuilding This book contextualises the rapid growth of Security Sector Reform (SSR) in state-building, and provides a critique of the liberal peace theories that lay behind it.

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/securitystudies

Power and Progress International Politics in Transition Jack Snyder, Columbia University, USA Series: Security and Governance Jack Snyder is a leading American International Relations scholar who has developed an international reputation for his research on IR theory and US Foreign policy.

This book draws together many of his essays to explore a liberal realist theory of international politics. It tackles the question of change in a heterogeneous, incompletely modern international system from a perspective that draws on realism in stressing pragmatism in tactics and on liberalism in defining the ultimate goals of change. The book features a new introduction that explains the general themes that unify the prescriptive articles on international justice, the marketplace of ideas, and democratization. This fascinating and must-have collection will be of interest to students and scholars of international relations, especially those interested in the debates on liberalism and realism, and comparative politics. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Anarchy and Its Effects 2. Chain Gangs and Passed Bucks with Thomas Christensen 3. Averting Anarchy in the New Europe 4. Civil War and the Security Dilemma with Robert Jervis 5. Anarchy and Culture The Challenges of Democratic Transition 6. Turbulent Transitions: Why Emerging Democracies Go to War with Edward Mansfield 7. Nationalism and the Marketplace of Ideas with Karen Ballentine 8. Democratization and Civil War, with Edward Mansfield 9. Russian Backwardness and the Future of Europe Empire and the Promotion of a Liberal Order 10. Myths of Empire and Strategies of Hegemony 11. Trials and Errors: Principles and Pragmatism in International Justice, with Leslie Vinjamuri 12. Conclusion January 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-57572-0: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57573-7: £17.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415575737

Forthcoming in 2011

The Securitization of Migration in the Post-Cold War Era A Study of Movement and Order Philippe Bourbeau, University of Ottawa, Canada Series: Security and Governance Provides an overview of the integration of migration into international security frameworks emphasizing policing and defence. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Developing an Analytical Framework 1. Securitized Migration 2. Constructivism, Security and the Movement of People Part 2: The Securitization of Migration in Canad and France 3. Political Agents and theor Security Speech Acts 4. Media, Migration and Security: An Obvious Link? 5. Contextual Factors 6. Conclusion January 2011: 234 x 156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-59451-6: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415594516

Int ernational Se curity

Routledge Global Security Studies Series edited by Aaron Karp and Regina Karp, both at Old Dominion University, Norfolk, USA Global Security Studies is a series for cutting-edge monographs and books on international security. It emphasizes cutting-edge scholarship on the forces reshaping global security and the dilemmas facing decision-makers the world over. The series stresses security issues relevant in many countries and regions, accessible to broad professional and academic audiences as well as to students, and enduring through explicit theoretical foundations. Forthcoming in 2011

Unipolarity and World Politics

The Globalization of NATO

Forthcoming

Intervention, Security and Identity

Causes and Consequences of Nuclear Proliferation

Veronica M. Kitchen, University of Waterloo, Canada This book examines NATO’s transition from a Cold War mutual defence organization into a global alliance, and puts the recent crisis over the Afghanistan mission in the context of long-standing debates over out-of-area interventions. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Identity, Security, and Political Talk 2. The Suez Crisis: Establishing the Out-of-Area Norm 3. The Cold War Community and the Vietnam War 4. Changing Notions of Security and the Intervention in Bosnia 5. September 11th and the Dispute over Iraq 6. The Post-9/11 Alliance and Changing Notions of Mutual Defence in Afghanistan. Conclusion: A New Strategic Concept and New Norms? April 2010: 234 x 156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-57017-6: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84948-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415570176

Forthcoming in 2011

Disarmament Diplomacy and Human Security

A Theory and its Implications

Regimes, Norms and Moral Progress in International Relations

Birthe Hansen, University of Copenhagen, Denmark

Denise Garcia, Northeastern University, Boston, USA

This new book offers a coherent model of a unipolar world order.

This book assesses the evolution of normative regimes on the international arms trade, one of the largest threats to human security worldwide.

Selected Contents: 1. What is Unipolarity? 2. Unipolarity and Balancing 3. The System 4. International Management 5. Management Challenges and the Structure 6. The World Order 7. The Distinctiveness of the Unipolar World Order January 2011: 234 x 156: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-47820-5: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415478205

Forthcoming in 2011

Regional Powers and Security Orders A Theoretical Framework Derrick Frazier, University of Illinois, UrbanaChampaign, USA and Robert Stewart-Ingersoll, Grand Valley State University, USA This book provides a coherent new theoretical framework for understanding regional security orders and the behaviour of states within them. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction to the Regional Powers and Security Framework 2. Regional Security Orders 3. Regional Structures and Regional Power Capabilities 4. Regional Leadership 5. Regional Custodianship 6. Regional Protection 7. Status Quo vs. Revisionist Orientations 8. Unilateralist vs. Multilateralist Orientations 9. Proactive vs. Reactive Orientations 10. Incorporating the Global System Level. Conclusion. Bibliography July 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-56919-4: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415569194

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Norms: Progress and Evolution in the Conduct of International Affairs 2. The Arms Trade Treaty 3. The Small Arms and Light Weapons Regime and the Geneva Declaration on Armed Violence 4. Banning Cluster Munitions. Conclusions. Bibliography January 2011: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-58003-8: £75.00

This edited volume offers a systematic account of the process of nuclear proliferation and its consequences, using quantitative research methods. Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction 1. A Strategic Approach to Nuclear Proliferation Erik Gartzke, Matthew Kroenig and Robert Rauchhaus Part 2: The Causes of Nuclear Proliferation 2. Why Delegate for NonProliferation? Explaining International Cooperation through the International Atomic Energy Agency Robert Brown 3. Membership Has Its Privileges: Conventional Arms and Influence within the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty Jennifer Erickson and Christopher Way 4. Importing the Bomb: Sensitive Nuclear Assistance and Nuclear Proliferation Matthew Kroenig 5. Taking a Walk on the Supply-Side: The Determinants of Civilian Nuclear Cooperation Matthew Fuhrmann 6. Nuclear Politics: The Political Decision to Acquire, Sustain or Discard a Nuclear Arsenal James Wirtz 7. A Bargaining Model of Nuclear Weapons Development and Disarmament Brett V. Benson and Quan Wen Part 3: The Consequences of Nuclear Proliferation 8. Bargaining, Nuclear Proliferation, and Interstate Disputes Erik Gartzke and Dong-Joon Jo 9. The Spread of Nuclear Weapons and International Conflict: Does Experience Matter? Michael Horowitz 10. Evaluating the Nuclear Peace Hypothesis: A Quantitative Approach Robert Rauchhaus 11. Winning with the Bomb Kyle Beardsley and Victor Asal 12. Risk Analysis of Nuclear Deterrence Martin Hellman 13. Nuclear Disarmament: Can Risk Analysis Inform the Debate? Paul Nelson Part 4: Conclusion 14. The Perils of Predicting Proliferation Alexander Montgomery and Scott Sagan. Bibliography December 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-59833-0: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415598330

Nuclear Disarmament and Non-Proliferation

Forthcoming in 2011

The Politics of Nuclear Cooperation A Diversionary Peace Theory of NonProliferation Sung-Ju Cho, University of Virginia, USA Series: Routledge Global Security Studies This book theorises why states, such as Brazil and South Africa, which could easily have become nuclear-weapon states, chose instead to reverse their courses and renounce nuclear weapons. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. A Diversionary Peace Hypothesis 2. South Africa’s Metamorphosis 3. Argentina and Brazil: Cooperation between Rivals for Nuclear Autonomy 4. South Korea’s Insecurity under a U.S. Nuclear Umbrella 5. The Deviant Path toward Proliferation: Why Diversionary-Peace Had Not Occurred in India 6. Conclusions: Findings, Implications, and Future Study. Bibliography

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415586252

Edited by Robert Rauchhaus, University of California, Santa Barbara, USA, Matthew Kroenig, Georgetown University, Washington DC, USA and Erik Gartzke, University of California, San Diego, USA

New

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415580038

April 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-58625-2: £75.00

A Quantitative-Analysis Approach

Towards a Nuclear-Weapon Free World Sverre Lodgaard, Norwegian Institute of International Affairs, Oslo, Norway Series: Routledge Global Security Studies This book examines the current debate on nuclear non-proliferation and disarmament, notably the international non-proliferation regime and how to implement its disarmament provisions. Selected Contents: Part 1: Power Shifts and Nuclear Weapons 1. Power Shifts and Nuclear Weapons Part 2: The Legacies of Nuclear History and the Requirements of a New Consensus on Non-proliferation and Disarmament 2. The First Nuclear Era 3. Post Cold War Doctrines 4. A Global Consensus on Non-Proliferation and Disarmament Part 3: Proliferation Problems and the Role of Nuclear Disarmament 5. The Three-State Problem 6. Rollback Experiences 7. The Case of Iran 8. How to Understand North Korea 9. The Relationship Between Disarmament and Non-Proliferation Part 4: Towards a Nuclear-Weapon-Free World 10. Towards a NuclearWeapon-Free World September 2010: 234 x 156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-58634-4: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84259-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415586344

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

Inte r n at i on al S e c ur i t y

New

Forthcoming

Nuclear Proliferation and International Order

National Security Cultures

Realism and World Politics

Patterns of Global Governance

Edited by Ken Booth, Aberystwyth University, UK

Challenges to the Non-Proliferation Treaty

Edited by Emil J. Kirchner, University of Essex, UK and James Sperling, University of Akron, USA

Edited by Olav Njølstad, Norwegian Nobel Institute, Oslo, Norway Series: Routledge Global Security Studies This book examines the state of the nuclear nonproliferation regime and the issues it faces in the early 21st century. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: The Present Nuclear Order, How it Came About, Why it May Not Last Hans Blix Part 1: Challenge from Outside: The Problem of Non-Legal Nuclear Weapon States 2. The Indian Nuclear Program: Motivations, Effects, and Future Trajectories S. Paul Kapur 3. Pakistan’s Nuclear Weapons Programme: Past and Future Bhumitra Chakma 4. Israel’s Nuclear Capability: Implications on Middle East Security Mohamed Kadry Said Part 2: Challenge from Within: The NPT Defectors 5. How to bring North Korea back into the NPT Leon V. Sigal 6. Challenge from Within: The Case of Iran Sverre Lodgaard Part 3: Challenge from Below: Nuclear Trafficking and Terrorism 7. The Threat of Nuclear Terrorism Morten Bremer Mærli 8. The Atomic Terrorist? John Mueller Part 4: Challenge from Above: The Unfulfilled Nuclear Disarmament Pledge of the Five Legal Nuclear-Weapon States 9. The United States and the NPT ’Double Bargain’ David Holloway 10. The Nuclear Policy of Russia and the Perspectives for Nuclear Disarmament Vladimir Dvorkin 11. Creating ’Nuclear Order’: An Open-Ended Process Sergey Oznobishchev 12. The UK, Responsible Nuclear Sovereignty and the Disarmament Threshold William Walker 13. France and Nuclear Non-Proliferation: From Benign Neglect to Active Promotion Bruno Tertrais 14. Departing Revolution: China’s Changing Nuclear Policies during the Cold War Chen Jian 15. China’s Policy on Nuclear Weapons and Disarmament Yao Yunzhu July 2010: 234 x 156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-58098-4: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84482-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415580984

Forthcoming in 2011

A Perpetual Menace Nuclear Weapons and International Order William Walker, University of St. Andrews, UK

‘National Security Cultures offers a tightly argued, deeply researched, and empirically encompassing analysis. It establishes the enduring imprints Westphalian and postWestphalian state structures have on governance in East and West, and it tracks the variable effects of national security cultures on policies spanning the full governance spectrum. An impressive achievement that will become required reading in the field of security studies.‘ – Peter J. Katzenstein, Cornell University, USA This edited collection examines changes in national security culture in the wake of international events that have threatened regional or global order, and analyses the effects of these divergent responses on international security. Selected Contents: 1. National Security Cultures, Technologies of Public Goods Supply and Security Governance James Sperling Part 1: Europe 2. France: A Departure from Exceptionalism Bastien Irondelle and Sophie Besancenot 3. Germany: The Continuity of Change Sebastian Harnisch and Raimund Wolf 4. Italy: Hard Tests and Soft Responses Paolo Foradori and Paolo Rosa 5. United Kingdom: How Much Continuity? How Much Change? Martin Smith 6. European Union: Moving Towards a European Security Culture? Emil J. Kirchner Part 2: North America 7. Canada: Facing up to Regional Security Challenges Osvaldo Croci 8. Mexico: Current and Future Security Challenges Roberto Dominguez 9. United States: A Full Spectrum Contributor to Governance? James Sperling Part 3: Euroasia 10. China: Power, Complementarity and Reflexivity Anthony Coates 11. Japan: From Deterrence to Prevention Haruhiro Fukui 12. Russia: A Global Power? Derek Averre 13. Conclusion: Structure, Agency and the Barriers to Global Security Han Dorussen, Emil J. Kirchner and James Sperling June 2010: 234 x 156: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-77742-1: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77743-8: £28.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85061-9

Series: Routledge Global Security Studies

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415777438

Written by a leading scholar in the field of nuclear weapons and international relations, this book examines ‘the problem of order’ arising from the existence of weapons of mass destruction.

New

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: The Problem of International Nuclear Order 2. The Awakenings 3. Sculpting an Order out of Disorder: Nuclear Weapons and the Cold War, 1945-1970 4. Two Crises of Nuclear Order, 1973-1986 5. A Fortuitous Sequence of Events: The Nuclear Order’s Consolidation, 1986-1997 6. The Shifting and Expanding Problems of Nuclear Order, 1997-2008: The Regular and Irregular Domains of Interaction 7. Towards the Recovery or Breakdown of Nuclear Order? 8. Conclusion: Reflections on the Evolution of Order and Disorder. Bibliography June 2011: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-42105-8: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42106-5: £23.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415421065

Narcos Over the Border Gangs, Cartels and Mercenaries Edited by Robert J. Bunker, Counter-OPFOR Corporation, USA The book takes a hard hitting look at the drug wars taking place in Mexico between competing gangs, cartels, and mercenary factions; their insurgency against the Mexican state; the narco-violence and terrorism that is increasingly coming over the border into the United States, and its interrelationship with domestic prison and street gangs. Analysis and response strategies are provided by leading writers on 3GEN gang theory, counterterrorism, transnational organized crime, and homeland security. August 2010: 246 x 174: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-56072-6: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415560726

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/securitystudies

This book contributes to the rethinking of realism through multiple analyses of the keys works of Kenneth Waltz, arguing that a sophisticated appreciation of realism is needed to truly understand world politics and International Relations.

Selected Contents: Preface 1. Realism Redux: Contexts, Concepts, Contests Ken Booth Part 1: Political Ideas in Waltzian Realism 2. Anarchy and Violence Interdependence Daniel Deudney 3. Bringing Realism to American Liberalism: Kenneth Waltz and the Process of Cold War Adjustment Michael Foley 4. Waltz, Realism and Democracy Michael C. Williams Part 2: Challenges to Structural Realist Theory 5. Waltz’s Theory of Theory Ole Wæver 6. Structure? What Structure? Nicholas Onuf 7. ‘Big and important things in IR’: Structural Realism and the Neglect of Changes in Statehood Georg Sørensen 8. Reckless States and Realism John Mearsheimer Part 3: Realist Theories and Human Nature 9. Structural Realism, Classical Realism and Human Nature Chris Brown 10. Human Nature and World Politics: Rethinking ‘Man’ Neta Crawford 11. Women, the State, and War Jean Bethke Elshtain Part 4: War and Security, Causes and Consequences 12. Understanding Man, the State and War Hidemi Suganami 13. Lost in Transition: A Critical Analysis of Power Transition Theory Richard Ned Lebow and Benjamin Valentino 14. Hegemony, Equilibrium and Counterpower: A Synthetic Approach Cornelia Beyer 15. Nuclear Weapons in Waltz’s World: More Trust may be Better Nicholas J. Wheeler Part 5: Continuity and Change in the International and in the World 16. How Hierarchical can International Society Be? Ian Clark 17. Waltz and World History: The Paradox of Parsimony Barry Buzan and Richard Little 18. Human Interconnectedness Andrew Linklater Part 6: Conclusion 19. International Politics: The Inconvenient Truth Ken Booth December 2010: 234 x 156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-57057-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57058-9: £26.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415570589

Forthcoming in 2011

Realism Reader Colin Elman, Maxwell School of Syracuse University, USA Despite some years in the doldrums, political realism is recovering its previously dominant role as the leading paradigm in the international relations sub-field. Realism’s return to prominence has been accompanied by a surge of new research, and by the development of several distinct variants within the research tradition. The Realism Reader provides a ’one-stop-shop’ for undergraduates and masters students taking a course in contemporary international relations theory, with a particular focus on realism. The reader collects centrally important realist works, organized around different approaches (for example, neoclassical realism); important critiques of realism (for example, the institutionalist critique); and some debates realists and their critics have engaged in concerning recent events (for example, whether different realist theories can account for the collapse of the Soviet Union and the end of the Cold War). June 2011: 246 x 174: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-77354-6: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77357-7: £24.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415773577

Int ernational Se curity

Forthcoming in 2011

New

Textbook

China, Oil and Global Politics

China’s Rise – Threat or Opportunity?

Recovering Realism Colin Elman, Maxwell School of Syracuse University, USA After a period of being criticized for being out-dated, political realism is once again recovering its position as the dominant approach in the international relations sub-field. So far there is no book that systematically collects and collates the different strands of contemporary realism, accounting for their different predictions and explaining their prescriptions for policymakers. This book provides a broad survey of contemporary realist scholarship, and builds on Elman’s earlier work on the relationship between realism and foreign policy; balance of power theory; realism and typologies; and the metatheoretic status of realism. The book serves as a companion volume to The Realism Reader and the chapters have been matched accordingly. Selected Contents: 1. Recovering Realism: The Return of Pessimism 2. The Roots of the Realist Tradition 3. Classical Realism: The Twentieth Century 4. Balance of Power Theory 5. Neorealism 6. Defensive Structural Realism 7. Offensive Structural Realism 8. Rise and Fall Realism 9. Neoclassical Realism 10. The Liberal Critique 11. The Institutionalist Critique 12. The Constructivist Critique 13. Realism and European Cooperation 14. Realism, American ’Hegemony,’ and ’Soft’ Balancing 15. Realism and the Rise of Nonstate Actors 16. Conclusion June 2011: 246 x 174: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77358-4: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77359-1: £22.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415773591

Forthcoming in 2011

The Liberal Peace Selected Essays Michael W. Doyle, Columbia University, USA This volume is a collection of the best essays by Prof. Michael Doyle on the topics of liberalism and peace. The connection between liberalism and peace is important because liberal republics have proven to be the dominant practice in the international system. For many, they are the ideal of modern politics and their separate peace has emerged as the most significant and stable zone of peace in modern world history. This collection includes Prof. Doyle’s seminal articles from the 1980s, which helped launch the ’Democratic Peace’ debate, through to the policy implications of liberal internationalism in the post-Cold War era. The volume concludes with a new essay that addresses a variety of criticisms that have been made of his interpretation of the liberal peace.

Philip Andrews-Speed, University of Dundee, UK and Roland Dannreuther, University of Westminster, UK Series: Routledge Contemporary China Series This book provides a critical overview of China’s international energy strategy and the implications of this for regional and international security. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. China’s Energy Challenges and Policy Priorities 3. Explaining China’s Energy Policy 4. China’s Growing Presence in the International Oil and Gas Arena 5. Integration, the West and Energy: Conceptualising China’s International Energy Policy 6. The Revisionist Alternative: Energy and the Sino-Russian Axis 7. Regional Hegemony and the Quest for Energy Security 8. Global Expansion and the Neo-Imperialist Temptation 9. Conclusion April 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-60395-9: £85.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415603959

Forthcoming in 2011

China’s Strategic Competition with the United States Russell Ong, University of Manchester, UK Series: Routledge Security in Asia Series China’s rise as an economic, political, and military power and the expansion of its diplomatic activism beyond Asia into Europe, Latin America, Africa, and the Middle East has profoundly transformed its relationship with the United States. This book examines the transformation and the multifaceted nature of the relationship between US and China in the twenty-first century, and argues that it is more competitive than co-operative, even in areas that are amenable to co-operation such as trade and nuclear non-proliferation. Selected Contents: Acknowledgements. Introduction 1. US Global Supremacy 2. US and the Export of Liberal Democracy 3. US and the World Economic System 4. US and the Taiwan Issue 5. The US-Japanese Alliance 6. The North Korean Nuclear Issue 7. The US-South Korea Alliance 8. Central Asia. Conclusions. Endnotes. Selected Bibliography. Index June 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-56107-5: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415561075

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Kantian Theory of Liberalism 1. Kant, Liberal Legacies, and Foreign Affairs: Part I (1983) 2. Kant, Liberal Legacies, and Foreign Affairs: Part II (1983) 3. Liberalism and World Politics (1986) Part 2: Liberalism in Theoretical Context 4. Politics and Grand Strategy (1993) 5. The Voice of the People: Political Theorists on the International Implications of Democracy (1994) 6. One World, Many Peoples: International Justice in John Rawls’s The Law of Peoples (2006) Part 3: Liberal Grand Strategies: Ethics and Politics 7. An International Liberal Community (1992) 8. A More Perfect Union? The Liberal Peace and the Challenge of Globalization (2000) 9. A Few Words on Mill, Walzer and Nonintervention (2009) Part 4: Conclusion 10. Conclusion: Liberal Peace revisited (2010). References

Edited by Herbert S. Yee, Macau Polytechnic University, China Series: Routledge Security in Asia Series This book presents a comprehensive overview of how China’s rise is perceived in a wide range of countries and regions; these include China’s neighbours, other world powers, the parts of China not part of mainland China – Taiwan, Hong Kong and Macau – and regions of the world where China is having an unexpected impact, such as the Middle East. Selected Contents: 1. Power Transition Theory: A Challenge to the Peaceful Rise of World Power China 2. Core Elements in a Rising China’s Foreign Policy and Key Issues in Sino-American Relations 3. China’s Rise and Russia’s Interests 4. European Perspectives on China’s Rise 5. Sino-Vatican Relations on China’s Rise 6. Middle-Eastern Perceptions of China’s Rise 7. Too Close for Comfort?: Japanese and Korean Perspectives on China’s Rise 8. Political and Economic Friction between China and Japan 9. Indian Perspectives on China: Concerns and Prospects 10. Accommodation with Hedging: Southeast Asia’s Changing Perspectives toward China 11. Indonesia’s Perceptions of the ’China Threat’: From ’Yellow Threat from the North’ to ’Strategic Partner’ 12. The ’China Threat’ in the Context of China’s Peaceful Development: A View from Australia 13. A New Era of Mainland-Taiwan Relations? 14. The Response of Hong Kong and Macao to Mainland China’s Emergence: Trends and Prospects 15. From ’China Threat’ to ’China Responsibility’: Changing Perceptions about China in the Western Media and China’s Response October 2010: 234 x 156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-57606-2: £85.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415576062

Forthcoming in 2011

China’s Soft Power and International Relations Edited by Hongyi Lai and Yiyi Lu, both at University of Nottingham, UK Series: China Policy Series This book provides a comprehensive overview of China’s use of ’soft power’ and assesses the impact this is having on the world and on the process of international relations. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Soft Language, Soft Imagery and Soft Power in China’s Diplomatic Lexicon David Scott 3. The Failure of China’s Soft Power Rhetoric: The ‘Peaceful Rise’ and the Internal Debate over the Concept in China Dominik Mierzejewski 4. China’s Cultural Diplomacy: Going for Soft Power Hongyi Lai 5. Challenges for China’s International Communication Yiyi Lu 6. Challenges for China’s Harmonious Diplomacy Xiaohui (Anne) Wu and Cheng Qian 7. Debunking the Myth of China’s Soft Power: Changes in China’s Use of Foreign Assistance from 1949 to the Present Merriden Varrall 8. Is China Rising at America’s Expenses? Anti-Americanism and Pro-China Sentiments in Global Public Opinion Zixiao Yang, David Zweig, Zhengxu Wang 9. Drifting between Taoguangyanghui and Diplomatic Activism: China’s Foreign Policy as a Rising Power Suisheng Zhao 10. Managing Chinese Soft Power Yongnian Zheng and Chi Zhang April 2011: 234 x 156 Hb: 978-0-415-60401-7: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415604017

March 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-78174-9: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-78175-6: £22.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415781756

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

Inte r n at i on al S e c ur i t y

The Domestic Sources of China’s Foreign Policy Regimes, Leadership, Priorities and Process Lai Hongyi, University of Nottingham, UK Series: China Policy Series This book offers an accessible, informative and up-to-date systemic analysis of the foreign policy of China. It demonstrates how domestic factors have profoundly shaped China’s foreign policy, from the late Mao’s era to the reform era, presenting its argument through an in-depth analysis of major cases of Chinese foreign policy. Selected Contents: Part 1: Analytical Framework 1. Introduction: Bringing Back Domestic Politics in Studies of Foreign Policy 2. Internal Sources of External Policy: An Analytical Framework Part 2: Cases of China’s Foreign Policy 3. Domestic Regimes and Leaders’ Vision: Relations with Southeast Asia 4. Leadership Succession, Priority, Debates, and Shocks: WTO Accession 5. Managing Domestic-External Interaction: China-U.S. WTO Agreement 6. Securing Strategic Resources for Domestic Economy: Oil Diplomacy 7. Institutions and Players: Diversified Policy Making Process Part 3: Conclusion 8. Understanding a Rising China

Adelphi series The Adelphi series is The International Institute for Strategic Studies’ flagship contribution to policy-relevant, original academic research.

Islam in the Eyes of the West Images and Realities in an Age of Terror Edited by Tareq Y. Ismael, University of Calgary, Canada and Andrew Rippin, University of Victoria, Canada Series: Durham Modern Middle East and Islamic World Series

After the terrorist attacks of 9/11 in New York, and the Madrid and London bombings, Muslim communities in the West have generated security issues and political concern. This book challenges the authenticity of popular myths about the Islamic world and examines these myths as ideological cover for the ’war on terror’ and Iraq war.

Selected Contents: 1. The ‘West’ and the Islamic World: Patterns of Confrontation and Paths to Reconciliation 2. The Origin of Difference: Edward Said, Michel Foucault and the modern image of Islam 3. Demonizing the Enemy in the War on Terror 4. Islam and Muslims as seen by the Christian Zionists 5. Vigilante Masculinity and the ‘War on Terror’ 6. Islam in the US: The Contemporary Scene 7. ‘Jihadiology’ and the Problem of Reaching a Contemporary Understanding of Jihad 8. Muslims, Neighbours in Asia? The Transformation of Japan’s Perceptions of Islam as Shown in Its Media 9. US Politics, Media and Muslims in the Post 9/11 Era 10. Media and Societal Discourse on Western-Muslim Relations 11. Understanding the Muslim World: We Can Do Better 12. Applying ’the McCarthy Test’ to Canadian and American Security Legislation: A 10-Year Retrospective on the Impact of September 11, 2001 on Privacy Rights 13. Huntington’s ‘Clash of Civilizations’: Rumours and Clarification 14. Getting it Wrong Yet Again: America and the Islamic Mainstream

How Global Warming Threatens Security and What to Do about It

This book examines practical steps for achieving progress toward disarmament, realistically assessing both challenges and opportunities associated with achieving a world without nuclear weapons.

Jeffrey Mazo

This Adelphi explores how cultures have met the climate challenge and provides lessons for how the modern world can handle the new security threats posed by unprecedented global warming.

April 2010: 234 x 156: 182pp Pb: 978-0-415-59528-5: £9.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415595285

Building Peace After War Mats Berdal, King’s College London, UK March 2010: 234 x 156: 168pp Pb: 978-0-415-59118-8: £9.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415591188

New

Raimo Väyrynen and David Cortright

Climate Conflict

April 2010: 234 x 156: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-56237-9: £85.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415562379

Towards Nuclear Zero

New

Sanctions as Grand Strategy Brendan Taylor This Adelphi focuses on the different sanctions strategies of the United States, China, Russia, Japan and the EU, with regard to the unfolding nuclear crises in Iran and North Korea. It examines how these measures, designed to marginalise the regimes in both countries and restrict their ability to develop nuclear weapons, have also influenced the sanctioning states’ international partners. As such, they are not just a tool of statecraft: they are potentially an important facet of grand strategy.

May 2010: 234 x 156: 124pp Pb: 978-0-415-59529-2: £9.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415595292

June 2010: 234 x 156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-56414-4: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415564144

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/securitystudies

The widespread practice of external intervention aimed at building ‘sustainable peace’ within societies ravaged by war and violence has been a striking feature of the post-Cold War era. This book examines the record of such interventions, from Cambodia in the early 1990s to ongoing efforts in Afghanistan and the Democratic Republic of the Congo. It examines the variety of forms that these interventions have taken and identifies the sources of success and failure in individual cases. Although the book draws on a wide range of case studies, its overall approach to the subject is thematic and covers three major areas. 2009: 234 x 156: 186pp Pb: 978-0-415-47436-8: £10.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415474368

Int ernational S ecu rity

Forei g n Pol i cy

Defining and Defying Organised Crime

Foreign Policy

Discourse, Perceptions and Reality

Forthcoming in 2011

Edited by Felia Allum and Panos A. Kostakos, both at University of Bath, UK, and Francesca Longo and Daniela Irrera, both at Università degli Studi di Catania, Italy

Why Did the US Invade Iraq?

Series: Routledge Advances in International Relations and Global Politics Organised crime is now a major threat to all industrial and non-industrial countries. Using an inter-disciplinary and comparative approach this book examines the existing, official institutional discourse on organised crime to examine whether, or not, it has an impact on perceptions of the threat and on the reality of organized crime. Selected Contents: Part 1: Discourse and Definitions 1. Discoursing Organized Crime: Towards a Two Level Analysis? 2. The Criminal not the Crime: Practitioner Discourse and the Policing of Organized Crime in England and Wales 3. The Evolution of the European Union’s Understanding of Organized Crime and its Embedment in EU Discourse 4. International Policy Discourses on Transnational Organized Crime: The Role of an International Expertise Part 2: Perceptions 5. Transnational Organized Crime and the Global Security Agenda: Different Perceptions and Conflicting strategies? 6. Evolving Perceptions of Organized Crime: The Use of RICO in the United States 7. The Yakuza and its Perceived Threat 8. The Social Perception of Organized Crime in the Balkans: A World of Diverging Views? Part 3: Reality 9. The Fire behind the Smoke: The Realities of Human trafficking in Northern Ireland 10. Organized Crime in Transition-Era Bulgaria: The Elites and the State 11. Organized Crime and Local Politics in Contemporary Italy: Willing or Unwilling Bedfellows? 12. The CrimeTerror Nexus: Do Threat Perceptions Align with ‘Reality’? Conclusion: Getting to Grips with the Deconstruction of Organized Crime February 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-54852-6: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86034-2

New

European-American Relations and the Middle East From Suez to Iraq

Edited by Jane K. Cramer, University of Oregon, USA and A. Trevor Thrall, University of Michigan, Dearborn, USA Series: Routledge Global Security Studies This volume presents the best scholarly thinking about why the US invaded Iraq in 2003, a pivotal event in modern US foreign policy and international politics. The years since the announcement of the invasion of Iraq by George W. Bush in 2003 have revealed that the WMD threat was not the urgent threat the administration declared and that Saddam Hussein was not involved with Al Qaeda or 9/11. At least in part because of these revelations a majority of Americans (not to mention a majority of people globally) now believe that invading Iraq was a mistake and that the Bush administration misled the public to build support for war. Lending credibility to public doubts is a growing number of critical scholarly analyses and in-depth journalistic investigations about the invasion, which mostly suggests that the administration was not fully candid about its reasons for wanting to move against Iraq when it did. Thus the question remains: Why did the United States invade Iraq? The central purpose of this volume is to spur and inform the debate by organizing the best recent thinking of foreign policy and international relations experts about why the US invaded Iraq. Taking a broad range of arguments – about the role of ideas, Israel, and oil, in particular – and organizing them around a coherent structure, the book highlights current areas of agreement and disagreement, and allows scholars directly to talk to each other.

Edited by Victor Mauer and Daniel Möckli, both at Swiss Federal Institute of Technology (ETH), Zürich, Switzerland Series: CSS Studies in Security and International Relations This book examines the evolution of European-American relations with the Middle East since 1945. Selected Contents: Introduction Daniel Möckli and Victor Mauer Part 1: Changing Roles and Interests: From Suez to Iraq 1. Suez 1956: European Colonial Interests and US Cold War Prerogatives Tore T. Petersen 2. Iraq 2003: Regime Change and Its European Discontents Victor Mauer Part 2: The Arab-Israeli Conflict and the West 3. Anglo-American Relations and the Palestine Question, 1945-56 John Sakkas 4. At Odds in the Middle East: Paris, Washington, and the Six-Day War, 1967 Garret Martin 5. The EC-Nine and Transatlantic Conflict During the October War and the Oil Crisis, 1973/74 Daniel Möckli 6. The Euro-Arab Dialogue, the Venice Declaration, and Beyond: The Limits of a Distinct EC Policy, 1974-89 David Allen and Andrin Hauri 7. From Madrid to Camp David: Europe, the US, and the Middle East Peace Process in the 1990s Patrick Müller and Claire Spencer 8. The Middle East Quartet: A New Role for Europe? Constanza Musu Part 3: Gulf Security and Transatlantic Relations 9. Dealing with Iran: The US, Britain, and Regime Change 1951-3 Malcolm Byrne 10. Securing Gulf Oil: Britain, NATO, and the Question of Military Intervention East of Suez, 1949-68 Stephen Blackwell 11. Subcontracting Security: The US, Britain, and Gulf Security Before the Carter Doctrine Roland Popp 12. Great Game Redux: The US, Europe, and Gulf Security in the Late Cold War Peter John Brobst 13. Europe, the US, and the Gulf After the Cold War Gerd Nonneman 14. Iran and the Bomb: Washington, the EU, and Iranian Nuclear Ambitions Harsh V. Pant. Conclusion: Major Trends in European-American Relations and the Middle East since 1945 Daniel Möckli and Victor Mauer

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415548526

The volume will be of much interest to students of the Iraq War, US foreign and security policy, strategic studies, Middle Eastern politics and IR/Security Studies in general.

October 2010: 234 x 156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-47664-5: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85144-9

Forthcoming in 2011

Selected Contents: Preface: The Causes of War Stephen Van Evera 1. Introduction: Hypotheses on Iraq War: Reflections from a Survey of Experts Jane K. Cramer and A. Trevor Thrall 2. WMD, the Stated Motive: Pretext or Sincere Belief? Robert Jervis Part 1: The Role of Ideas in the Iraq Decision 3. Ideas and Alternatives in American Grand Strategy, 2000-04 Colin Dueck 4. The Road to Baghdad: Ideas and Intellectuals in Explanations of the Iraq War Andrew Flibbert Part 2: The Israel Lobby and the Neoconservatives 5. The Iraq War and the Israel Lobby Jerome Slater 6. Neoconservative Motives and Influence Michael Lind Part 3: Oil and Profits 7. A Motive Hiding in Plain Sight: War for Oil Michael Klare 8. Oil and the Iraq War John S. Duffield 9. The Myth of Neoconservative Power and Invading Iraq for Primacy and Profits Jane K. Cramer and Edward Duggan Part 4: Other Views of the Iraq War 10. Why Iraq? The View from Britain Jane M.O. Sharp

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415476645

The Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty and India Edited by Rajiv Nayan, Institute for Defence Studies & Analysis, India This book examines the international perspectives on India’s involvement with the NPT, as well as those from India itself. It was published as a special issue of The Strategic Analysis. Selected Contents: 1. Between Power & Justice: Current Problems and Perspectives of NPT Regime Harald Muller 2. Nuclear Disarmament in a Non-Proliferation Context: A Russian Perspective Alexander Nikitin 3. The Current Problems of the NPT: How to Strengthen the Nonproliferation Regime Nobuyasu Abe 4. NPT Review Conference 2010: Issues and Prospects Arvind Gupta 5. Previewing the 2010 Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty Review Conference Miles A. Pomper 6. NPT RevCon 2010: An Opportunity to Refocus Priorities Manpreet Sethi 7. India and the NPT’ Leonard Weiss 8. India and the NPT Aaron Tovish 9. India and the NPT: Separating Substantive Facts from Normative Fiction Anupam Shrivastava and Seema Gahlaut 10. Reforms in the NPT and Prospects for India’s Accession: A Situational Analysis A. Vinod Kumar 11. The NPT and India: Accommodating the Exception Rajiv Nayan

March 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-78212-8: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-78213-5: £23.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415782135

Escaping India Aparna Pande, Hudson Institute, USA Series: Routledge Contemporary South Asia Series Pakistan has over the decades become a hotbed for the terrorist ideology often referred to as Jihadism. Pande investigates the underlying principles of Pakistan’s foreign policy from 1947 until the present day and explains the rise of Jihadism as an offshoot of Pakistan’s security concerns. In the eyes of Pakistan’s policy makers, Pakistan’s interests lay in ‘containing’ India, ‘seeking parity’ with India in military and political terms, ‘gaining’ allies against India and ‘escaping’ an Indian identity by disowning shared heritage. Pakistan’s policies towards India, Afghanistan, United States, China and the Muslim world reflect various aspects of this very construct.

January 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-59900-9: £85.00

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415593915

Complimentary Exam Copy

Explaining Pakistan’s Foreign Policy

Selected Contents: 1. Constructing Political Identity 2. Existential Threat 3. Strategic Depth 4. An Alliance to Ensure Survival 5. All Weather Friendship 6. Virtual Relocation 7. Pragmatic Bilateralism

March 2011: 246 x 174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-59391-5: £80.00

Forthcoming in 2011

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415599009

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

F o r e i gn P ol i cy

New

European Union Sanctions and Foreign Policy When and Why do they Work? Clara Portela, Singapore Management University Series: Routledge Advances in European Politics

This book examines sanctions as a political tool of influence and evaluates the efficacy of sanctions imposed by the European Union (EU) against countries from the early 1990s to present day.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Sanctions and their Efficacy 3. EU Sanctions: Evolution, Legal Framework and Policy 4. What Determines the Efficacy of EU Sanctions? 5. The Efficacy of Sanctions Imposed under the Common Foreign and Security Policy (CFSP) 6. The Efficacy of ‘Informal’ Sanctions 7. The Efficacy of Development Aid Suspensions in the Context of the Partnership 8. Withdrawal of Trade Privileges under the Generalized System of Preferences 9. Sanctions Theory and the Efficacy of EU Sanctions: Some Fresh Air coming into the Sanctions Debate. Bibliography. Annex 1: Dataset of EU Sanctions Cases. Annex 2: Truth Table

Contemporary Security Studies Forthcoming in 2011

Bush’s Foreign and Security Policy Principle or Partisanship? Donette Murray, Royal Military Academy, Sandhurst, Camberley, UK This book offers a fresh assessment of the Bush presidency. This account challenges readers to look more closely at the strengths and weaknesses of Bush’s two-term administration. Carefully reached, it provides compelling evidence to support its two main arguments: first, that this was a more complex administration than its actions, often judged crude and ill-conceived, and one that was capable of crafting much praised and politically sound positions. The second argument contends that the Bush administration largely (though not entirely) failed to grasp how the international system was changing and thus failed to position the US to meet the challenges of the twenty-first century.

Forthcoming in 2011

US Collective Memory, Intervention and Vietnam The Cultural Politics of US Foreign Policy since 1969 David Ryan, University College Cork, Ireland The Vietnam War has generated significant diplomatic and cultural influences on US foreign policy. This book will explore the construction and interaction of US collective memory with the politics of US intervention since the late 1960s. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Collective Memory, Vietnam and US Post-War Strategy 1. On Collective Memory & Vietnam 2. Counterpoint: War and Historiography 3. Vietnam: Strategic Implications Part 2: US Intervention Since Vietnam 4. ’We Will Not be the Paper Tigers of Saigon’: Ford and the Immediate Aftermath 5. ’We Are Now Free of that Inordinate Fear’: Carter and NonIntervention 6. The United States of Amnesia and the Reagan Doctrine 7. We’ve Kicked the Vietnam Syndrome? Bush and the Gulf War 8. Clinton’s Criteria: The Crisis of Intervention and Cultural Adjustments 9. 9/11: The War on Terrorism and the End of the Vietnam Syndrome? 10. Iraq. Conclusions

April 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-48661-3: £75.00

January 2011: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-40564-5: £75.00

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415486613

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415405645

July 2010: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-55216-5: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84751-0

New

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415552165

Justifying America’s Wars

US Foreign Policy and Iran

Textbook

The Conduct and Practice of US Military Intervention

American-Iranian Relations since the Islamic Revolution

Nicholas Kerton-Johnson, Bristol University, UK

Donette Murray, Royal Military Academy, Sandhurst, Camberley, UK

Reassessing the Bush Doctrine Stanley A. Renshon, City University of New York Graduate Center, USA

This book examines the Bush Doctrine and its effect and influence on the new national security agenda of President Obama.

Selected Contents: Preface 1. The Obama Presidency and the World He Inherits Part 1: The Bush Doctrine Reconsidered 2. The Evolution of a Post 9/11 National Security Perspective 3. The Real Bush Doctrine 4. The Bush Doctrine: Myths and Criticisms Part 2: The Strategic World After 9/11 5. The New Calculus of Risk 6. Deterrence, Containment and Adversarial Bargaining Post 9/11: North Korea and Iran 7. Dangerous Threats and the Use of Force 8. Strategic Options and the Future of the Bush Doctrine Part 3: The Politics of Post 9/11 National Security 9. The Politics of Risk Assessment 10. The Politics of Post 9/11 National Security: A Profound Worldview Divide 11. Obama’s National Security Tasks: Worldview, Leadership and Judgment 2009: 229 x 152: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-80406-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-80405-9: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87451-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415804059

This book examines the justifications for, and practice of, war by the US since 1990, and examines four case studies, the Gulf War, Kosovo, Afghanistan and Iraq. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Setting the Context: Intervention and Norms in International Society 3. The Gulf War 4. The Kosovo Intervention 5. The Intervention in Afghanistan 6. The Iraq War 7. Conclusion July 2010: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-56168-6: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86167-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415561686

US Foreign Policy and Iran is a study of US foreign policy decision-making in relation to Iran and its implications for Middle Eastern relations. Selected Contents: Introduction: The Iran Syndrome 1. The Crucible of Revolution: Carter’s Bitter Legacy 2. Reagan: After the Revolution, in Search of a Policy 3. George H.W. Bush: War and Peace 4. Clinton: Volte-Face 5. George W. Bush: The Enemy of my Enemy. Conclusion: The Carcass of Dead Policies. Select Bibliography June 2010: 234 x 156: 272pp Pb: 978-0-415-58139-4: £23.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415581394

related journal

National Security in the Obama Administration

Security Index A Russian Journal on International Security New to Routledge in 2010 Journal of The Russian Center for Policy Studies (PIR Center) Editor-in-Chief: Vladimir A. Orlov, PIR Center, Russia Security Index provides readers with serious, professional, and unbiased examinations of urgent issues in the sphere of international security that are relevant to Russian interests. It contains articles by leading Russian governmental and nongovernmental experts and young researchers that cover a broad range of international security matters - from climate change and demography to nuclear non-proliferation and disarmament, from the situation in North Korea to defence contracts in Latin America. The journal has an established reputation as an independent source of information for decision-makers from Russia and abroad, for international organizations and the academic community. For more information on the journal, including subscription details, please visit: www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rsec

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/securitystudies

F oreig n Poli cy

Buying National Security How America Plans and Pays for Its Global Role and Safety at Home Gordon Adams, School of International Service, American University, USA and Cindy Williams, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, USA

The tools of American statecraft – defense, diplomacy, foreign and security assistance, homeland security and intelligence – are rarely examined together. Adams and Williams fill this gap by examining how these tools work, how they are planned for, and how they are budgeted.

Buying National Security weaves a tapestry around the institutions, organizations, tools, and processes that support planning and resource allocation across the breadth of the American national security enterprise. The authors analyze the planning and resource integration activities across agencies of the Executive branch as well as examine the structure and processes the Congress uses to carry out its national security oversight and budgetary responsibilities. Finally, they review the adequacy of the current structures and process and evaluate proposals for ways both might be reformed to fit the demands of the twenty-first century security environment. Selected Contents: 1. Money is Policy: Planning and Budgeting for Security and Foreign Affairs 2. Resource Planning for International Affairs and State Operations 3. Foreign Economic Assistance Budgeting and Programs 4. Political and Security Assistance Budgeting and Programs 5. Planning, Programming, Budgeting, and Execution in the Department of Defense 6. Intelligence Planning and Budgeting 7. Resource Allocation and Budgeting for Homeland Security 8. The Role of the Executive Office of the President in National Security Budgeting 9. Resource Allocation and Budgeting in Congress 10. The Politics of National Security Budgeting 11. The Road Ahead: How Might Budgeting Change? 2009: 229 x 152: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-95439-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95440-2: £32.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86150-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415954402

Forthcoming

EU Foreign Policy and PostSoviet Conflicts

Routledge Studies in US Foreign Policy Series edited by John Dumbrell, University of Durham, UK and I. Parmar, University of Manchester, UK This new series sets out to publish high quality works by leading and emerging scholars critically engaging with United States Foreign Policy. The series includes a variety of approaches to the subject and draws on scholarship from international relations, security studies, international political economy, foreign policy analysis and contemporary international history. New

American Foreign Policy and Postwar Reconstruction Comparing Japan and Iraq Jeff Bridoux, Aberystwyth University, UK This book provides a detailed comparison of the reconstruction of Japan from 1945 to 1952 with the current reconstruction of Iraq, evaluating the key factors affecting the success or failure of such projects.

Forging the National Security Strategy during and after the Cold War Paulo J.B. Ramos, Universidade Independente, Portugal This book examines the relationship between academics and government, studying the other voices that are usually forgotten when national security issues are discussed. Selected Contents: Introduction. Politics, Strategy and Knowledge, 1935-1945. Constructing American Strategic Doctrine, 1945-1960. Scientific Strategists and the Seat of Power, 1960s. Strategy, Personalities and Circumstances, 1970s. American Strategic Hegemony, 1980s. (Re) Constructing American Grand Strategy, 1990s. After 9/11: A new American Grand Strategy?. Conclusion July 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-43739-4: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-94617-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415437394

New

America’s Freedom Agenda Towards the Middle East Democracy or Domination Oz Hassan, University of Warwick, UK This book looks at how and why the Bush administration constructed democracy promotion for the Middle East as an American national interest. It then proceeds to demonstrate how new institutions were created, within the American foreign policy bureaucracy, which pursued a particular mode of democratisation that would be congruent with other American national interests. As such, it highlights how the crisis presented by September 11 2001 led to regime change in Afghanistan and Iraq, but more broadly how American policy towards the region had a softer imperial side, which drew on broader economic theories of democratisation and modernisation.

September 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-56397-0: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84341-3

June 2011: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-60310-2: £75.00

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415563970

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415603102

Forthcoming in 2011

Race and US Foreign Policy The African-American Foreign Affairs Network

Nicu Popescu, European Council on Foreign Relations, UK

Mark Ledwidge, University of Manchester, UK The book provides a cutting edge insight into the racial aspect of US foreign affairs, documenting through case-specific analyses of the evolutionary development of the African American foreign affairs network (AAFAN).

Series: Routledge Advances in European Politics This book examines EU intervention and nonintervention in conflict resolution, with a specific focus on the EU’s role in the post-soviet conflicts of Moldova, Abkhazia and South Ossetia in Georgia and Azerbaijan.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Forging of the African-American Foreign Affairs Community 3. The Italo-Ethiopian War 4. From Isolationism to Globalism: African-Americans’ Response to US Entry into the Second World War 5. African-Americans and the Formation of the United Nations 6. Human Rights, Racial Reconstruction and the Cold War 7. Malcolm and Martin and the Shadow of US Foreign Policy 8. Conclusion

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Europeanization of Foreign Policy 3. Foreign Policy and State Identity 4. The Europeanization of Finnish Foreign and Security Policy Discourse: From Neutrality to Alignment Identity 5. The Europeanization of British Foreign and Security Policy Discourse: Re-articulating the Great Power Identity 6. Comparing the Reproduction of State Identities in Finland and Britain 7. Conclusion

March 2011: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-48211-0: £75.00

December 2010: 234 x 156: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-58720-4: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83478-7

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415482110

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415587204

Complimentary Exam Copy

American Intellectuals and US Strategy

The book seeks to understand why American officials believed that extensive social reengineering aiming at seeding democracy and economic development is replicable, through identifying factors explaining the outcome of US-led post-conflict reconstruction projects. The analysis reveals that in addition to the effective use of material resources of power, the outcome of reconstruction projects depends on a variety of other intertwined factors, and Bridoux provides a new analytical framework relying on a Gramscian concept of power to develop a greater understanding of these factors, and the ultimate success or failure of these reconstruction projects.

Stealth Intervention

Forthcoming in 2011

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

F o r e i gn P ol i cy

Forthcoming in 2011

Textbook

New

Beyond Anti-Americanism

Soft Power and US Foreign Policy

The US Public and American Foreign Policy

The Case for Criticism not Prejudice Brendon O’Connor, Griffith University, Australia Beyond Anti-Americanism presents a case for seeing anti-Americanism as principally a counterproductive prejudice. Brendon O’Connor argues that while there are many reasons to be frustrated with American policies, politics and even American society, a crucial distinction should be drawn between criticism and prejudice. Selected Contents: Introduction: What is Anti-Americanism? 1. The Anti-American Tradition 2. American Power and Complicating the Anti-American Tradition 3. George W. Bush and the Resurgence of the Anti-American Tradition 4. Violent Anti-Americanism: bin Laden, al Qaeda and Terrorism Conclusion: Beyond the Anti-American Tradition June 2011: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-47428-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47429-0: £22.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415474290

Forthcoming

Constructing US Foreign Policy The Curious Case of Cuba David Bernell, Oregon State University, USA This book addresses the roots of the hostility that has characterized the United States’ relationship with Cuba and has persisted for decades, even in the wake of the end of the Cold War. It answers the question of why America’s Cold War era policy toward Cuba has not substantially changed, despite a radically changed international environment. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Imagining Latin America and Cuba 3. Constructing Reagan’s Castro 4. Waiting for Fidel 5. Conclusion January 2011: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-78067-4: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415780674

New

Neoconservatism and American Foreign Policy

Theoretical, Historical and Contemporary Perspectives Edited by Inderjeet Parmar, University of Manchester, UK and Michael Cox

The rise of widespread negative attitudes towards US foreign policy, especially due to the war of aggression against Iraq and the subsequent military occupation of the country – has brought new attention to the meaning and instruments of soft power. In this edited collection, an outstanding line up of contributors provides the most extensive discussion of soft power to date.

Soft Power has become part of popular political discourse since it was coined by Harvard’s Joseph Nye, and this volume features a brand new chapter by Nye outlining his views on soft, hard and smart power and offers a critique of the Bush administration’s inadequacies. He then goes on to examine the challenges for the incoming US president. The other contributions to the volume respond to Nye’s views from a range of theoretical, historical and policy perspectives giving new insights in to both soft power and the concept of power itself. Selected Contents: Introduction Inderjeet Parmar and Michael Cox 1. The Future of Soft Power in US Foreign Policy Joseph Nye Jr. 2. From Hegemony to Soft Power Geraldo Zahran and Leonardo Ramos 3. Soft Power and Strategy: Developing a ’Strategic’ Concept of Power Edward Lock 4. The Unbearable Lightness of Soft Power Christopher Layne 5. The Power Game, Soft Power and the International Historian Till Geiger 6. Challenging Elite Anti-Americanism in the Cold War Inderjeet Parmar 7. Technological Leadership and American Soft Power John Krige 8. The Military Use of Soft Power – Information Campaigns: The Challenge of Application, their Audiences and Effects Angus Taverner 9. Public Diplomacy and the Information War on Terror Philip Taylor 10. Soft Power in an Era of US Decline Giles Scott-Smith 11. Cheques and Balances: The EU’s Soft Power Strategy Christopher Hill 12. The Myth and Reality of China’s Soft Power Shogo Suzuki 13. Responding to my Critics and Concluding Thoughts Joseph Nye

A Critical Analysis

March 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-49203-4: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49204-1: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85649-9

Danny Cooper, Griffith University, Australia

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415492041

At the time of America’s 2003 invasion of Iraq, the term ’neoconservative’ was enjoying wide currency. To this day, it remains a term that engenders much debate and visceral reaction. Exploring the historical significance of this ongoing movement and its impact on American foreign policy traditions, this book will be of great interest to all scholars of foreign policy, American politics and American history. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Neoconservatism and its Authors 3. Neocons and the Idea of Human Rights 4. The Neocons and the War of Ideology 5. Neocons, Preponderance and Order 6. Neocons, American Power and Preventive War 7. Conclusion October 2010: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-59221-5: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84052-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415592215

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/securitystudies

Edited by Andrew Johnstone, University of Leicester, UK and Helen Laville, University of Birmingham, UK Though often overlooked, public opinion has always played a significant role in the development and promotion of US foreign policy and this work seeks to comprehensively assess the impact and nature of that opinion through a collection of historical and contemporary essays. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Andrew Johnstone and Helen Laville Section 1: The Public and War 2. From Coast Defence to Embalmed Beef: The Influence of the Press and Public Opinion on McKinley’s Policymaking during the Spanish-American War Joseph Smith 3. To Mobilize a Nation: Citizens Organizations and Intervention and on the Eve of WWII Andrew Johnstone 4. Power to the People? American Public Opinion and the Vietnam War Andrew Priest Section 2: Public Interests and Ideology 5. Organized Labor and the Social Foundations of American Diplomacy, 1898-1920 Rhodri Jeffreys-Jones 6. Religion and World Order at the Dawn of the American Century Andrew Preston 7. Gender Apartheid? American Women and Women’s Rights in American Foreign Policy Helen Laville Section 3: Interests and Ethnicity 8. African Americans and US Foreign Policy: The American Negro Leadership Conference on Africa and the Rhodesian Crisis Carl P. Watts 9. The American Public and the US-Israeli ’Special’ Relationship Elizabeth Stephens 10. The Cuban Lobby and US Policy toward Cuba Jessica Gibbs Section 4: The Public and the War on Terror 11. Neoconservatism and the American Public: Was 9/11 a Hegemonic Moment? Maria Ryan 12. ’You Don’t Launch a Marketing Campaign in August’: The Bush Administration and the Public Before and After the Iraq Invasion Scott Lucas June 2010: 234 x 156: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-55315-5: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84927-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415553155

Forthcoming

US Policy Towards Cuba Since the Cold War Jessica Gibbs, Aberystwyth University, UK This is a comprehensive examination of US policy towards Cuba with a particular emphasis on the post-Cold War era. As well as providing a detailed account of US policy and actions towards Castro’s regime, Jessica Gibbs also illustrates how this case study provides a revealing insight into wider debates about US foreign policy and international relations theory. Selected Contents: 1. The United States and Cuba: From the Cuban Revolution to the Fall of the Berlin Wall 2. The Cuban Democracy Act: ‘Putting the Hammer down on Fidel Castro’? 3. Continuity and Change under Clinton 4. The Rafter Crisis of 1994 5. The Helms-Burton Act: ‘Adios Fidel’? 6. The Transformation of the Anti-Embargo Movement 7. The Elian Gonzalez Case: ‘We won’t Forget, We Vote’ 8. George W. Bush: Champion of the Anti-Castro Cause? 9. Conclusion November 2010: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-43747-9: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-94612-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415437479

R egio nal Se curity: Asia

Regional Security: Asia

Forthcoming in 2011

3rd Edition

2nd Edition

The Routledge Handbook of Asian Security Studies

International Politics of the Asia Pacific

The New Global Politics of the Asia Pacific

Since 1945

Michael Connors, La Trobe University, Australia, Remy Davison, Monash University, Australia and Jörn Dosch, University of Leeds, UK

Edited by Sumit Ganguly, Indiana University, USA, Andrew Scobell, Texas A&M University, USA and Joseph Liow, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore

The Handbook of Asian Security Studies provides a detailed exploration of security dynamics in the three distinct subregions that comprise Asia, and also bridges the study of these regions by exploring the geopolitical links between each of them.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Northeast Asia 1. China’s Rise: How Peaceful? 2. Japan’s Security Future 3. The Security of the Korean Peninsula 4. The Taiwan Issue 5. The Tibetan Question 6. The Shanghai Cooperation Organization and Its Implications for Regional Security 7. US-China Relations Part 2: South Asia 8. Kashmir and the Indo-Pakistani Conflict 9. Nuclear Weapons and Crisis Stability in South Asia 10. The Sino-Indian Rivalry 11. India’s Experiences with Insurgency and Counter-Insurgency 12. The Sri Lankan Civil War 13. Pakistan’s Quest for Security 14. Insurgency, Instability, and the Security of Afghanistan Part 3: Southeast Asia 15. The Association of Southeast Asian Nations 16. Bilateral Tensions in ASEAN 17. Great Power Politics and Southeast Asian Security 18. Maritime Security in Southeast Asia 19. Internal Conflicts in Southeast Asia 20. Islamic Extremism in Southeast Asia 21. Burma/Myanmar: How Flourishing the ’Disciplined Democracy’? Part 4: Cross Regional Issues 22. Maritime Rivalry in Asia 23. The ASEAN Regional Forum 24. The New Security Agenda in Asia: Making Spaces for Non-Traditional Security Formulations of Emerging Security Challenges 2009: 246 x 174: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-77781-0: £125.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86510-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415777810

Forthcoming in 2011

Asia’s Nuclear Futures Chung Min Lee, National University of Singapore Series: Routledge Security in Asia Pacific Series This book provides a comprehensive assessment of the role of nuclear weapons in Asia since 1945, its implications for regional and global security, and the conditions under which more Asian countries might seek to acquire a nuclear capability in the future. Selected Contents: Part 1: Proliferation Networks Preface. Introduction 1. Nuclear Weapons in Asia and Proliferation Networks Part 2: Nuclear Pandora’s Arc 2. Proliferation Before and After the A.Q. Khan Network 3. Failed States and Nuclear Weapons Part 3: Tipping Points and New Security Dilemmas 4. Tipping Points: Japan, South Korea, and Taiwan 5. Deterrence and New Security Dilemmas Part 4: A Brave New World? 6. Nuclear Proliferation in Asia and Consequences for Global Security

Michael Yahuda, London School of Economics and Political Science, University of London, UK Series: Politics in Asia This fully revised third edition of Michael Yahuda’s extremely successful textbook brings the region bang up-to-date, introducing students to the international politics of the Asia-Pacific region since 1945. As well as assessing the post-cold War uncertainties that challenged balance and power with the region, Yahuda also examines the first decade of the new millennium, new political administrations in all the key player-states and increased cooperative security between some nations, polarised by volatile relationships between others. Anyalzing politics in terms of global, regional and local trends, this new edition features: • examination of the continued Rise of China in terms of politics, security and economic dominance • ongoing debates concerning the ’war on terror’ and how this shifts, forms and reforms relationships • Asia-Pacific security issues. Selected Contents: Section 1: The Cold War, 1945–1989 Part 1: The International Politics of the Asia-Pacific Introduction 1. The Impact of the Cold War and the Struggles for Independence, 1945–1954 2. The Application of Bipolarity, 1954–1970 3. The Period of Tripolarity, 1971–1989 Part 2: The Policies of the Great Powers 4. The United States and the Asia-Pacific 5. The Soviet Union/Russia and the Asia-Pacific 6. China and the Asia-Pacific 7. Japan and the Asia-Pacific Section 2: The post-Cold War Period Part 1: The Era of American Pre-Eminence 8. From Unipolarity to Multipolarity 1991-2010 9. The United States: From the End of the Cold War to the War on Terrorism and Beyond 10. China: China’s Ascent to Global Economic Power and Political Influence 11. Japan: Coping with Relative Decline

The fully up-dated 2nd edition of this introductory textbook presents a coherent framework for understanding the complex international and global politics of the Asia Pacific region. The authors provide an overview of the main actors, institutions and contemporary issues, such as security and transnational actors.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: New Global Politics of Asia Pacific 2. The United States in Asia Pacific 3. Japan in Asia Pacific 4. China in Asia Pacific 5. Southeast Asia and Asia Pacific 6. Australia in Asia Pacific 7. Europe and Asia Pacific 8. Russia and Asia Pacific 9. India and Asia Pacific 10. Regional Security in Asia Pacific: Sources of Conflict and Prospects for Cooperation 11. Globalization and Regionalism in Asia Pacific 12. The Asian Economic Miracle and its Unmaking 13. Transnational Actors in Asia Pacific 14. Culture and Politics in the Asia-Pacific: Asian Values and Human Rights March 2011: 246 x 174: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-46496-3: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46497-0: £22.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415464970

New

Religion and Security in South and Central Asia Edited by K. Warikoo, Jawaharlal Nehru University, India

January 2011: 234 x 156: 344pp Hb: 978-0-415-47479-5: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47480-1: £22.99

Series: Central Asia Research Forum

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415474801

This book provides local perspectives on religion, security, history, geopolitics and geostrategy in South Asia and Central Asia in an integrated manner. Presenting a holistic and updated view of the developments inside and across South and Central Asia, it offers coherent and concise analyses by experts on the region.

Forthcoming in 2011

Routledge Handbook of Asian Regionalism Edited by Mark Beeson, University of Western Australia and Richard Stubbs, McMaster University, Canada The Routledge Handbook of Asian Regionalism is a definitive introduction to, and analysis of, the development of regionalism in Asia, including coverage of East Asia, Southeast Asia and South Asia. The result is a comprehensive exploration of what is arguably the most dynamic and important region in the world. The Routledge Handbook of Asian Regionalism will be an indispenable resource for students and scholars of Asia politics, international relations and regionalism.

March 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-42825-5: £80.00

Selected Contents: Part 1: Conceptualizing the Asian Region Part 2: Economic Issues Part 3: Political Issues Part 4: Strategic Issues Part 5: Organizations

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415428255

June 2011: 246 x 174: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-58054-0: £110.00

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction K. Warikoo 2. Taliban’s Resurgence in Afghanistan and Pakistan Frederic Grare 3. Pakistan’s Slide Towards Talibanisation Sushant Sareen 4. Resurgence of the Taliban and Al Qaeda in Afghanistan: Implications for Regional Security Deepali Gaur Singh 5. Roads to Perdition: The Politics and Practice of Islamist Terrorism in India Praveen Swami 6. Islamist Extremism in Kashmir K. Warikoo 7. Communal Peace in India: Lessons from Multicultural Banaras Priyankar Upadhyaya 8. Islamist Extremism and Terror Network in Bangladesh Smruti S. Pattanaik 9. Religious Radicalism in Bangladesh: Security Challenges to India C.A. Josukutty 10. Hizb ut-Tahrir: The Destabilising Force in Central Asia Mahesh R. Debata 11. Islamic Radicalism in Central Asia Murat Laumulin 12. Islam in Contemporary Tajikistan: Role of Muslim Leaders Muzaffar Olimov 13. Ethnic-Religious Separatism in Xinjiang: Challenge to China’s Security K. Warikoo October 2010: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-57590-4: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415575904

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415580540

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

R e g i on al S e c ur i t y: A s i a

Asian Security Studies Series edited by Sumit Ganguly, Indiana University, USA and Andrew Scobell, RAND Corporation, Washington DC, USA Few regions of the world are fraught with as many security questions as Asia. This series publishes the best possible scholarship on the security issues affecting the region, and includes detailed empirical studies, theoretically oriented case studies and policy-relevant analyses as well as more general works. Forthcoming in 2011

Autonomy and Ethnic Conflict in South and South-East Asia Rajat Ganguly, Murdoch University, Australia This book addresses the question as to whether territorial or regional autonomy can offer a viable option for the pacific settlement of intractable nationalist and secessionist ethnic conflicts in South and SE Asia. Selected Contents: 1. Is Autonomy a Solution or an Obstacle to Resolving Separatist Ethnic Conflicts? Rajat Ganguly 2. Ethnic Peacemaking in Sri Lanka: The Politics of Autonomy Solution P. Sahadevan 3. Limits of Autonomy: Cross-Border Demographic Dynamics and Ethnic Conflict in Assam, India Sanjib Baruah 4. Addressing Different Aspirations in Jammu and Kashmir: From Autonomy to Self-Rule D. Suba Chandran 5. Ending the War in Aceh: Leadership, Money and Autonomy in Yudhoyono’s Indonesia Marcus Mietzner 6. When Autonomy is Not an Option? Governing Violence in Southern Thailand Chaiwat Satha-Anand 7. The Pitfalls in Working for Peace in a Time of Political Decay in the Philippines Nathan Quimpo 8. Conclusion Rajat Ganguly. Bibliography March 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-57016-9: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415570169

Forthcoming

Crime-Terror Nexus in South Asia States, Security and Non-state Actors Ryan Clarke, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore This book examines the crime-terror nexus in South Asia, focusing in particular on the activities of non-state actors that operate out of Pakistan, and challenges the conventional wisdom that the Pakistan Taleban (TTP) and Al-Qaeda are Pakistan’s most serious security threats. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Misgovernance and Proxy Warfare in Kashmir: Laying the Groundwork for the Crime-Terror Nexus 3. The Crime-Terror Nexus and Chinese Arms in Indian-held Kashmir 4. Lashkar-i-Taiba: The Fallacy of Subservient Proxies and the Future of Islamist Terrorism in India 5. LeT and D-Company in Pakistan: Selective Justice, Sectarianism and Artificial Distinctions 6. Breakdown of Order in FATA: Driven by the Pakistani Taliban and Al-Qaeda but ideologically Underwritten by LeT 7. The Pakistani Economy: Imbalances and Contradictions, Incomplete Islamisation and D-Company as a Strategic Asset 8. Conclusion. Bibliography

New

China, Europe and International Security

International Conflict in the Asia-Pacific

Interests, Roles, and Prospects

Patterns, Consequences and Management

Edited by Frans-Paul van der Putten, Netherlands Institute of International Relations and Chu Shulong, Tsinghua University, China

Jacob Bercovitch, University of Canterbury, New Zealand and Mikio Oishi

This book examines the roles played by China and Europe in the domain of international security in the 21st century.

This book analyses four major long-standing and intractable conflicts in the Asia-Pacific region (the Korean Peninsula; the Taiwan Strait; the South China Sea (Spratly Islands); and India-Pakistan), and aims to identify the mechanisms used to manage these conflicts.

Selected Contents: Introduction Frans-Paul van der Putten and Chu Shulong 1. Europe’s Views on China’s Role in International Security May-Britt Stumbaum 2. China’s Views on Europe’s Role in International Security Zhang Yanbin 3. Bilateral Security Relations between China and Europe Wang Bo 4. Space and Defence Technology in EuropeanChinese Security Relations Nicola Casarini 5. Hegemonic Cycles and Sino-European Cooperation in Global Governance Xuan Xingzhang and Yang Xiaoping 6. US-China-Europe Security Relations: The Global Security Structure and Order in the Twenty-First Century Chu Shulong and Chen Songchuan 7. China, Europe and Russia Feng Feng 8. The European Union and East Asian Security: Prepared for the Future? Gudrun Wacker 9. Cooperation and Competition on the Iran Nuclear Dispute: The Role of the European Union and China Willem van Kemenade 10. Chinese and European Engagement in UN Peace Operations Janka Oertel 11. Europe Sails East, China Sails West: Somali Piracy and Shifting Geopolitical Relations in the Indian Ocean Susanne Kamerling and Frans-Paul van der Putten. Conclusion Frans-Paul van der Putten and Chu Shulong September 2010: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-58580-4: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84460-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415585804

US-China-EU Relations Managing the New World Order Edited by Robert Ross, Harvard University, USA, Øystein Tunsjø, Norwegian Insititute of Defence Studies, Norway and Zhang Tuosheng, China Foundation for International & Strategic Studies, China

This volume brings together a group of leading international scholars to discuss how US-China-EU relations will shape the future of international politics.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1 2. The United States and the Future Global Order 3. On China’s Concept of the International Security Order 4. The European Union as Civilian Power: Aspirations, Potential, Achievements Part 2 5. Changes and Continuities in EU-China Relations: A German Perspective 6. Travelling Hopefully, Acting Realistically? UK-China Interactions 7. China and European Security and Economic Interests: A French Perspective 8. China and US Security and Economic Interests: Challenges and Opportunities 9. An Analysis of Chinese Images of the United States and EU Part 3 10. China-US-EU Relationship in a Changing Era 11. Strategy, Politics, and World Order Perspective: Comparing the EU and US Approaches to China’s Resurgence Part 4 12. Global Imbalances and Currency Politics: China, Europe and the United States 13. Managing Tension and Promoting Cooperation: US-Europe Approaches on Security Issues with China 14. US-China-EU Relations: Towards a New World Order?

April 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-61031-5: £75.00

February 2010: 234 x 156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-55233-2: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86020-5

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415610315

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415552332

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/securitystudies

Series: Routledge Global Security Studies

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Conflicts in the Asia-Pacific Region in the Post-World War II Period 2. Conflict Management and its Application to Conflicts in the Asia-Pacific Region 3. Management of Conflict on the Korean Peninsula: From Confrontation to Sustaining a Failing State 4. Management of the Rivalry across the Taiwan Strait: Addressing the Transformation from Ideological Rivalry to Ethnic Conflict 5. Management of Dispute over the Spratly Islands: Taming a Dragon in the South China Sea 6. Management of the Indo-Pakistani Conflict: Siamese Twins Inflicting Lethal Blows on Each Other 7. Conclusion. Bibliography May 2010: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-58004-5: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84708-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415580045

Forthcoming

Changing Power Relations in Northeast Asia Implications for Relations between Japan and South Korea Edited by Marie Soderberg, Stockholm Economics School, Sweden Series: European Institute of Japanese Studies East Asian Economics and Business Series The aim of this book is to analyse the Japan-South Korean relationship from various angles such as politics, security, economics, culture and immigration issues and how the relationship is affected by the changing power relations in Northeast Asia. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Japan–South Korea Relations at a Crossroads Marie Söderberg 2. How Can We Cope with Historical Disputes? The Japanese and South Korean Experience Kan Kimura 3. A Whirlpool of Historical Controversies in Widening Waters of Cooperation Cheol Hee Park 4. Japan and the Two Koreas: The Foreign Policy Power of Domestic Politics T.J. Pempel 5. Historical Memory versus Democratic Reassurance: The Security Relationship between Japan and South Korea Paul Midford 6. Hallyu: New Politico-Cultural Discourse in East Asia? Ingyu Oh 7. Lingering Memory Problems: Compromising Hearts and Resentful Resistance Mikyoung Kim 8. Substituting Multilateralism, Guiding Trilateralism: The Japan–ROK Investment Agreement in the Growing East Asian Regionalism Yoichiro Sato 9. The Struggle for a Decent Life in Japan: The Korean Minority Adapting to Changing Legal and Political Conditions Marie Söderberg 10. A Multilayered Analysis of Japan–South Korea Relations Marie Söderberg December 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-58747-1: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415587471

R egio nal Se curity: Asia

Forthcoming in 2011

New

Forthcoming in 2011

ASEAN Regionalism

China’s Multilateral Co-operation in Asia and the Pacific

Routledge Handbook of Japanese Politics

Co-operation, Values and Institutionalisation Christopher Roberts, University of Canberra, Australia Series: Routledge Security in Asia Pacific Series This book examines the key motivations for and challenges to greater regional integration in Southeast Asia. It demonstrates how security and economic concerns – domestic, regional and international – have either contributed to, or detracted from, an increased level of unity and cooperation in ASEAN. It also explores how the patterns of interaction and socialization generated by these issues, together with the nature of domestic political systems, have affected the emergence of common values, norms and interests. It covers the full range of issues confronting ASEAN at present, and the full range of ASEAN countries, and discusses both developments in ASEAN to date and also likely future developments. April 2011: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-49001-6: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415490016

Strategic Partnerships in Asia Balancing Without Alliances Vidya Nadkarni, University of San Diego, USA

This book examines the nature and implications of the increasing interaction among three secondary powers in the world: China, Russia and India. It provides an in-depth analysis of the complex and often contradictory goals underlying their emerging strategic partnerships along with an assessment of the role these partnerships play in the larger regional and global contexts. In particular, it focuses on the important region of Asia/ Eurasia, where these countries seek to increase their influence and compete against the prominence of the United States. January 2010: 234 x 156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-77774-2: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77775-9: £23.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415777759

Forthcoming in 2011

Japan’s Security Identity From a Peace-State to an International-State Bhubhindar Singh, University of Sheffield, UK Series: Sheffield Centre for Japanese Studies/Routledge Series This book examines Japanese post-Cold War security policy, analysing how Japan reacted to the end of the Cold war, the results of the transformation in the post-Cold War security environment, and exactly how Japanese security has changed from its cold war design. June 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-46336-2: £75.00

Institutionalizing Beijing’s ’Good Neighbour Policy’

Edited by Alisa Gaunder, Southwestern University, USA

The Routledge Handbook of Japanese Politics is an advanced level reference guide which surveys the current state of Japanese Politics, featuring both traditional topics and cutting edge research.

Chien-peng Chung, Lingnan University, Hong Kong Series: Politics in Asia Explores the meaning, scope and repercussion in the drive that a rising China has for institutionalizing multilateral cooperative processes in the Asia-Pacific region, the extent to which its actions are motivated by concerns of politics, economics or security, and the obstacles it faces for so doing. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. China’s Good Neighbor Policy 3. China’s Approaches to Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation 4. China’s Approaches to the ASEAN Regional Forum 5. China’s Participation in Shanghai Five and the Shanghai Cooperation Organization 6. China’s Participation in the ASEAN plus Three and ASEAN plus China 7. China’s Participation in the Four-Party Talks and Six-Party Talks 8. China Venture into the Pacific 9. Conclusion

Selected Contents: Part 1: Domestic Politics Part 2: Civil Society Part 3: Social Policy Part 4: Political Economy Part 5: International Relations and Security April 2011: 246 x 174: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-55137-3: £110.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415551373

Japan’s Remilitarisation

June 2010: 234 x 156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-56914-9: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85231-6

Christopher W. Hughes

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415569149

Series: Adelphi series

Forthcoming in 2011

Xinjiang and China’s Rise in Central Asia Michael Clarke, Griffith University, Australia Series: Routledge Contemporary China Series The recent conflict between indigenous Uighurs and Han Chinese demonstrates that Xinjiang is a major trouble spot for China, with Uighur demands for increased autonomy, but where the Chinese are keen to integrate the province more firmly within China. This book traces the development of Xinjiang from the collapse of the Qing empire in the early twentieth century to the present. It outlines the Chinese policy of integration, showing how the Chinese have pursued this through economic development and in-migration of Han Chinese, and how the policy of integration is related to China’s concern for security and to its pursuit of increased power and influence in Central Asia. It shows how China’s concerns and policies, although pursued with vigour in recent decades, are of long-standing, and how domestic problems and policies in Xinjiang have for a long time been closely bound up with wider international relations issues.

Is Japan on a path towards assuming a greater military role internationally, or has the recent military normalisation ground to a halt since the premiership of Junichiro Koizumi? In this book, Christopher W. Hughes assesses developments in defence expenditure, civil–military relations, domestic and international military–industrial complexes, Japan’s procurement of regional and global power-projection capabilities, the expansion of US–Japan cooperation, and attitudes towards nuclear weapons, constitutional revision and the use of military force.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The Trajectory of Japan’s Remilitarisation 2. Japan’s Military Doctrine, Expenditure and Power Projection 3. The Transformation of Civilian Control 4. Japan’s Military-Industrial Complex 5. Japan’s External Military Commitments 6. The Erosion of Japan’s Anti-militaristic Principles. Conclusion: Japan’s Remilitarisation: Implications and Future Directions. Appendix: Tables and Charts 2009: 234 x 156: 188pp Pb: 978-0-415-55692-7: £9.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415556927

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The ‘Pawn and Pivot’ of Asia: Xinjiang from the Collapse of the Qing to the Triumph of Chinese Communism 2. Xinjiang in the People’s Republic of China: The Resurgence of the State’s Integrationist Project, 1949-1978 3. ‘Stepping from Stone to Stone in a Stream’: Xinjiang under Deng Xiaoping, 1978-1991 4. A ‘Great Wall of Steel’ and a ‘New Silk Road’: China’s Response to Resurgent Central Asian Geopolitics and Ethnic Minority Opposition in Xinjiang, 1991-2000 5. ‘Taking Advantage of Misfortune’: Xinjiang and China’s Rise in Post-9/11 Central Asia, 2001-2009 6. Conclusion January 2011: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-58456-2: £85.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415584562

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415463362

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

R e g i on al S e c ur i t y: A s i a

New

The Diplomatic History of Postwar Japan Edited by Makoto Iokibe, National Defence Academy of Japan & Kobe University, Japan Translated and Annotated by Robert D. Eldridge, Osaka University, Japan

Winner of the prestigious Yoshida Shigeru Prize 1999 for the best book in public history when it was published in it’s original Japanese, this book presents a comprehensive and up-to-date overview of Japan’s international relations from the end of the Pacific War to the present. Written by leading Japanese authorities on the subject, it makes extensive use of the most recently declassified Japanese documents, memoirs, and diaries. It introduces the personalities and approaches Japan’s postwar leaders and statesmen took in dealing with a rapidly changing world and the challenges they faced. Importantly, the book also discusses the evolution of Japan’s presence on the international stage and the important – if underappreciated role – Japan has played. Selected Contents: Introduction: Japanese Diplomacy from Prewar to Postwar Iokibe Makoto 1. Diplomacy in Occupied Japan: Japanese Diplomacy in the 1940s Iokibe Makoto 2. The Conditions of an Independent State: Japanese Diplomacy in the 1950s Sakamoto Kazuya 3. The Model of an Economic Power: Japanese Diplomacy in the 1960s Tadokoro Masayuki 4. Overcoming the Crises: Japanese Diplomacy in the 1970s Nakanishi Hiroshi 5. The Mission and Trials of an Emerging International State: Japanese Diplomacy in the 1980s Murata Koji 6. Japanese Diplomacy After the Cold War Iokibe Makoto. Conclusion: What was Postwar Japanese Diplomacy? August 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-49847-0: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49848-7: £25.95 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415498487

Routledge Security in Asia Pacific Series Series edited by Leszek Buszynski, International University of Japan and William Tow, Australian National University This series puts forward important new work on key security issues in the region. It embraces the roles of the major actors, their defense policies and postures and their security interaction over the key issues of the region. Forthcoming in 2011

The East Asian Security Community Donna Weeks, University of the Sunshine Coast, Australia This book examines the concept of ‘security community’ as put forward by international relations theorists, and explores how such a concept might be applied in practice in East Asia. It also discusses various international organisations in Asia, including ASEAN. Selected Contents: Acknowledgements/Preface. Introduction 1. Framing a Security Community in the Asia-Pacific Region 2. Securing Community—Japan’s ‘in/ security’ and the Region 3. Reframing Security: Japan’s Tentative Re-Engagement 4. When a Security Community Can Work: Australia and Japan in Iraq 5. From Bilateral to Multilateral: Japan and the East Asia Community 6. The Next Step: The Six-Party Talks 7. Security Communities, Trust and the Asia-Pacific Security Environment. Conclusion. Bibliography. Index March 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-49448-9: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415494489

Forthcoming in 2011

Forthcoming

Southeast Asia and the Rise of China

India and the South Asian Strategic Triangle

Ian Storey, Asia-Pacific Center for Security Studies, Hawaii, USA This book examines ASEAN-Chinese relations over recent years, showing how worries about China’s developing role have been a significant factor in shaping the nature of ASEAN and its policies. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. ASEAN’s Relations with the PRC during the Cold War: From Hostility to Alignment 2. ASEAN-China Relations in the Post-Cold War Era 3. ASEAN and the Engagement of China 4. Indonesia 5. Malaysia 6. Singapore 7. Thailand 8. The Philippines 9. Brunei 10. Vietnam 11. Burma/Myanmar 12. Cambodia 13. Laos. Conclusion

Ashok Kapur, University of Waterloo, Canada This book traces the triangular strategic relationship of India, Pakistan and China over the second half of the twentieth century, and shows how two enmities – SinoIndian and Indo-Pakistani – and one friendship – SinoPakistani – defined the distribution of power and the patterns of relationships in a major centre of international conflict and international change. November 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-45466-7: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415454667

March 2011: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-32621-6: £85.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415326216

Southeast Asia and the Rise of Chinese and Indian Naval Power Between Rising Naval Powers Edited by Sam Bateman and Joshua Ho, both at Nanyang Technological University, Singapore This book examines the emerging maritime security scene in Southeast Asia, considering the highly topical implications for the region of possible strategic competition between rising naval powers China and India with a possible naval ’arms race’ emerging both with naval force development and operations. Selected Contents: Part 1: Regional Strategic Environment: Contemporary Regional Relations Part 2: Contemporary Regional Maritime Security April 2010: 234 x 156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-55955-3: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415559553

Forthcoming in 2011

South Asia’s Nuclear Security Bhumitra Chakma, University of Hull, UK This book examines the dynamics of nuclear deterrence in the Second Nuclear Age. It focuses on South Asia, as it is the most dominant and, to some, the most dangerous case of contemporary nuclear stand-off, where deterrence can fail. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Section 1 2. Nuclear Deterrence and South Asia Section 2 3. Nuclear Postures of India and Pakistan. Nuclear Use Doctrines. Command and Control Systems 4. Nuclear Deterrence: Pre-Tests Era. Ambiguity and Opacity 5. Nuclear Deterrence: Post-Tests Era. Deterrence Stability and Nuclear Learning. Challenges to the South Asian Deterrence System. Stability-Instability Paradox 6. Contending Perspectives on South Asia’s Nuclear Deterrence. Two Views. Counting the Cost of Nuclear Deterrence. The Future of Indo-Pakistani Nuclear Arms Race Section 3 7. Nuclear Arms Control in South Asia. Confidence Building Measures. A Nuclear Restraint Regime for South Asia 8. Conclusions March 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-49449-6: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415494496

New

Human Security in Southeast Asia Yukiko Nishikawa, Mahidol University, Thailand There is a growing interest in human security in Southeast Asia. This book firstly explores the theoretical and conceptual basis of human security, before focusing on the region itself. It shows how human security has been taken up as a central part of security policy in individual states in Southeast Asia, as well as in the regional security policy within the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN). Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Human Security: A New Label for Old Challenges? 2. Human Security in Southeast Asia at a Turning Point 3. Domestic Challenges for Human Security 4. Regional Challenges for Human Security 5. The ASEAN Way and Human Security. Conclusion July 2010: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-47868-7: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415478687

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/securitystudies

R egio nal Se curity: Europe

Regional Security: Europe Forthcoming in 2011

The Routledge Handbook of European Security Edited by Sven Biscop, Royal Institute for International Relations, Belgium and Richard Whitman, University of Bath, UK This new Handbook brings together key experts on European security from the academic and policy worlds to examine the European Union (EU) as an international security actor. While the focus is on the politico-military dimension, security will be put in the context of the holistic approach advocated by the EU. The volume is organized in five parts: • Part 1 offers a historical overview of the development of European security institutions and an assessment of today’s multipolar order. It analyzes the holistic ’grand strategy’ underlying EU policies and assesses whether a European strategic culture has emerged. • Part 2 looks at the institutions that make and implement policy in the different dimensions covered by the ’grand strategy’; charts the instruments and means at their disposal; and assesses to which extent ’sub-strategies’ in each area are linked up with the overall objectives put forward in the ESS. • Part 3 then assesses the effectiveness of the actual policies and actions undertaken, putting the politico-military dimension in the context of the holistic approach. • Part 4 analyzes the role of partnerships with other actors in these policies. • Part 5 offers a theoretical perspective on all of these developments. Selected Contents: Introduction: A Secure Europe in a Better World - European Security through the EU Part 1: The EU as an International Security Actor 1. The Emergence of European Security Institutions (1945-2010) Jolyon Howorth 2. Theoretical Perspective (I): A ’Realist/Traditional’ Perspective Adrian Hyde-Price 3. Theoretical Perspective (2): A ’Liberal/ Constructivist/Critical’ Perspective Knud Erik Jorgensen 4. The Age of Interpolarity Giovanni Grevi 5. The European Security Strategy Sven Biscop 6. European Strategic Culture Christoph O. Meyer Part 2: Institutions, Instruments and Means 7. CFSP and Diplomacy Geoffrey Edwards 8. Military ESDP Daniel Keohane 9. Civilian ESDP Catriona Gourlay 10. Industry and Technology Jan Joel Andersson 11. Democracy and Human Rights Richard Youngs 12. Security and Development Jan Orbie Part 3: Policies 13. The Balkans Michael Merlingen 14. Eastern Neighbourhood and Russia Hiski Haukkala 15. Southern Neighbourhood (including the Middle East) Costanza Musu 16. Iran and the Gulf Walter Posch 17. Sub-Sahara Africa Richard Whitman 18. Asia (including Central Asia) Eva Gross 19. New Geopolitical Horizons: Maritime, the Arctic James Rogers 20. Terrorism Wyn Rees 21. Non-proliferation, Arms Control and Disarmament Gerrard Quille 22. Energy Sami Andoura Part 4: Partners 23. NATO and the US Leo Michel 24. The UN Richard Gowan 25. The OSCE Oleksandr Pavlyuk 26. The African Union Malte Brosig 27. Strategic Partners: The BRICs and Others Thomas Renard. Bibliography

Forthcoming in 2011

European Union Security

A European Army

From Cold War to Terror War

Security Strategy and Defence Integration in Europe

Steve Marsh, University of Cardiff, UK and Wyn Rees, University of Nottingham, UK A new and comprehensive guide to the European Union’s role and development in European security since the end of the Cold War, which explores the interface between the EU and other organizations and states, specifically NATO, the US and Russia. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction The EC and Cold War Security and Conceptual Issues of Actors and Security Part 1: EU Post-Cold War Foreign and Security Policy Adaptation 2. EU Competence and Post-Cold War Adaptation 3. Britain 4. France 5. Germany 6. AngloFranco-German Relationship 7. US Foreign Policy Towards Europe Part 2: Contemporary EU Security Issues 8. Immigration and Asylum 9. Environmental Security 10. Interventionism 11. Institutional Synergy Part 3: The EU and Post-Cold War Security Crises 12. The Balkans 13. Stabilizing Central and Eastern Europe 14. Iraq 15. The ’War’ on Terrorism 16. Conclusion: Capability, Competence and Confidence

Sven Biscop, Royal Institute for International Relations, Belgium Series: Cass Military Studies This book examines the idea of military integration in Europe by elaborating on the possible size and composition of a ‘European army’ and assessing in detail how it can be achieved. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. EU Ambitions 2. EU Forces 3. EU Command 4. EU Civilian Capabilities 5. EU Partners 6. EU Strategic Culture April 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-46625-7: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415466257

Forthcoming

The European Union, Civil Society and Conflict

March 2011: 234 x 156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-34122-6: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34123-3: £20.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415341233

Edited by Nathalie Tocci, Transatlantic Academy, Washington DC, USA

EU Conflict Management

Series: Routledge/UACES Contemporary European Studies

Edited by James Hughes, London School of Economics, London, UK

Explores the EU’s relations with civil society organizations in an effort to improve the effectiveness and relevance of its conflict and peace policies.

Series: Association for the Study of Nationalities The EU’s self promotion as a ‘conflict manager’ is embedded in a discourse about its ‘shared values’ and their foundation in a connection between security, development and democracy. This book provides a collection of essays based on the latest cutting edge research into the EU’s active engagement in conflict management. It maps the evolution of EU policy and strategic thinking about its role, and the development of its institutional capacity to manage conflicts. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: The Making of EU Conflict Management Strategy: Development through Security? James Hughes 2. Paying for Peace: Comparing the EU’s Role in the Conflicts in Northern Ireland and Kosovo James Hughes 3. The EU’s Role in the Cyprus Conflict: System Failure or Structural Metamorphosis? Christalla Yakinthou 4. The Stabilization and Association Process in the Western Balkans: An Effective Instrument of Post-Conflict Management? Claire Gordon 5. The Role of the EU in the Reform of Dayton in Bosnia-Herzegovina Sofia Sebastian 6. Was the EU’s Role in Conflict Management in Macedonia a Success? Zoran Ilievski and Dane Taleski 7. The European Neighbourhood Policy and Conflict Management: A Comparison of Moldova and the Caucasus Gwendolyn Sasse 8. Firm in Rhetoric, Compromising in Reality: The EU in the Israeli–Palestinian Conflict Nathalie Tocci 9. EU Conflict Management in Africa: The Limits of an International Actor Catherine Gegout

Selected Contents: 1. The European Union, Civil Society and Conflict: An Analytical Framework Nathalie Tocci 2. Civil Society and Conflict Resolution in Abkhazia, Nagorno-Karabakh, Transnistria, Israel-Palestine and Western Sahara Nona Mikhelidze and Nicoletta Pirozzi 3. Conflict Transformation by Civil Society in the European Neighbourhood: Towards a New Impact Assessment Framework Natalia Mirimanova 4. The EU and Civil Society in the Georgian-Abkhaz Conflict Nicu Popescu 5. Engaging Civil Society in the Nagorno Karabakh Conflict: What Role for the EU and its Neighbourhood Policy? Licínia Simão 6. The EU and Moldova’s Civil Society: Partners in Solving the Transnistria Conflict? George Dura 7. Coming too Late? The EU’s Mixed Approaches in Transforming the Israeli-Palestinian Conflict Through Civil Society Benoit Challand 8. Civil Society as the Continuation of War? The EU and Conflict Transformation in Western Sahara Hakim Darbouche 9. The EU, Civil Society and Conflict Transformation: A Comparative Analysis Nathalie Tocci and Nona Mikhelidze December 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-59671-8: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415596718

April 2010: 246 x 174: 150pp Hb: 978-0-415-56747-3: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415567473

June 2011: 246 x 174: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-58828-7: £110.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415588287

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

R e g i on al S e c ur i t y: Mi ddl e E as t & Afr i ca Forthcoming in 2011

European Security Governance in Transition Changing of the Guard Ursula Schroeder, Free University Berlin, Germany Series: Security and Governance Analyses the emergence of new forms of security governance in Europe in response to changing domestic and external challenges. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Dual Transformation of the State Monopoly on Violence 3. The Organizational Basis of European Security 4. The EU’s Security Policy Machinery 5. Europe’s Fight against Terrorism 6. EU Crisis Management: Dealing with the Aftermath of Violent Conflict 7. Conclusions: Limits of Convergence February 2011: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-60159-7: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415601597

Forthcoming in 2011

The EU and Counter-Terrorism Politics, Polity and Policies after 9/11 Javier Argomaniz, University of St. Andrews, UK Series: Contemporary Terrorism Studies

Kosovo, Intervention and Statebuilding The International Community and the Transition to Independence Edited by Aidan Hehir, University of Westminster, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Intervention and Statebuilding This book examines international engagement with Kosovo since NATO’s intervention in 1999, and looks at the three distinct phases of Kosovo’s development; intervention, statebuilding and independence. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Kosovo and the International Community Aidan Hehir 2. Responding to Kosovo’s Call for Humanitarian Intervention: Public Opinion, Partisanship, and Policy Objectives Alynna J. Lyon and Mary Fran T. Malone 3. Kosovo and the Advent of Sovereignty as Responsibility Alex Bellamy 4. Conflicting Rules: Global Constitutionalism and the Kosovo Intervention Anthony F. Lang, Jr 5. De Facto States in the Balkans: Shared Governance versus Ethnic Sovereignty in Republika Srpska and Kosovo Rick Fawn and Oliver P. Richmond 6. Policing the State of Exception in Kosovo Barry J. Ryan 7. Explaining the International Administration’s Failures in the Security and Justice Areas Giovanna Bono 8. Kosovo – The Final Frontier? From Transitional Administration to Transitional Statehood James Gow 9. Kosovo, Sovereignty and the Subversion of UN Authority James Kerr-Lindsey 10. Microcosm, Guinea Pig or Sui Generis? Assessing International Engagement with Kosovo Aidan Hehir. Appendix: Interview with Dr Fatmir Sejdiu, President of the Republic of Kosovo January 2010: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-56167-9: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86179-0

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: Politics 2. Post-9/11 Institutionalisation of European Union Counter-Terrorism Part 2: Polity 3. The Institutional Framework of EU Counter-terrorism 4. Institutional Consistency Part 3: Policies 5. The EU Counter-Terror Policy Response 6. Horizontal Consistency 7. Vertical Consistency 8. Conclusion: Institutionalisation, Consistency Weaknesses and Implications. Bibliography

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415561679

January 2011: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-56525-7: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86170-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415565257

Forthcoming in 2011

Security Challenges in the Euro-Med Area in the 21st Century Mare Nostrum Stephen Calleya, University of Malta Series: Routledge Advances in European Politics This book provides an empirical analysis of security challenges in the Euro-Mediterranean area and highlights the political, military, economic, societal and environmental issues that are already serving as a source of instability in the region. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Overview of Security Challenges in the Euro-Mediterranean Area 2. Regional Relations in the Euro-Med Area 3. Security Challenges in the Mediterranean 4. Regional Initiatives in the Euro-Mediterranean Area 5. Geo-Strategic Scenarios in the Euro-Mediterranean Area 6. Looking Ahead: Policy Recommendations for Enhancing Co-operative Euro-Mediterranean Relations June 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-56625-4: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415566254

related journal

This book offers a theoretically informed analysis of how coherently the European Union fights terrorism in the post-9/11 era.

African Security Review New to Routledge in 2010 Co-published with UNISA Press Editor: Deane-Peter Baker, United States Naval Academy, USA

African Security Review, the respected quarterly journal of the Institute for Security Studies, creates an essential forum for African perspectives and practitioner insights, as well as the best of international scholarship, to inform and influence security policy and practice. It publishes thought-provoking and highly relevant articles on the spectrum of human security issues, including security sector transformation, civil-military relations, crime, justice and corruption, small arms control, peace support initiatives and conflict management, as well as papers dealing with the interplay between economics, politics, society and culture with human security and stability. For more information on the journal, including subscription details, please visit: www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rasr

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/securitystudies

Regional Security: Middle East & Africa Forthcoming in 2011

Routledge Handbook of Political Islam Edited by Shahram Akbarzadeh, University of Melbourne, Australia This Handbook provides a multidisciplinary overview of one of the key political movements of our time. Drawing on the expertise from some of the top scholars in the world it examines theoretical and historical backgrounds, terrorism, strategy, case studies of Islamist movements in the developing world and the West, and the relationship with democracy and gender issues. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Political Thoughts of Seyyed Qutb 3. The Emerging Political Philosophy of Contemporary Islamism 4. Muslim Brotherhood 5. Hamas between Pragmatism and Radicalism 6. Velayat-e Faqih 7. Hizbullah in Lebanon 8. Hizb ut-Tahrir 9. Emergence of Political Islam in Central Asia 10. Preserving Muslim Identity under Secular Rule in Turkey 11. Merging Islam and Democracy in Iran? 12. Rise of Islamism in Pakistan 13. Limits of Islamic Legitimacy in Saudi Arabia 14. Islamic Radicalism in Indonesia 15. The Significance of the Arab Israeli Conflict 16. Islamism and Political Violence – Al Qaeda 17. The Challenge of Muslim Integration in the West 18. Radicalism in the United Kingdom 19. Islamic Education as Incubator of Radicalism? 20. Attitude Towards Women 21. Islamism and the US Policy 22. The Clash of Civilizations 23. Islam and Modernity April 2011: 234 x 156: 424pp Hb: 978-0-415-48473-2: £110.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415484732

Forthcoming in 2011

Somalia: Too Dangerous, Too Important to Ignore Edited by Brian J. Hesse, Northwest Missouri State University, USA The situation in Somalia today embodies some of the most pressing issues in international relations. How should the international community deal with the failed state that is Somalia? From the presence of al-Qaeda operatives to pirates, to what extent is Somalia a threat to global peace and commerce? What are the humanitarian obligations and realities of the international community in Somalia? This book sheds light on all of these topics. The book is published as a special issue of the Journal of Contemporary African Studies. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: ’Somalia – More than Clans over Flags Brian Hesse 2. Somalia and its Failed State/ US Foreign Policy Dynamics Ken Mekhaus 3. Somalia and its Region/Neighbours Osman Farah 4. Somalia and Multilateral Institutional Relations Ken Rutherford 5. Somalia and Global Terrorism Shaul Shay 6. Somalia and Global Piracy Roger Middleton 7. Conclusion: ’Where Somalia Works – And Other Lessons Going Forward’ Brian Hesse February 2011: 246 x 174: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-59463-9: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415594639

R egio nal Se curity: Middle Eas t & Afr i ca

Forthcoming in 2011

Routledge Handbook of the Israeli-Palestinian Conflict Edited by David Newman, Ben-Gurion University of the Negev, Israel and Joel Peters, Virginia Tech University, USA This Handbook provides a comprehensive and accessible overview of the most contentious and protracted political issue in the Middle East. The editors have gathered together a range of the top experts from Israel, Palestine, Europe and North America to tackle a range of topics from historical background through to peace efforts, domestic politics, critical issues such as refugees and settler movements, and the role of outside players such as the Arab states, US and EU. Selected Contents: Section 1: Origins and History 1. Palestinian Nationalism Ahmad Khalidi 2. Zionism Colin Schindler 3. Israeli Narratives on the Israeli-Palestinian Conflict Paul Scham 4. Palestinian Narratives on the Israeli-Palestinian Conflict Walid Salem Section 2: Critical Junctures 5. 1948 War: Origins and Consequences Kristen Schulze 6. 1967 War: Origins and Consequences Joel Peters 7. The Oslo Declaration Daniel Levy 8. The Palestinian Intifadahs Rami Nasrallah 9. Camp David Joel Peters Section 3: Seeking Peace 10. Peace Plans: 1967-1993 Laura Zittrain Eisenberg 11. Peace Plans 1993-2008 Galia Golan Section 4: Domestic Society and Actors 12. The Israeli Settler Movement David Newman 13. Palestinian Citizens of Israel Amal Jamal 14. Israeli Peace Movement Naomi Chazan 15. The PLO Nigel Parsons 16. The Palestinian Authority Nigel Parsons 17. Hamas Khaled Hroub 18. Palestinian Civil Society Michael Schulz Section 5: Critical Issues 19. Refugees Rex Brynen 20. Jerusalem Michael Dumper 21. Borders and Territory David Newman 22. Unilateralism and Separation Gerald Steinberg 23. Terrorism and Political Violence Magnus Norell 24. Economic Relations Arie Arnon 25. Human Rights Edy Kaufman 26. Religion and the Israeli-Palestinian Conflict Yehezkel Landau 27. Water and the Israeli-Palestinian Conflict Julie Trottier Section 6: International and Regional Involvement 28. Jewish Diapora Dov Waxman 29. The United States and Israeli-Palestinian Conflict Steven Spiegel 30. Russia and Israeli-Palestinian Conflict Robert Freedman 31. Europe and Israeli-Palestinian Conflict Rosy Hollis 32. The Arab World and Israeli-Palestinian Conflict D.R. Kumaraswamy March 2011: 246 x 174: 424pp Hb: 978-0-415-77862-6: £110.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415778626

Forthcoming

Arms Control and Proliferation in the Middle East Overcoming the Security Dilemma Edited by Bernd W. Kubbig, Peace Research Institute, Frankfurt, Germany Series: Routledge Global Security Studies

Adelphi series Iran under Ahmadinejad

Iraq’s Future

The Politics of Confrontation

The Aftermath of Regime Change

Ali M. Ansari

Toby Dodge

Series: Adelphi series

This book looks at the details of Ahmadinejad’s political rise and assesses his presidency to date within the context of the dynamics of Iranian politics. The author argues that Ahmadinejad is very much a product of the social and political changes which have occurred since the end of the Iran–Iraq War; that his populism represents an ad hoc, and somewhat incoherent, attempt to disguise the growing contradictions which afflict the Islamic Republic, and the conservative vision of an unaccountable Islamic autocracy in the face of growing dissatisfaction, especially among key sections of the élite. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: The Background to Ahmadinejad’s Rise 1. The Rafsanjani and Khatami Presidencies 2. The Triumph of the Authoritarians Part 2: The ‘Third Islamic Revolution’ 3. The Ahmadinejad Presidency: Image and Foreign Policy 4. The Ahmadinejad Presidency: Domestic Policy. Conclusion

2005: 234 x 156: 112pp Pb: 978-0-415-36389-1: £18.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415363891

The Iranian Nuclear Crisis Avoiding Worst-Case Outcomes Mark Fitzpatrick

2007: 234 x 156: 104pp Pb: 978-0-415-45486-5: £17.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415454865

Iraq’s Sunni Insurgency Ahmed S. Hashim, University of New South Wales, Australia

From 2003 to 2008, the Sunni Arab insurgency in Iraq posed a key challenge to political stability in the country and to Coalition objectives there. This book explains the onset, composition and evolution of this insurgency. It begins by addressing both its immediate and deeper sociopolitical origins, and goes on to examine the multiple ideological strands within the insurgency and their often conflicting methods and goals.

Iraq’s Future investigates the difficult and costly regime change in Baghdad, taking into account US troops, the new Iraqi government and the future of state-building. The book describes what is involved in building a new government from scratch.

This book explains how Iran has developed its nuclear programme to the point where it threatens to achieve a weapons capability within a short time frame, and analyses Western policy responses aimed at forestalling that capability.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Framing the Problem: Iran’s Pursuit of Fissile Material 2. Western Strategy So Far 3. Can Iran’s Capability Be Kept Non-Weaponised? Conclusion 2008: 234 x 156: 100pp Pb: 978-0-415-46654-7: £15.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415466547

2009: 234 x 156: 89pp Pb: 978-0-415-46655-4: £15.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415466554

This edited volume provides a comprehensive, systematic and innovative analysis of the missile threat/proliferation issue in the Middle East. December 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-60111-5: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415601115

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

R e g i on al S e c ur i t y: Mi ddl e E as t & Afr i ca

Forthcoming

New

Forthcoming in 2011

Surveillance and Control in Israel/Palestine

NATO and the Middle East

Iranian Foreign Policy

The Geopolitical Context Post-9/11

Past, Present and Future Scenarios

Population, Territory and Power

Mohammed Moustafa Orfy, Embassy of Egypt, Moscow

Abbas Maleki, Harvard University, USA

Series: Routledge Studies in Middle Eastern Politics

Edited by Elia Zureik and David Lyon, both at Queen’s University, Canada and Yasmeen AbuLaban, University of Alberta, Canada Series: Routledge Studies in Middle Eastern Politics Surveillance is always a means to an end, whether that end is influence, management or entitlement. This book examines the several layers of surveillance that control the Palestinian population in Israel and the occupied territories, showing how they operate, how well they work, how they are augmented, and how in the end their chief purpose is population control. Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction Part 2: Theories of Surveillance in Conflict Zones Part 3: Civilian Surveillance Part 4: Political Economy and Globalization of Surveillance Part 5: Citizenship Criteria and State Construction Part 6: Surveillance, Racialization, and Uncertainty Part 7: Territory and Population Management in Conflict Zones Part 8: Social Ordering, Biopolitics and Profiling December 2010: 234 x 156: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-58861-4: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415588614

The Politics and Security of the Gulf Anglo-American Hegemony and the Shaping of a Region Jeffrey R. Macris, US Naval Academy

Since the nineteenth century the Gulf region has been an area of intense interest, having been influenced first by the British and more recently by the Americans. This book charts the changing security and political priorities of these two powers and how they have shaped the region.

Selected Contents: 1. Great Britain’s Legacy in the Persian Gulf 2. World War II and the Arrival of the Americans 3. The Early Cold War, the Loss of India, and Nasser’s Revolt Against the British, 1946–1958 4. The British Position in the Gulf under Assault 5. America Watches as the British Birth a New Gulf Order, 1968–1971 6. The Chaotic Interregnum: America Cries Enough, 1972–1991 7. Pax Americana - Bellum Americanum, 1991–Present. Conclusion 2009: 234 x 156: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-77870-1: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77871-8: £23.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415778718

Despite having been active in the region since the mid-1990s, the role of NATO in the Middle East has attracted particular attention since the events of 11th September 2001. This book analyses the limits of NATO’s role in the Middle East region and examines whether or not the Alliance is able to help in improving the fragile regional security environment through cooperative links with select Middle Eastern partners. Selected Contents: Introduction: The Geopolitical Context of NATO’s Role in the Middle East 1. Western Interests and Stability in the Middle East 2. NATO’s New Global Role and its Relevance to the Middle East 3. NATO’s Role in the Middle East Before 9/11 4. NATO’s Role in the Middle East Post-9/11 5. The United States and NATO’s Role in the Middle East. Conclusion: NATO and Security Challenges in the Middle East September 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-59234-5: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415592345

Series: Iranian Studies This book evaluates the vision, mission, goals, strategies, policies, trends and approaches of Iranian foreign policy since the revolution through to the present day. It also provides a range of possible scenarios for the future.

Selected Contents: 1. Making Sense of Foreign Policy 2. What is Iran? 3. Substantial Resources in Iran’s Foreign Policy 4. Analysis of Theoretical Challenges of Iran’s Foreign Policy 5. Decision Making in Foreign Policy 6. Political Factions in Iran and Foreign Policy 7. Major Levels of Iran’s Relations with the Rest of the World 8. Future of Iran’s Foreign Policy 9. Uncertainties on Global Trends to 2015 10. Scenarios on Iran’s Foreign Policy February 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-43733-2: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43734-9: £23.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415437349

New Textbook

Forthcoming in 2011

Government and Politics of the Contemporary Middle East

Iran and the International System

Continuity and Change Tareq Y. Ismael and Jacqueline S. Ismael, both at University of Calgary, Canada

This exciting new book for students of Middle Eastern politics provides a comprehensive introduction to the complexities of the region, its politics and people. Combining a thematic framework for examining patterns of politics with individual chapters dedicated to specific countries, the book explores current issues within an historical context.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Middle East Politics in the 21st Century: Patterns of Continuity and Change Part 1: Dynamics in Middle East Politics 2. The Burden of History: From Empire to Nation State 3. Legacy of Islam: Continuity and Change Part 2: Major Governments and Politics: The Northern Belt 4. The Republic of Turkey 5. The Islamic Republic of Iran with Ali Rezai The Fertile Crescent 6. The Republic of Iraq with Shereen T. Ismael 7. The Syrian Arab Republic and the Lebanese Republic 8. The State of Israel and the Palestinian National Authority with Glenn E. Perry West and East of the Red Sea 9. The Arab Republic of Egypt 10. The Gulf Cooperation Council

Edited by Anoush Ehteshami and Reza Molavi, both at Durham University, UK Series: Durham Modern Middle East and Islamic World Series Much attention in the West has focused on Iran as a problem. This book goes further however by discussing how international relations are viewed from inside Iran itself, outlining the factors which underpin Iranian thinking on international relations and considering what role Iran, as a large and significant country in the Middle East, ought to play in a fairly constructed international system. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Anoush Ehteshami and Reza Molavi 2. The Ideological and Ethical Foundations of Iran’s Foreign Policy Ali Akbar Alikhani 3. Political Rationality of the Islamic Republic of Iran in Comparison with Contemporary Fundamentalism Morteza Bahrani 4. The Islamic Republic of Iran and the Ideal International System Dehghani Firooz-Abadi 5. Peace and Security in the International System: An Iranian Approach Afshar Efekhari 6. The Islamic Republic of Iran’s Constitution and the International System Mohammad Bagher Khorramshad 7. Iran and World Order/Disorder: The Future Abbas Maleki 8. The Islamic Republic of Iran and the World International System Clash with the Domination Paradigm Manouchehr Mohammadi 9. Two Different Faces of Iran-West Relations: Incompatibility of Official Levels with Everyday Life Vahid Shalchi 10. Concluding Remarks Ariabarzan Mohammadighalehtaki and Eskandar Sadeghi

September 2010: 234 x 156: 512pp Hb: 978-0-415-49144-0: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49145-7: £21.99

March 2011: 234 x 156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-55966-9: £80.00

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415491457

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415559669

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/securitystudies

R egio nal Se curity: Middle Eas t & Afr i ca

New

Forthcoming

Forthcoming in 2011

The Kurds and US Foreign Policy

International Law and the Israeli-Palestinian Conflict

National Security Law in Israel

International Relations in the Middle East since 1945

A Rights-Based Approach to Middle East Peace

Stuart Cohen, Bar-Ilan University, Israel and Amichai Cohen, Ono Academic College, Israel

Marianna Charountaki, Independent Scholar

Edited by Susan M. Akram, Michael Dumper, University of Exeter, UK, Michael Lynk, University of Western Ontario, Canada and Iain Scobbie, School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London, UK

Series: Routledge Studies in Middle Eastern Politics This book provides a detailed survey and analysis of US-Kurdish relations and their interaction with domestic, regional and global politics. Using the Kurdish issue to explore the nature of the engagement between international powers and weaker non-state entities, the author analyses the existence of an interactive US relationship with the Kurds.

The Israeli-Palestinian conflict has long been intertwined with, and has had a profound influence on, the principles of modern international law. Placing a rights-based approach to the Israeli-Palestinian conflict at the centre of discussions over its peaceful resolution, this book provides detailed consideration of international law and its application to political issues.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Multi-Faceted Nature of the Kurdish Issue 3. US Foreign Policy: Structures, Determinants and Pressures 4. US Foreign Policy Towards the Kurds, 1945-1990 5. US Foreign Policy Toward the Kurds, 1991-2003 6. US and the Kurds in the Post-Saddam Era (2003-2009) 7. Conceptual Implications and General Conclusions October 2010: 234 x 156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-58753-2: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415587532

Forthcoming

The Iran-Iraq War

The book illustrates through both theory and practice how international law points the way to a just and durable solution to the conflict in the Middle East. Contributions from leading scholars in their respective fields give an in-depth analysis of key issues that have been marginalized in most mainstream discussions of the Israeli-Palestinian conflict: • Jerusalem

Jerome Donovan, Swinburne University, Australia

• Security

Explaining the systemic nature of conflict within the Middle East, and specifically between Iran and Iraq, the book illustrates how IR theory can be utilised in explaining conflict dynamics in the Middle East. The author’s integrated approach to understanding interstate conflict escalation demonstrates that when taken together issues, interaction and power capabilities lend themselves to a much richer account of the dyadic relationship between Iran and Iraq in the lead up to war in 1980. Addressing a disparity between international relations and Middle Eastern area studies, this book fills an important gap in the existing scholarly literature on the causes of war. As such, it will be of great interest to scholars of peace and conflict studies, Middle Eastern studies and International Relations. December 2010: 216 x 138: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-57989-6: £70.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415579896

Series: Israeli History, Politics and Society This book analyses both the substance of Israel’s National security law and the dynamics of its historical development. It examines the normative principles up on which Israel’s national security law is based, institutional arrangements for the formulation and protection of national security law, and the style in which Israeli national security law is formulated. June 2011: 234 x 156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-54914-1: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415549141

Islamic Extremism in Kuwait From the Muslim Brotherhood to Al-Qaeda and other Islamic Political Groups Falah Abdullah al-Mdaires, Kuwait University Series: Durham Modern Middle East and Islamic World Series

• Palestinian refugees

Antecedents and Conflict Escalation Series: Routledge Studies in Middle Eastern Politics

Dynamics and Development

• Legal and political frameworks • The future of Palestine. Written in a style highly accessible to the non-specialist, this book is an important addition to the existing literature on the subject. December 2010: 234 x 156: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-57322-1: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57323-8: £25.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415573238

This book is the first to provide a complete overview of Islamic extremism in Kuwait. It traces the development of Islamist fundamentalist groups in Kuwait, both Shiite and Sunni, from the beginning of the twentieth century.

Selected Contents: 1. The Roots of the Islamist Political Groups 2. Sunni Islamist Political Groups 3. Shi’ite Islamist Political Groups 4. The Relationships between the Kuwaiti Regime and the Islamist Political Groups 5. Spread of the Islamist Political Groups in the Social Body 6. Islamist Political Groups and Religious Violence, International Terrorism 7. The Armed Islamist Sunni Jihadist Groups 8. The Armed Islamist Shi’ite Jihadist Groups April 2010: 234 x 156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-56719-0: £85.00

Forthcoming in 2011

Conflict and Peacemaking in Israel-Palestine

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415567190

Theory and Application Sapir Handelman, Harvard University, USA Series: Routledge Studies in Middle Eastern Politics Presenting and evaluating interactive models of peacemaking and the phenomenon of intractable conflict, the book takes an in-depth look into specific models for peacemaking and applies them to the situation in Israel/Palestine. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: General Background 1. Intractable Conflict as a Complex Phenomenon 2. The Palestinian-Israeli Conflict 3. Between Conflict-Resolution and Conflict-Management Part 2: Interactive Models of Peacemaking 4. The Strong-Leader Model 5. The Social-Reformer Model 6. The Political-Elite Model 7. The Public-Assembly Model. Summary and Conclusion January 2011: 216 x 138: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-49215-7: £70.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415492157

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

R e g i on al S e c ur i t y: Ru s s i a an d E a st e rn E uro p e

Conflict, Diplomacy and Society in Israeli-Lebanese Relations

New

Edited by Efraim Karsh, Michael Kerr and Rory Miller, all at Kings College London, UK

Just Peace?

This book is a wide-ranging and innovative study of Israeli-Lebanese relations from the birth of the Jewish state in 1948 to the Israel-Lebanon War of 2006. Selected Contents: 1. The Evolution of Israeli-Lebanese Relations: From Implicit Peace to Explicit Conflict Hilal Khashan 2. Point of Departure: The 1967 War and the Jews of Lebanon Kirsten E. Schulze 3. ’A Positive Aspect to the Tragedy of Lebanon’: The Convergence of US, Syrian and Israeli Interests at the Outset of Lebanon’s Civil War Michael Kerr 4. History Revisited or Revamped? The Maronite Factor in Israel’s 1982 Invasion of Lebanon Laurie Eisenberg 5. The Israeli-Syrian-Lebanese Triangle: The Renewed Struggle over Lebanon Eyal Zisser 6. Between Israel and Lebanon: The Druze Intifawda of October 2007 John Maher 7. Lebanon 2006 and the Front of Legitimacy Alan Craig 8. Building Blocks for a Future Israeli-Lebanese Accord? Adir Waldman April 2010: 234 x 156: 168pp Hb: 978-0-415-56063-4: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415560634

US Strategy in Africa AFRICOM, Terrorism and Security Challenges Edited by David J. Francis, University of Bradford, UK Series: Routledge Global Security Studies This book outlines the construction, interpretations and understanding of US strategy towards Africa in the early twenty-first century. Selected Contents: Part 1: AFRICOM and US Security Policy in Africa 1. Introduction: AFRICOM: US Strategic Interests and African Security David J. Francis 2. Africa: A New Strategic Perspective Theresa Whelan 3. AFRICOM: What is It and what will It do? Daniel Volman 4. AFRICOM: Terrorism and Security Challenges in Africa J. Peter Pham 5. AFRICOM and Challenges to African Security Mohamed Salih 6. Solutions Not Yet Sought: A Human Security Paradigm for the 21st Century Shannon Beebe Part 2: African Responses: Threats and Opportunities 7. AFRICOM: Its Reality and Future Jeremy Keenan 8. African Union and AFRICOM Tom Teiku 9. Into Africa - Always Something New: AFRICOM and the History of Telling Africans what their Security Problems Are David Chuter 10. AFRICOM and the New Aid and Security Partnerships Josephine Osikena. Conclusion: AFRICOM and the future of US Africa Relations David J. Francis February 2010: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-48510-4: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85530-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415485104

Peacebuilding and Rule of Law in Africa Edited by Chandra Lekha Sriram, Olga Martin-Ortega and Johanna Herman, all at University of East London, London, UK Series: Security and Governance ‘This is a valuable volume from a wide range of scholars offering not just cogent analysis on challenges to the rule of law in vulnerable and post-conflict societies but also insightful policy recommendations. Scholars and practitioners equally will find it stimulating and useful.‘ – David M. Malone, International Development Research Centre, Canada Selected Contents: 1. Promoting the Rule of Law: From Liberal to Institutional Peacebuilding Chandra Lekha Sriram, Olga Martin-Ortega and Johanna Herman 2. Traditional Justice as Rule of Law in Africa: An Anthropological Perspective Juan Obarrio 3. The Rule of Law in Liberal Peacebuilding Oliver Richmond 4. Rule of Law, Peacekeeping and the United Nations Rob Pulver 5. (Re)creating the Rule of Law, Post Conflict, in Africa: From Constitutional Protections to Oversight Mechanisms Muna Ndulo 6. Rule of Law in the Democratic Republic of Congo Pall Davidsson with Fríða Thoroddsen 7. (Re)building the Rule of Law in Sierra Leone: Beyond the Formal Sector? Chandra Lekha Sriram 8. Narrowing Gaps in Justice: Rule of Law Programming in Liberia Johanna Herman and Olga Martin-Ortega 9. Creating Demand in Darfur: Circling the Square Sarah Maguire 10. The Anti-Politics of Transitional Justice: Lessons from Rwanda Stephen Brown 11. Just Peace? Lessons Learned and Policy Insights Chandra Lekha Sriram, Olga Martin-Ortega, and Johanna Herman July 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-57736-6: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84849-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415577366

New

Regional Organizations in African Security Edited by Fredrik Soderbaum, University of Gothenburg, Sweden and Rodrigo Tavares, United Nations University, Belgium This book examines the role of regional organizations in Africa’s security from a theoretical and practical perspective. It is published as a special issue of African Security. Selected Contents: 1. Problematizing Regional Organizations in African Security Fredrik Söderbaum and Rodrigo Tavares 2. The African Union’s New Peace and Security Architecture: Toward an Evolving Security Regime? Ulf Engel and João Gomes Porto 3. The African Union’s Peace Operations: A Comparative Analysis Paul D. Williams 4. Economic Community of West African States on the Ground: Comparing Peacekeeping in Liberia, Sierra Leone, Guinea Bissau, and Côte D’Ivoire Cyril I. Obi 5. Inter-Governmental Authority on Development on the Ground: Comparing Interventions in Sudan and Somalia Tim Murithi 6. Regional Conflict Management in Central Africa: From FOMUC to MICOPAX Angela Meyer 7. Southern African Development Community as Regional Peacekeeper: Myth or Reality? Maxi Schoeman and Marie Muller 8. Regional Organizations in African Security: A Practitioner’s View João Gomes Cravinho 9. Regional Organizations and African Security: Moving the Debate Forward James J. Hentz, Fredrik Söderbaum and Rodrigo Tavares October 2010: 246 x 174: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-59787-6: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415597876

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/securitystudies

Regional Security: Russia and Eastern Europe Forthcoming in 2011

Russian Imperialism Revisited Neo-Empire, State Interests and Hegemonic Power Domitilla Sagramoso, Kings College London, UK Series: Contemporary Security Studies By examining Russia’s military, economic, political, and diplomatic policies towards the former Soviet states since 1991, this book assesses whether Russian leaders have been able to discard the country’s imperial legacy. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: The Setting: Russia’s Policies Towards the Near Abroad under President Yeltsin 1. The Underlying Principles of Russia’s Policy Towards the ’Near Abroad’ 2. Russia and the Commonwealth of Independent States 3. Russia’s Role in the Military Conflicts in the Near Abroad 4. Russia’s Energy Trade with the former Soviet Space 5. Russian Minorities in the Baltic States, Ukraine and Kazakhstan Part 2: The Evolution of Russia’s Policies Towards the ’Near Abroad’ under President Putin 6. Russia’s Policies Towards the Near Abroad from 1999 to 2004 7. Russia’s Policies to the Former Soviet States from 2004 to the Present. Conclusion April 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-56227-0: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86180-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415562270

Russia’s Foreign Security Policy in the 21st Century Putin, Medvedev and Beyond Marcel De Haas, Netherlands Institute of International Relations Clingendael Series: Contemporary Security Studies This book examines Russia’s security policy under the eight years of Vladimir Putin’s presidency. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Structure of Putin’s Foreign Security Policy (2000-2008) 2. Implementation of Putin’s Foreign Security Policy 3. Structure of Medvedev’s Foreign Security Policy (2008-2009) 4. Implementation of Medvedev’s Foreign Security Policy 5. The Russian-Georgian Armed Conflict of August 2008 6. Assessment of Russia’s Foreign Security Policy (2000-2009) and Outlook beyond Medvedev. Bibliography March 2010: 234 x 156: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-47730-7: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85440-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415477307

R egio nal Se curity: Russia a nd Eas tern E uro pe

New

War and Revolution in the Caucasus Georgia Ablaze Edited by Stephen F. Jones, Mount Holyoke College, USA Series: ThirdWorlds

This book takes a different tack which focuses on the domestic roots of the August 2008 war. Collectively the authors in this volume present a new multidimensional context for the war. They analyse historical relations between national minorities in the region, look at the link between democratic development, state-building, and war, and explore the role of leadership and public opinion. Digging beneath often simplistic geopolitical explanations, the authors give the national minorities and Georgians themselves, the voice that is often forgotten by Western analysts. May 2010: 246 x 174: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-56527-1: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415565271

The Security Context in the Black Sea Region Edited by Dimitrios Triantaphyllou, International Centre for Black Sea Studies (ICBSS), Greece This book primarily deals with the role of the regional and extra-regional actors in security issues in the Black Sea region. It assesses the security context of the region in the post-Cold War period and suggests some possible future developments. This book was published as a special issue of Southeast European and Black Sea Studies. Selected Contents: Preface Dimitrios Triantaphyllou 1. The Security Paradoxes of the Black Sea Region Dimitrios Triantaphyllou 2. Geopolitics, (sub)Regionalism, Discourse and a Troubled ‘Power Triangle’ in the Black Sea Yannis Tsantoulis 3. Towards a Comprehensive Regional Security Framework in the Black Sea Region after the Russia-Georgia War Oksana Antonenko 4. Geographical Blessing versus Geopolitical Curse: Great Power Security Agendas for the Black Sea Region and a Turkish Alternative Mustafa Aydin 5. The Impact of the Caucasus Crisis on Regional and European Security Nadia Alexandrova-Arbatova 6. The United States and Security in the Black Sea Region Stephen F. Larrabee 7. Russian and European Neighbourhood Policies Compared Andrew Wilson and Nicu Popescu 8. The European Union and Security in the Black Sea Region after the Georgia Crisis Sabine Fischer 9. Black Sea Security as a Regional Concern for the Black Sea States and the Global Powers Sergiy Glebov 10. Ukraine Needs to Decide its Strategic Alignment Jeffrey Simon February 2010: 246 x 174: 184pp Hb: 978-0-415-56088-7: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415560887

Confl i ct R e s olut i on

Conflict Resolution Handbook of Conflict Analysis and Resolution Edited by Dennis J.D. Sandole and Ingrid Sandole-Staroste, both at George Mason University, Washington DC, USA and Jessica Senehi and Sean Byrne, both at University of Manitoba, Canada, This major Handbook is a collection of work from leading scholars in the Conflict Analysis and Resolution (CAR) field. The central theme is the value of interdisciplinary approaches to the analysis and resolution of conflicts. Selected Contents: Part 1: Core Concepts and Theories 1. The Role of Identity in Conflict 2. Encountering Nationalism: The Contribution of Peace Studies and Conflict Resolution 3. Gender Relations and Conflict Transformation Among Refugee Women 4. Causation as a Core Concept in Conflict Analysis 5. The Challenge of Operationalizing Key Concepts in Conflict Resolution Theory in International and Subnational Conflicts 6. The Enemy and the Innocent of Violent Conflicts 7. Identity Conflicts: Models of Dynamics and Early Warning 8. Generativity-Based Conflict: Maturing Micro Foundations for Conflict Theory Part 2: Core Approaches: Conceptual and Methodological 9. Human Agonistes: Interdisciplinary Inquiry into Ontological Agency and Human Conflict 10. The Ethnography of Peace Education: Some Lessons Learned from Palestinian-Jewish Integrated Education in Israel 11. Waging Conflicts Constructively 12. A Social-Psychological Approach to Conflict Analysis and Resolution 13. Building Relational Empathy Through An Interactive Design Process 14. Building Peace: Storytelling to Transform Conflicts Constructively 15. A Capacity Building Approach to Conflict Resolution 16. Gender Mainstreaming: A Valuable Tool in Building Sustainable Peace 17. Culture Theory, Culture Clash, and the Practice of Conflict Resolution 18. Conflict Resolution: The Missing Link between Liberal IR Theory and Realistic Practice 19. Understanding the Development-Conflict Nexus and the Contribution of Development Cooperation to Peacebuilding 20. Evaluation in Conflict Resolution and Peacebuilding 21. Toward a Conflictology: The Quest for Trans-Disciplinarity Part 3: Core Practices: Processes 22. Conflict Transformation: Reasons to be Modest 23. Mediation Frames/Justice Games 24. Interactive Conflict Resolution: Dialogue, Conflict Analysis and Problem Solving 25. Mediation and International Conflict Resolution: Analyzing Structure and Behavior 26. Ethical and Gendered Dilemmas of Moving from Emergency Response to Development in ’Failed’ States 27. Memory-Retrieval and Truth-Recovery 28. Shifting from Coherent Towards Holistic Peace Processes 29. Law and Legal Processes in Resolving International Conflicts Part 4: Alternative Voices and Complex Intervention Designs 30. Restorative Processes of Peace and Healing within the Governing Structures of the Rotinonshonni ’Longhouse People’ 31. Critical Systematic Inquiry in Conflict Analysis and Resolution: An Essential Bridge between Theory and Practice 32. From Diagnosis to Treatment: Towards New Shared Principles for Israeli/Palestinian Peacebuilding 33. Strategies for the Prevention, Management and/or Resolution of (Ethnic) Crisis and Conflict: The Case of the Balkans 34. The Perception of Economic Assistance in Northern Ireland and Its Role in the Peace Process 35. Conflict Resolution in An Age of Empire: New Challenges to an Emerging Field Conclusions Conclusion: Revisiting the CAR Field. Epilogue: Implications for Theory, Research, Practice and Teaching

New

Democracy Promotion and Post-Conflict Reconstruction The United States and Democratic Consolidation in Bosnia and Afghanistan Matthew Alan Hill, Cardiff University, Wales Series: Democratization Studies This book investigates US foreign policy and tests the hypothesis that US government transition-inspired democracy promotion will successfully establish liberal democracy around the world. It features two detailed case studies exploring political liberalisation in Bosnia and Afghanistan. Selected Contents: 1. Setting the Scene 2. Motives for American Democracy Promotion 3. Examining USAID in Bosnia and Afghanistan 4. No Liberal Democracy, just an American Supported Formal Democracy 5. Can Formal Democracy meet the Objectives of the American Mission? 6. Application of Research Findings to Other Cases: Iraq 7. American Democracy Promotion and the Dawn of the Obama Era September 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-58892-8: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415588928

New

Pathways from Ethnic Conflict Institutional Redesign in Divided Societies Edited by John Coakley, University College Dublin, Ireland Series: Routledge Studies in Nationalism and Ethnicity This book breaks new ground by tracing conflict resolving strategies in a number of countries which are at varying stages along the path towards settling long-standing ethnic tensions. This book is published as a special issue of Nationalism and Ethnic Politics. Selected Contents: 1. Preface William Safran 2. Comparing Ethnic Conflicts: Common Patterns, Shared Challenges John Coakley 3. Belgium: Towards the Breakdown of a Nation-State in the Heart of Europe? Lieven De Winter and Pierre Baudewyns 4. Spain: Identity Boundaries and Political Reconstruction Francisco Jose Llera 5. Northern Ireland: From Multiphased Conflict To Multilevelled Settlement Jennifer Todd 6. Bosnia: Dayton is Dead! Long Live Dayton! Roberto Belloni 7. Cyprus: Domestic Ethnopolitical Conflict and International Politics Joseph S. Joseph 8. Lebanon: From Consociationalism to Conciliation Simon Haddad 9. South Africa: The Long View on Political Transition Adrian Guelke 10. Sri Lanka: The Challenge of Postwar Peace Building, State Building, and Nation Building S.W.R. de A. Samarasinghe 11. Ethnic Conflict Resolution: Routes Towards Settlement John Coakley July 2010: 246 x 174: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-55402-2: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415554022

2008: 246 x 174: 576pp Hb: 978-0-415-43395-2: £125.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57735-9: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89316-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415577359

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

C onfl i ct R e s olut i o n

Routledge Studies in Peace and Conflict Resolution Series edited by Tom Woodhouse and Oliver Ramsbotham, both at University of Bradford, UK The Routledge Studies in Peace and Conflict Resolution series provides an outlet for some of the most significant new work emerging in the peace and conflict studies field. New

Economic Assistance and Conflict Transformation Peacebuilding in Northern Ireland Sean Byrne, University of Manitoba, Canada This book examines the role of economic aid in the management and resolution of protracted ethnic conflicts, focusing on the case study of Northern Ireland. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Economic Assistance: Building the Peace in Northern Ireland 2. Economic Inequality, Civil Rights, and Working-Class Politics in Northern Ireland 3. International Economic Assistance and the Economy of Northern Ireland 4. The Role of the International Fund for Ireland and the European Union Peace II Fund in Promoting Peace and Reducing Violence in Northern Ireland 5. Images of Bureaucratic Challenges 6. Images of Peacebuilding and Reconciliation 7. Images of Economic Development and Community Capacity Building 8. Conclusions: Economic Assistance and the Northern Ireland Conflict October 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-59481-3: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83822-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415594813

New

Governing Ethnic Conflict Consociation, Identity and the Price of Peace Andrew Finlay, Trinity College Dublin, Ireland This book offers an intellectual history of an emerging technology of peace and explains how the liberal state has come to endorse illiberal subjects and practices. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Anthropology, Cultural Pluralism and Consociational Theory 3. Essentialism and the Reconciliation of the Liberal State to Ethnicity 4. Is Ethnopolitics a Form of Biopolitics? 5. Consociationalism as a Form of Liberal Governmentality: ‘Single Identity Work’ versus Community Relations 6. Paradigm Shifts and the Production of ‘National Being’ 7. No Exit: Human Rights and the Priority of Ethnicity 8. ‘A Long Way To Get Very Little’: The Durability of Identity, Socialist Politics and Communal Discipline 9. Conclusion July 2010: 216 x 138: 168pp Hb: 978-0-415-49803-6: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84731-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415498036

New

Forthcoming in 2011

Political Discourse and Conflict Resolution

EU Conflict Prevention and Crisis Management

Debating Peace in Northern Ireland

Roles, Institutions, and Policies

Edited by Katy Hayward, Queen’s University, Belfast and Catherine O’Donnell

Edited by Eva Gross, Vrije Universiteit Brussels, Belgium and Ana E. Juncos, University of Bath, UK

This book offers new insights into the close relationship between political discourses and conflict resolution through critical analysis of the role of discursive change in a peace process.

Series: Routledge/UACES Contemporary European Studies

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Political Discourse and Conflict Resolution Katy Hayward 2. Constructing Legitimacy in Political Discourse in the Early Phase of the Troubles Sissel Rosland 3. Finding Consensus: Political Discourse in the Republic of Ireland on the Troubles and Peace Process Catherine O’Donnell 4. Interpreting New Labour’s Political Discourse on the Peace Process Aaron Edwards 5. Discourse Worlds in Northern Ireland: The Legitimisation of the 1998 Agreement Laura Filardo-Llamas 6. ‘Humespeak’: The SDLP, Political Discourse and the Peace Process P. J. McLoughlin 7. DUP Discourses on Violence and their Impact on the Peace Process Amber Rankin and Gladys Ganiel 8. The Old Order Changeth – or Not? Modern Discourses within the Orange Order James W. McAuley and Jonathan Tonge 9. Continuity and Change in the Discourse of Republican Former Prisoners Peter Shirlow, Jonathan Tonge and James W. McAuley 10. Imagining ‘A Shared Future’: Post-Conflict Discourses on Peace-Building Milena Komarova 11. Sectarian Demography: Dubious Discourses of Ethno-National Conflict Owen McEldowney, James Anderson and Ian Shuttleworth 12. ‘From Belfast to Baghdad…’?: Discourses of Northern Ireland’s ‘Model’ of Conflict Resolution Eamonn O’Kane 13. ‘The IRA Are Not Al-Qaeda’: ‘New Terrorism’ Discourse and Irish Republicanism Mark McGovern 14. Debating Peace and Conflict in Northern Ireland: Towards a Narrative Approach Adrian Little

This book offers a comprehensive analysis of long and short-term EU conflict prevention and crisis management policies undertaken in various theatres and policy domains, featuring case studies on West Africa, Afghanistan and Morocco. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Eva Gross and Ana E. Juncos Part 1: Institutions 2. The Institutionalisation of the EU’s Conflict Prevention and Crisis Management Governance Regime Petar Petrov 3. Conceptualising the EU as a Civil-Military Crisis Manager: Institutional Actors and their Principals Nadia Klein 4. The Other Side of EU Crisis Management: A Sociological Institutionalist Analysis Ana E. Juncos Part 2: Policies 5. The European Union in West Africa: From Developmental to Diplomatic Role? Marie Gibert 6. The EU in Afghanistan: What Role for EU Crisis Management? Eva Gross 7. The EU’s Role in Georgia: Towards a Coherent Crisis Management Strategy? Giselle Bosse Part 3: Roles 8. European Union Conflict Prevention and Crisis Management and the European Security Architecture Emma J. Stewart 9. Transformative ESDP: The EU’s Refashioning on the World Stage Xymena Kurowska 10. Conclusion Eva Gross and Ana E. Juncos. Appendix January 2011: 234 x 156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-57235-4: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415572354

September 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-56628-5: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84249-2

Forthcoming in 2011

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415566285

Conflict Resolution Theory and Practice

Transforming Violent Conflict Radical Disagreement, Dialogue and Survival Oliver Ramsbotham, University of Bradford, UK

This book investigates intractable conflicts and their main verbal manifestation – radical disagreement – and explores what can be done when conflict resolution fails.

Selected Contents: Prologue: Having the First Word Part 1: Radical Disagreement and Conflict Intractability 1. Radical Disagreement and Discourse Analysis 2. Radical Disagreement and Conflict Analysis 3. Radical Disagreement and Conflict Resolution Part 2: Taking Radical Disagreement Seriously 4. Methodology: Studying Agonistic Dialogue 5. Phenomenology: Exploring Agonistic Dialogue 6. Epistemology: Understanding Agonistic Dialogue 7. Praxis: Managing Agonistic Dialogue 8. Re-entry: Feeding back into Conflict Settlement and Conflict Transformation Part 3: Radical Disagreement and the Future 9. Radical Disagreement and Human Difference 10. Radical Disagreement and Human Survival. Epilogue: Having the Last Word January 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-55207-3: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55208-0: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85967-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415552080

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/securitystudies

Edited by Stefan Wolff, University of Birmingham, UK and Christalla Yakinthou, University of Western Australia Conflict Resolution: Theory & Practice is an ambitious and original textbook, taking a multi-perspective approach to the study of conflict resolution in divided societies. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Stefan Wolff and Christalla Yakinthou Section 1: Theoretical Perspectives 2. Power-Sharing/Liberal Consociationalism Brendan O’Leary 3. Centripetalism Benjamin Reilly 4. Power Dividing Philip Roeder 5. Territorial Solutions Stefan Wolff 6. A Practitioner’s View Alvaro de Soto Section 2: Actors and Processes 7. The Evolution of Diplomacy in Peace-Making William Zartman 8. Crafting Solutions for Divided Societies: The UN John McGarry 9. Crafting Solutions for Divided Societies: The EU Kalman Mizsei 10. Crafting Solutions for Divided Societies: The AU 11. The Role of Activists: The Mano River Women’s Peace Network 12. The Role of NGOs Oleh Protsyk 13. The Role of Quiet Diplomacy John Packer Section 3: Case Studies 14. Northern Ireland Rick Wilford 15. Lebanon Michael Kerr 16. Cyprus Christalla Yakinthou 17. Kosovo Marc Weller 18. Indonesia Donald Horowitz 19. Afghanistan Wolfgang Danspeckgruber 20. Iraq Gareth Stansfield 21. Sudan 22. Rwanda 23. Conclusion Stefan Wolff and Christalla Yakinthou June 2011: 246 x 174: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-56373-4: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56374-1: £25.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415563741

Pe ac e an d C onfl i ct St udi e s

Co nf lict resolution

Statebuilding and Justice Reform

Forthcoming in 2011

Post-Conflict Reconstruction in Afghanistan

Political Economy of Statebuilding

Matteo Tondini

Power after Peace

Series: Cass Series on Peacekeeping

The book provides an updated account of justice reform in Afghanistan, which started in the wake of the US-led military intervention of 2001.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Justice System Reform in Afghanistan 2. Reforming Public Institutions in Countries Recovering from Conflict: A Brief Overview 3. Justice Sector Reform in Countries Recovering from Conflict 4. The System of Justice in Afghanistan before the US Military Intervention of 2001 5. Phase One – From Tokyo to London: The ‘Lead Nation Approach’ 6. Phase Two – From London to Paris and Beyond: Implementing the Local Ownership Principle in Justice Sector Reform 7. Conclusion February 2010: 234 x 156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-55894-5: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86578-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415558945

New

International Statebuilding

Edited by Mats Berdal, King’s College London, UK and Dominik Zaum, University of Reading, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Intervention and Statebuilding This volume examines and evaluates the impact of international statebuilding interventions on the political economy of post-conflict countries over the past 20 years. Selected Contents: Introduction Mats Berdal and Dominik Zaum Part 1: Case studies 1. Iraq Toby Dodge 2. Kosovo Dominik Zaum and Verena Knaus 3. East Timor Anthony Goldstone 4. Afghanistan Anatol Lieven 5. Burundi Peter Uvin and Leanne Bayer 6. Haiti Robert Muggah 7. Sierra Leone Funmi Olonisakin 8. Sudan Peter Woodward and Atta al-Batahani 9. Georgia Neil MacFarlane 10. Macedonia, Kristof Bender Part 2: Cross-Cutting Themes: InstitutionBuilding and Political Representationn 11. Constitutional Design Oisin Tansey 12. Electoral Processes Benjamin Reilly Economic Reform 13. Privatization and Property Rights Christopher Cramer 14. Public Finances 15. Corruption and Organised Crime Michael Pugh 16. Statebuilding, Inequality, and Stability Frances Stewart 17. Regulating Trade in Conflict Commodities Ricardo Soares Oliviera Statebuilding Approaches of Selected International Actors 18. The International Financial Institutions Susan L. Woodward 19. The United Nations Mats Berdal 20. Regional Approaches to Statebuilding I: The European Union Richard Caplan and Spyros Economides 21. Regional Approaches to Statebuilding II: The African Union and ECOWAS Kwesi Aning. Bibliography

The Rise of Post-Liberal Governance

March 2011: 246 x 174: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-60478-9: £80.00

David Chandler, University of Westminster, UK

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415604789

Series: Critical Issues in Global Politics

This concise and accessible new text offers original and insightful analysis of the policy paradigm informing international statebuilding interventions. The book covers the theoretical frameworks and practices of international statebuilding, the debates they have triggered, and the way that international statebuilding has developed in the post-Cold War era.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: The Statebuilding Paradigm 2. The ‘Liberal Peace’ Critique of International Intervention 3. Rethinking the State 4. Post-Liberal Governance 5. The EU’s Export of ‘The Rule of Law’ and ‘Good Governance’ 6. Security and Statebuilding: From Intervention to Prevention 7. Development as Freedom: From Colonialism to Climate Change 8. Race, Culture and Civil Society: Statebuilding and the Privileging of Difference 9. Conclusion August 2010: 216 x 138: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-42117-1: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42118-8: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84732-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415421188

Forthcoming

The Political Economy of Peacemaking Achim Wennmann, Graduate Institute of International and Development Studies, Switzerland

Peace and Conflict Studies Handbook of Peace and Conflict Studies Edited by Charles Webel and Johan Galtung

This Handbook provides a cutting-edge and transdisciplinary overview of the main issues, debates, state-of-the-art methods, and key concepts in peace and conflict studies today.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Toward a Philosophy and Metapsychology of Peace 2. Peace by Peaceful Conflict Transformation: The Transcend Approach Part 1: Understanding and Transforming Conflict 3. Negotiation 4. Mediation 5. Former Yugoslavia and Iraq: A Comparative Analysis of International Conflict Mismanagement 6. Peace Studies and Peace Politics: Multicultural Common Security in North-South Conflict Situations 7. Disarmament 8. Nuclear Disarmament Part 2: Creating Peace 9. Peace and Conflict Counseling and Training: The Transcend Approach 10. Nonviolence: More Than the Absence of Violence 11. Human Rights / Peace Processes 12. Reconciliation 13. Peace as a Self-Regulating Process Part 3: Supporting Peace 14. Gender and Peace: Towards a Gender-Inclusive Holistic Perspective 15. Peace Business 16. Peace Journalism 17. Peace Psychology: Theory and Practice 18. Rethinking Peace Education Part 4: Peace Across the Disciplines 19. Peace Studies as a Transdisciplinary Project 20. The Spirit of War and the Spirit of Peace: Understanding the Role of Religion 21. International Law: Amid Power, Order and Justice 22. The Language Game of Peace 23. Peace and the Arts 24. Peace through Health? Conclusion 2007: 246 x 174: 424pp Hb: 978-0-415-39665-3: £130.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48319-3: £27.99 eBook: 978-0-203-08916-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415483193

Series: Conflict, Development and Peacebuilding This book focuses on the economic dimensions of peace processes and examines the opportunities and constraints for assisting negotiated exits out of conflict. Selected Contents: Introduction: Charting the Political Economy of Peacemaking 1. The Political Economy of Conflict and the Engagement Process 2. Economic Issues in Peace Negotiations 3. Economic Instruments and Mediation 4. Natural Resources, Income Sharing, and War-to-Peace Transitions 5. Development Agencies and Business as Partners in Peacemaking 6. The Spoiler Challenge and Forward-Looking Peacemaking. Conclusion November 2010: 234 x 156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-58626-9: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83517-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415586269

Forthcoming in 2011

Liberal Peacebuilding and Global Governance Beyond the Metropolis David Roberts, University of Ulster, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Peace and Conflict Resolution This book examines the limits to cosmopolitan liberal peacebuilding caused by its preoccupation with the values and assumptions of neoliberal global governance. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Praxis of Peacebuilding 3. Positive Peace and Social Justice 4. Structural Reforms: The Institutionalized Path and the Evolutionary Path 5. Institutionalizing Positive Peace 6. Peacebuilding, Governmentality and Human Security 7. Conclusion. Bibliography April 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-49743-5: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415497435

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

Pe ac e an d C onfl i ct St ud i e s

New

Forthcoming in 2011

The Routledge Handbook of War and Society

Routledge Handbook of Ethnic Conflict

Textbook

Iraq and Afghanistan

Edited by Karl Cordell, University of Plymouth, UK and Stefan Wolff, University of Birmingham, UK

Edited by Steven Carlton-Ford, University of Cincinnatti, USA and Morten G. Ender, United States Military Academy, West Point, USA

This new Handbook provides an introduction to current sociological and behavioral research on the effects of the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan.

Selected Contents: Foreword Christopher Dandeker. Introduction Steven Carlton-Ford and Morton G. Ender Part 1: War on the Ground: Combat and Its Aftermath 1. Fighting Two Protracted Wars: Recruiting and Retention with an All-Volunteer Force Susan M. Ross 2. Fighting the Irregular War in Afghanistan: Success in Combat - Struggles in Stabilization Brigid Myers Pavilonis 3. Learning the Lessons of Counterinsurgency Ian Roxborough 4. Twenty-First Century Narratives from Afghanistan: Storytelling, Morality, and War Ryan D. Pengelly and Anne Irwin 5. Two US Combat Units in Iraq: Psychological Contracts When Expectations and Realities Diverge Wilbur Scott, David McCone, and George R. Mastroianni 6. Capturing Saddam Hussein: Social Network Analysis and Counterinsurgency Operations Brian J. Reed and David R. Segal 7. Apples, Barrels and Abu Ghraib George R. Mastroianni and George Reed 8. The War on Terror in the Early 21 Century: Applying Lessons from Sociological Classics and Sites of Abuse Ryan Ashley Caldwell and Stjepan G. Mestrovic Part 2: War on the Ground: Non-Combat Operations, Noncombatants, and Operators 9. Policing Post-War Iraq: Insurgency, Civilian Police, and the Reconstruction of Society Mathieu Deflem and Suzanne Sutphin 10. Policing Afghanistan: Civilian Police Reform and the Resurgence of the Taliban Mathieu Deflem 11. Managing Humanitarian Information in Iraq Aldo Benini, Charles Conley, Joseph Donahue, and Shawn Messick 12. Role of Contractors and Other Non-Military Personnel in Today’s Wars O. Shawn Cupp and William C. Latham, Jr. 13. Evaluating Psychological Operations in Operation Enduring Freedom James E. Griffith 14. Armed Conflict and Health: Cholera in Iraq Daniel Poole 15. Iraqi Adolescents: Self-Regard, Self-Derogation, and Perceived Threat in War Steve Carlton-Ford, Morten G. Ender, and Ahoo Tabatabai Part 3: The War Back Home: The Social Construction of War, Its Heroes, and Its Enemies 16. Globalization and the Invasion of Iraq: State Power and the Enforcement of Neo-liberalism Daniel Egan 17. The Pakistan and Afghan Crisis Riaz Ahmed Shaikh 18. Mass Media as RiskManagement in the ’War on Terror’ Christopher M. Pieper 19. Talking War: How Elite Newspaper Editorials and Opinion Pieces Debated the Attack on Iraq Alexander G. Nikolaev and Douglas V. Porpora 20. Debating Antiwar Protests: The Microlevel Discourse of Social Movement Framing on a University LISTSERV Mark Hedley and Sara A. Clark 21. Making Heroes: An Attributional Perspective Gregory C. Gibson, Richard Hogan, John Stahura, and Eugene Jackson 22. Making the Muslim Enemy: The Social Construction of the Enemy in the War on Terror Erin Steuter and Deborah Wills Part 4: The War Back Home: Families and Youth on the Home Front 23. Greedy Media: Army Families, Embedded Reporting, and War in Iraq Morten G. Ender, Kathleen M. Campbell, Toya J. Davis and Patrick R. Michaelis 24. Military Child Well-being in the Face of Mulitple Deployments Rachel Lipari, Anna Winters, Kenneth Matos, Jason Smith and Lindsay Rock 25. American Undergraduate Attiutdes Toward the Wars in Iraq and Afghanistan: Trends and Variations Morten G. Ender, David E. Rohall and Michael D. Matthews

A definitive global survey of the interaction of race, ethnicity, nationalism and politics, this Handbook blends theoretically grounded, rigorous analysis with empirical illustrations, to provide a state-of-the art overview of the contemporary debates on one of the most pervasive international security challenges today.

The contributors to this volume offer a 360-degree perspective on ethnic conflict: from the theoretical foundations of nationalism and ethnicity, to the causes and consequences of ethnic conflict, and to the various strategies adopted in response to it. Selected Contents: The Study of Ethnic Conflict: An Introduction Karl Cordell and Stefan Wolff Part 1: Context & Key Concepts 1. The Origin of Nations: Contested Beginnings, Contested Futures Jennifer Jackson-Preece 2. Ideology and Nationalism Daniele Conversi 3. The Nation-State: Civic and Ethnic Dimensions Colin Clark 4. Stateless Nations in a World of Nation States Ephraim Nimni 5. Ethnicity and Religion Joe Ruane and Jennifer Todd 6. Race and Ethnicity Chris Gilligan Part 2: Ethnicity and Conflict 7. Ethnicity as a Generator of Conflict Stuart Kaufman 8. Democracy and Democratization Jenny Engstrom 9. The Causes and Consequences of Ethnic Cleansing Erin Jenne 10. Genocide Jim Hughes 11. Debating Partition: Evaluating the Standard Justifications Brendan O’Leary 12. Irredentas and Secessions: Adjacent Phenomena, Neglected Connections Donald Horowitz 13. Conflict Prevention: A Policy in Search of a Theory or a Theory in Search of a Policy? David Carment and Martin Fischer 14. Managing and Settling Ethnic Conflict Asaf Siniver 15. Multilateral Frameworks for Conflict Resolution Eva Sobotka 16. Post-Conflict Reconstruction in Ethnically Divided Societies Monika Heupel Part 3: Accommodation and Conciliation 17. Deepening Democracy: The Role of Civil Society Ian O’Flynn and David Russell 18. Human Rights and Ethnopolitics Josef Marko 19. Territorial Approaches to Ethnic Conflict Settlement John McGarry and Brendan O’Leary 20. Ethnic Accomodation in Unitary States Frans Schrijver 21. National Cultural Autonomy David Smith 22. Centripetalism Benjamin Reilly 23. Power Sharing Stefan Wolff and Karl Cordell 24. Playing the Ethnic Card: Liberal Democratic and Authoritarian Practices Compared Sandra Barkhof September 2010: 246 x 174: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-47625-6: £110.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84549-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415476256

August 2010: 246 x 174: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-56732-9: £125.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84433-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415567329

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/securitystudies

Peacebuilding From Concept to Commission Robert Jenkins, Birkbeck, University of London, UK Series: Global Institutions

This book is about the origins and evolution of peacebuilding as a concept, the creation and functioning of the UN Peacebuilding Commission as an institution, and the complicated relationship between these two processes.

Selected Contents: 1. Overview 2. Birth of an Institution: The UN Peacebuilding Commission 3. Peacebuilding: An Evolving Concept 4. Peacebuilding in Practice: Debating the Record 5. The Peacebuilding Commission in Action 6. Assessing the Peacebuilding Commission’s Performance 7. Theoretical Implications 8. Conclusion and the Road Ahead June 2011: 216 x 138: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-77643-1: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77644-8: £15.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415776448

Forthcoming in 2011

Small Arms, Crime and Conflict Global Governance and the Threat of Armed Violence Edited by Owen Greene, University of Bradford, UK and Nic Marsh, PRIO, Oslo, Norway Series: Routledge Studies in Peace and Conflict Resolution This book critically examines the nexus between arms availability and armed violence. Selected Contents: Introduction Owen Greene and Nic Marsh 1. The Tools of Insurgency: A Review of the Role of Small Arms and Light Weapons in Warfare Nicholas Marsh 2. Small Arms and Light Weapons Spread and Conflict Mike Bourne 3. Lethal Instruments: Small Arms and Deaths in Armed Conflict Joakim Kreutz and Nicholas Marsh 4. Regaining State Control: Arms and Violence in Post-Conflict Countries Joakim Kreutz, Nicholas Marsh and Manuela Torre 5. Armed Violence within Societies Owen Greene 6. Causes and Costs of Gun Violence: A Critical Evaluation Thomas Jackson and Nicholas Marsh 7. SALW and Armed Violence in Urban Areas Valentina Bartolucci and Anna Kannewarff 8. Guns, Goons and Gold as Burdens of a Fragile State Governing Small Arms and Light Weapons Ariel Macaspac and Owen Greene 9. Governing Small Arms and Light Weapons Owen Greene 10. Restructuring the Production of Small Arms and Light Weapons Dimitar Dimitrov and Peter Hall 11. What do the Natives Know: Are there Societal Mechanisms for Controlling SALW and other Idle Questions Michael Ashkenazi 12. Post-Conflict Disarmament and Governance Owen Greene and Albert Boada 13. What do We Now Think We Know, and Priorities For Future Research Owen Greene and Nicholas Marsh March 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-56700-8: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415567008

P eace a nd Conf lict Studies

Cass Series on Peacekeeping Series edited by Michael Pugh, University of Bradford, UK This series examines all aspects of peacekeeping, from the political, operational and legal dimensions to the developmental and humanitarian issues that must be dealt with by all those involved with peacekeeping in the world today. Forthcoming

Peace Operations and Organised Crime Enemies or Allies? Edited by James Cockayne and Adam Lupel, both at International Peace Institute, New York, USA This volume examines the relationship between international peace operations and organised crime – which in some cases are clear enemies, and in others, tacit allies. Selected Contents: Foreword Terje Rød-Larsen 1. Introduction: Rethinking the Relationship between Peace Operations and Organized Crime James Cockayne and Adam Lupel 2. Framing the Issue: UN Responses to Corruption and Criminal Networks in Postconflict Settings Victoria K. Holt and Alix J. Boucher 3. Symbiosis between Peace Operations and Illicit Business in Bosnia Peter Andreas 4. Problems of Crime Fighting by ‘Internationals’ in Kosovo Cornelius Friesendorf 5. Understanding Criminality in West African Conflicts William Reno 6. Peace Operations and International Crime: The Case of Somalia Roland Marchal 7. Organized Crime, Illicit Power Structures, and Threatened Peace Processes: The Case of Guatemala Patrick Gavigan 8. Winning Haiti’s Protection Competition: Organized Crime and Peace Operations Past, Present, and Future James Cockayne 9. Peacekeepers among Poppies: Afghanistan, Illicit Economies, and Intervention Vanda Felbab-Brown 10. Organized Crime and Corruption in Iraq Phil Williams 11. Closing the Gap between Peace Operations and Postconflict Insecurity: Towards a Violence Reduction Agenda Robert Muggah and Keith Krause 12. Conclusion: From Iron Fist to Invisible Hand – Peace Operations, Organized Crime, and Intelligent International Law Enforcement James Cockayne and Adam Lupel December 2010: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-60170-2: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415601702

Forthcoming in 2011

UN Peace Operations and Post-Conflict Reconstruction Learning Lessons From Haiti Eirin Mobekk, University of Bradford, UK This book looks at UN Peace Operations in Haiti and why they went so dramatically wrong first time around, resulting in much deep-seated conflict. Selected Contents: 1. UN Peace Operations: An Overview 2. Haiti and the Need for Multilateral Interventions 3. Disarmament, Demobilisation and Reintegration (DDR) 4. Security Sector Reform 5. Justice and Reconciliation 6. External Democracy Promotion 7. Sustainable Economic Development 8. Conclusion June 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-48086-4: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415480864

Complimentary Exam Copy

Forthcoming in 2011

Forthcoming

Peacekeeping in the 21st Century

Conflict and Peacebuilding in Sri Lanka

Cosmopolitanism and the Globalization of Security

Caught in the Peace Trap?

Tom Woodhouse and Oliver Ramsbotham, both at University of Bradford, UK This book provides a comprehensive survey of the current levels of peace-keeping forces at global, regional, sub-regional and nation-state levels. The authors offer a census of peace-keeping capacity in the first decade of the twenty-first century and chart plans to develop this capacity. This provides an assessment of global capability for implementing the human security agenda that has recently emerged and been endorsed by the UN Security Council and member states. The book also has a normative dimension that identifies discourses about peace-keeping, peacebuilding and conflict prevention in the context of the national, regional and global locations in which they occur. This provides a qualitative and quantitative assessment of the likelihood of a new peace-keeping model emerging, based on cosmopolitan peace-keeping theory and practice. Selected Contents: 1. The Twenty First Century Conflict Environment 2. Peacekeeping Surveyed: Current Missions, Mandates and Challenges 3. America and the Caribbean 4. Asia and Asia-Pacific 5. Africa 6. Europe 7. Russia and Central and Eastern Europe 8. Middle East 9. Cosmopolitan Peacekeeping and 21st-Century Conflict June 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-44051-6: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44052-3: £23.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415440523

Forthcoming in 2011

Rethinking the Liberal Peace External Models and Local Alternatives Edited by Shahrbanou Tadjbakhsh, Sciences Po, Paris, France This book presents a critical analysis of the liberal peace project and offers possible alternatives and models. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Assumptions and Illusions Shahrbanou Tadjbakhsh Part 1: Theory and Critiques of Liberal Peace 2. Becoming Liberal, Unbecoming Liberalism: Liberal-Local Hybridity via the Everyday as a Response to the Paradoxes of Liberal Peacebuilding Oliver P. Richmond 3. Peace, Self-Governance and International Engagement: A Postcolonial Ethic of Liberal Peacebuilding Kristoffer Lidén 4. The Liberal Peace: State-building, Democracy and Local Ownership David Chandler Part 2: Liberal Democracy 5. Democracy and Security: A Shotgun Marriage? Robin Luckham 6. What’s Law Got To Do With It? The Role of Law in Post-Conflict Democratization and Its (Flawed) Assumptions Michael Schoiwhohl 7. No Such Thing as Cosmopolitanism: Field-Dependent Consequences in International Administrative Governance and Criminal Justice Nicholas Dorn Part 3: Market Liberalism 8. Curing Strangeness in the Political Economy of Peacebuilding: Traces of Liberalism and Resistance Michael Pugh 9. Economic Dimensions of the Liberal Peace and its Implications for Conflict in Developing Countries Syed Mansoob Murshed Part 4: Case Studies 10. Reconstructing Post-2006 Lebanon: A Distorted Market Christine Sylva Hamieh and Roger Mac Guinty 11. Is Liberal Democracy Possible in Iraq? Amal Shlash and Patrick Tom 12. Conflicted Outcomes and Values: (Neo)Liberal Peace in Central Asia and Afghanistan Shahrbanou Tadjbakhsh 13. Conclusion: Whither Liberal Peace? Shahrbanou Tadjbakhsh. Bibliography

Edited by Jonathan Goodhand, School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London, UK, Jonathan Spencer, University of Edinburgh, UK and Benedikt Korf, University of Zurich - Irchel, Switzerland Series: Routledge Contemporary South Asia Series The period between 2001 and 2006 saw the rise and fall of an internationally supported effort to bring a protracted violent conflict in Sri Lanka to a peaceful resolution. A ceasefire agreement, signed in February 2002, was followed by six rounds of peace talks, but growing political violence, disagreements over core issues and a fragmentation of the constituencies of the key parties led to an eventual breakdown. This book brings together a unique range of perspectives on this problematic and ultimately unsuccessful peace process. Selected Contents: 1. Caught in the Peace Trap? On the Illiberal Consequences of Liberal Peace in Sri Lanka Jonathan Goodhand and Benedikt Korf 2. Government-LTTE Peace Negotiations in 2002-2005 and the Clash of State Formation Projects Jayadeva Uyangoda 3. The Indian Factor in the Peace Process and Conflict Resolution in Sri Lanka S.I. Keethaponcalan 4. Superpowers and Small Conflicts: The United States and Sri Lanka Jeffrey Lunsted 5. The Military Dynamics of the Peace Process and Its Aftermath Chris Smith 6. Would the Real Dutugemunu Please Stand Up? The Politics of Sinhala Nationalist Authenticity and Populist Discontent David Rampton with Asanga Welikala 7. Whose War? Whose Peace? The LTTE and the Politics of the North East Liz Philipson 8. The Genealogy of Muslim Political Voices in Sri Lanka Nick Lewer and Mohammed Ismail 9. Politics of Market Reforms and the UNF-led Negotiations Sunil Bastian 10. Aiding Peace? An Insider’s View of Donor Support for the Sri Lankan Peace Process, 2000-2005 Adam Burke and Anthea Mulakala 11. Muddling the Peace Process: The Political Dynamics of the Tsunami, Aid and Conflict Georg Frerks and Bart Klem 12. In the Balance? Civil Society and the Peace Process 2002-2008 Oliver Walton with Paikiasothy Sarrabanmuttu 13. Reflections on an Illiberal Peace: Stories from the East Jonathan Spencer November 2010: 234 x 156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-46604-2: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415466042

related journal

February 2011: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-60055-2: £75.00

Editor: Dylan Hendrickson, King’s College London, UK

Conflict, Security and Development provides an analytical and empirically informed treatment of the linkages between issues of security and development in contemporary international relations. It places emphasis on the need to examine issues of security and development in their mutual interaction rather than as separate areas of academic enquiry and policy-making. For more information on the journal, including subscription information, please visit: www.tandf.co.uk/journals/ccsd

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415600552

e-Inspection

Conflict, Security & Development

New in Paperback

Companion Website

Pe ac e an d C onfl i ct St ud i e s

Forthcoming in 2011

Forthcoming

Security, Development and Nation-Building in Timor-Leste

Political Violence in Post-Conflict Societies

Peace and Conflict Studies

A Cross-Sectoral Assessment

Remarginalisation, Remobilisers and Relationships

Edited by Charles Webel, University of New York in Prague, Czech Republic and Jorgen Johansen

Edited by Vandra Harris, Flinders University, Australia and Andrew John Goldsmith, University of Wollongong, Australia Series: Routledge Contemporary Southeast Asia Series This volume draws together the perspectives of practitioners, policy-makers and academics on the international efforts to rebuild the world’s newest nation. The contributors consider issues of peace-building, security and justice sector reform as well as human security in Timor-Leste, locating these in the broader context of building nation, stability and development. Selected Contents: Setting the Scene 1. The Struggle for Independence was Just the Beginning Vandra Harris and Andrew Goldsmith 2. The Nation-Building Agenda in Timor-Leste M. Anne Brown Society and Culture 3. Women in the Post-Conflict Moment in Timorese Society Sara Niner 4. Anatomy of a Conflict: The 2006-7 Communal Violence in East Timor James Scambary 5. The Politics of Culture and the Culture of Politics: A Case Study of Gender and Politics in Los Palos, Timor-Leste Yvonne CorcoranNantes Justice, Law and Security 6. The Legal Profession in Timor-Leste’s Justice Sector Reconstruction: Opportunities and Restraints Andrew Marriott 7. Judicial Systems Monitoring Program Timor-Leste 8. Promoting the Rule of Law in Timor-Leste Laura Grenfell 9. Police Development Program: Lessons in Capacity Building Approaches Grant Edwards and Tess O’Donnell 10. Out of Step? Multilateral Police Missions, Culture and Nation-Building in Timor-Leste Andrew Goldsmith and Vandra Harris Economy and Demography 11. Timor-Leste and the Resource Curse? An Assessment Andrew Rosser 12. Demography of Timor-Leste: A Brief Overview and Some Implications for Development and Security Gouranga Dasvarma 13. Timor-Leste’s Future Population Growth and its Economic Implications Udoy Saikia and Merve Hosgelen March 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-60124-5: £85.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415601245

R. Anders Nilsson, Uppsala University, Sweden Series: Routledge Studies in Intervention and Statebuilding This book compares post-civil wars societies to look at the presence or absence of organized violence, analysing why some ex-combatants return to organised violence and others do not. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Once a Solider, always a Soldier? 2. Remarginalisation, Remobilisers and Relationships 3. Republic of Congo 4. Sierra Leone 5. Comparative Analysis 6. Conclusions. Bibliography March 2011: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-57922-3: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415579223

Forthcoming in 2011 Textbook

Theories of Violent Conflict An Introduction Jolle Demmers, Utrecht University, the Netherlands This textbook introduces students of violent conflict to a variety of prominent theoretical approaches, and to examine the ontological stances and epistemological traditions underlying these approaches. In reviewing theories of conflict, this book takes the centrality of the group as actor in contemporary conflict as a point of departure. It demonstrates that a meaningful analysis of contemporary conflict should involve the study of (identity) group formation, dynamics of interaction and collective action. The book looks at: • What makes a group?

Gender and Transitional Justice The Women of East Timor Susan Harris Rimmer, Australian National University Series: Routledge Contemporary Southeast Asia Series This book provides the first comprehensive feminist analysis of the role of international law in the formal transitional justice mechanisms. Using East Timor as a case study, it offers reflections on transitional justice administered by a UN transitional administration. Often presented as a UN success story, the author demonstrates that, in spite of women and children’s rights programmes of the UN and other donors, justice for women has deteriorated in post-conflict Timor, and violence has remained a constant in their lives. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: A luta continua! (The Fight Continues!) 2. Sexing the Subject of Transitional Justice 3. Cecelia Soares Recalls: East Timor as a Case Study 4. Beloved Madam: The Indonesian ad hoc Human Rights Court 5. Wearing his Jacket: The Serious Crimes Process 6. Women Cut in Half: The Commission for Reception, Truth Seeking and Reconciliation and the Limits of Restorative Justice 7. Conclusion: ‘Operation Love’. Appendices. Bibliography

• Why and how does a group resort to violence? • Why and how do or don’t they stop? This book aims to examine and compare the ways by which these questions are addressed from a number of prominent research perspectives: constructivism, social identity theory, structuralism, political economy, human needs theory, relative deprivation theory, collective action theory, and rational choice theory. The final chapter of the book aims to synthesize structure and agency-based theories by proposing a structurationist approach to violent conflict. March 2011: 246 x 174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-55533-3: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55534-0: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86951-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415555340

February 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-56118-1: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415561181

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/securitystudies

A Reader

This Reader is a comprehensive and intensive introduction to the key works in the growing field of peace and conflict studies. The volume editors frame the discussion in an extensive introduction and provide short introductions to each section as well as suggestions for further reading and student questions. This book will be essential reading for students of peace and conflict studies and conflict resolution, and highly recommended for students of peace operations, peacebuilding, sociology, international security and IR in general Selected Contents: Part 1: The Meanings and History of Peace; The Advent of Peace and Conflict Studies Part 2: The Meanings and Nature of Conflict Part 3: The History of Peace and Conflict Part 4: Conflict Management, Resolution, and Transformation Part 5: Nonviolent Action and Social Change Part 6: Building Cultures and Paradigms of Peace May 2011: 246 x 174: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-59128-7: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-59129-4: £27.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415591294

Forthcoming in 2011

Understanding Peace Research Methods and Challenges Magnus Öberg and Kristine Hoglund, both at Uppsala University, Sweden This textbook provides a comprehensive overview of different methods and sources of information-gathering for peace and conflict students and researchers, as well as the challenges presented by such work. Selected Contents: Preface Part 1: Introduction 1. Doing Peace and Conflict Research Kristine Höglund and Magnus Öberg 2. The Origins and Developments of Empirical Peace Research Peter Wallensteen Part 2: Finding and Evaluating Information 3. Guidelines for Source Evaluation Magnus Öberg and Margareta Sollenberg 4. Gathering Conflict Information Using Mass-Media Resources Magnus Öberg and Margareta Sollenberg 5. Local versus International Reporting on Violence: The Case of Burundi Frida Möller Part 3: The Process of Information-Gathering 6. Systematic Data Collection: Experiences from the Uppsala Conflict Data Program Lotta Harbom and Ralph Sundberg 7. In-Depth Interviews: Security, Access, and Emotion Karen Bronéus 8. Challenges for Comparative Field Research Kristine Höglund 9. Focus Groups: Safety in Numbers? Johanna Söderström 10. Survey Research: Measuring Attitudes in Post-War Societies Kristine Eck 11. Conclusions: Improving the Methods and Practices for Information Gathering Kristine Höglund and Magnus Öberg. Select Bibliography March 2011: 246 x 174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-57197-5: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57198-2: £23.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415571982

P eace a nd Conf lict Studies

Forthcoming in 2011

New

Peace and Conflict Research Theory and Practice

War, Peace and Progress in the 21st Century

Peter Wallensteen, Uppsala University, Sweden

Development, Violence and Insecurities

Series: Routledge Studies in Peace and Conflict Resolution

Edited by Mark T. Berger, Naval Postgraduate School, Monterey, USA; University of British Columbia, Canada and Heloise Weber, University of Queensland, Australia

This volume comprises essays on peace research by Prof. Peter Wallensteen, one of the leading scholars in the field over the past 30 years. Introduction Part 1: From Causes of War to Conflict Prevention Introduction 1. Incompatibility, Confrontation and War: Four Models and Three Historical Systems, 1816-1976 2. Universalism vs. Particularism: On the Limits of Major Power Order 3. The Uppsala Conflict Data Program 1978-2002 4. Reassessing Recent Conflicts: Direct and Structural Conflict Prevention Part 2: From Conflict Analysis to Academic Diplomacy Introduction 5. Dag Hammarskjöld and the Psychology of Conflict Diplomacy 6. Security Council Decisions in Perspective 7. The Strengths and Limits of Academic Diplomacy: The Case of Bougainville 8. Seminariet som akademisk diplomati, [The Seminar as Academic Diplomacy Part 3: From Liberation to Peacebuilding: The Evolution of Sanctions Introduction 9. Characteristics of Economic Sanctions 10. A Century of Economic Sanctions: A Field Revisited 11. Positive Sanctions: On the Potential of Rewards and Target Differentiation 12. Sanctionxs for Conflict Prevention and Peacebuilding. Lessons Learned from Côte d’Ivoire and Liberia Part 4: From Machiavelli to Peace Research Introduction 13. The Origins of Peace Research 14. The Uppsala Code of Ethics for Scientists 15. Peace Research and Conflict Resolution April 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-58088-5: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58089-2: £23.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415580892

Series: ThirdWorlds

This book brings together contributions that revisit the dynamics and complexities of the history of war and peace in relation to the pursuit of progress. This book is published as a special issue of Third World Quarterly.

Selected Contents: 1. War, Peace and Progress: Conflict, Development, (in)Security and Violence in the 21st century Mark T. Berger and Heloise Weber Part 1: The ‘Crisis’ of the Nation-State 2. The Failure of State Building and the Promise of State Failure: Reinterpreting the Security–Development Nexus in Haiti Kamil Shah 3. State Building or Crisis Management? A Critical Analysis of the Social and Political Implications of the Regional Assistance Mission to Solomon Islands Shahar Hameiri 4. What Sustains ‘Internal Wars’? The Dynamics of Violent Conflict and State Weakness in Sudan Benjamin R. Maitre 5. Realities of War: Global Development, Growing Destructiveness and the Coming of a New Dark Age? John Arquilla 6. The Logic of Warlord Politics Gordon H. McCormick and Lindsay Fritz 7. ‘Sons of the Soil’ and Contemporary State Making: Autochthony, Uncertainty and Political Violence in Africa Kevin C. Dunn 8. Violence and Victory: Guerrilla Warfare, ‘Authentic Self-Affirmation’ and the Overthrow of the Colonial State Sebastian Kaempf Part 2: The ‘Crisis’ of Global Development 9. Displacing Insecurity in a Divided World: Global Security, International Development and the Endless Accumulation of Capital Marcus Taylor 10. The Pedagogy of Global Development: The Promotion of Electoral Democracy and the Latin Americanisation of Europe Teivo Teivainen 11. Global Development and Human (In)Security: Understanding the Rise of the Rajah Solaiman Movement and Balik Islam in the Philippines Douglas A. Borer, Sean F. Everton and Moises M. Nayve, Jr. 12. The Rise of a Global God-Image? Spiritual Internationalists, the International Left and the Idea of Human Progress Sebastian Job 13. Securing the State and Developing Social Insecurities: The Securitisation of Citizenship in Contemporary Colombia Cristina Rojas 14. Contemporary Contradictions of the Global Development Project: Geopolitics, Global Ecology and the ‘Development Climate’ Philip McMichael 15. Human (In)Security and Development in the 21st Century Heloise Weber and Mark T. Berger October 2010: 246 x 174: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-58859-1: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415588591

Armed Groups and Contemporary Conflicts Challenging the Weberian State Edited by Keith Krause, Graduate Institute of International & Development Studies, Switzerland This book broadens our understanding of armed groups and their origins, evolution, violent dynamics, and relations with state power, through both conceptual analysis and case studies. Selected Contents: Preface 1. Introduction: The Challenge of Non-State Armed Groups Keith Krause and Jennifer Milliken 2. Non-State Armed Actors, New Imagined Communities, and Shifting Patterns of Sovereignty and Insecurity in the Modern World Diane E. Davis 3. With the State against the State? The Formation of Armed Groups Klaus Schlichte 4. Grasping the Financing and Mobilization Cost of Armed Groups: A New Perspective on Conflict Dynamics Achim Wennmann 5. From Social Movement to Armed Group: A Case Study from Nigeria Jennifer M. Hazen 6. Gangs as Non-State Armed Groups: The Central American Case Dennis Rodgers and Robert Muggah 7. The Role of Non-State Actors in ‘Community-Based Policing’ – An Exploration of the Arbakai (Tribal Police) in South-Eastern Afghanistan Susanne Schmeidl and Masood Karokhail 8. Staging Society: Sources of Loyalty in the Angolan UNITA Teresa Koloma Beck 9. Explaining Patterns of Violence in Collapsed States William Reno 10. The Changing Ownership of War: States, Insurgencies and Technology Aaron Karp March 2010: 234 x 156: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-57457-0: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415574570

Forthcoming in 2011 Textbook

Thinking about War and Peace Denise DeGarmo and E. Duff Wrobbel, both at Southern Illinois University Edwardsville, USA

Rich in pedagogy and clearly structured throughout, this textbook combines theoretical analysis with both historical and contemporary examples to explain, compare, and evaluate the various causal theories and moral frameworks that have been most influential in discussions of war. The book: • clearly distinguishes the major descriptive and normative theories of war

• explains their historical/philosophical roots • illustrates the theories using historical examples • shows how theories relate to controversial contemporary cases. While there are several books related to the study of war and peace, none approach the topic from such a comprehensive viewpoint. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Pluralism 1. The Clash of Civilizations 2. Ethical Relativism 3. Religion and War Part 2: Realism 4. Political Realism 5. Ethical Realism 6. Economics and War Part 3: Idealism 7. Political Liberalism/Idealism 8. Just War Theory 9. International Law and War Part 4: Cosmopolitanism 10. Biology, Psychology, and Economics 11. Virtues, Duties, and Consequences 12. Globalization and War. Conclusion June 2011: 246 x 174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-77372-0: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77445-1: £23.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415774451

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

Pe ac e an d C onfl i ct St ud i e s

Atrocity and American Military Justice in Southeast Asia

New

Forthcoming

Trial by Army

Nationalism and Ethnic Conflict Edited by Mahendra Lawoti, Western Michigan University, USA and Susan I. Hangen, Ramapo College, USA

Theory and Practice of International Mediation

Louise Barnett, Rutgers University, USA Series: Routledge Studies in the Modern History of Asia This book is an examination of American army legal proceedings that resulted from a series of moments when soldiers in a war zone crossed a line between performing their legitimate functions and committing crimes against civilians, or atrocities. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: War in the Philippines 1. Mr. Root’s Atrocity Trials 2. The Real Atrocity Trials Part 2: American Prosecution of Japanese War Crimes in the Philippines 3. MacArthur and Yamashita Part 3: From Lanang to Danang: The Philippine War Writ Large in Vietnam 4. Anatomy of an Atrocity: Captain Vincent Hartmann and the Trial that Wasn’t 5. My Lai: Crossing the Line January 2010: 234 x 156: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-55640-8: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86157-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415556408

Mohajir Militancy in Pakistan Violence and Transformation in the Karachi Conflict Nichola Khan, University of Brighton, UK Series: Routledge Contemporary South Asia Series Synthesizing political, anthropological and psychological perspectives, this book addresses the everyday causes and appeal of long-term involvement in extreme political violence in urban Pakistan. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Post-Partition History of the Mohajirs in Sindh 3. The Transformation 4. Partition Reprised: Grievance, Unification and Violence 5. Women in the Homeland 6. Jamaat E Islami and the Ijt in Liaquatabad 7. Conclusion

Series: Routledge Contemporary South Asia Series Ethnic and nationalist movements surged forward in Nepal after the restoration of democracy in 1990, surprising observers who believed that ethnic harmony prevailed in the country. This book analyses the rise in ethnic mobilization, the dynamics and trajectories of these movements, and their consequences for Nepal. Selected Contents: Part 1: Issues, Theories and Context 1. Ethnic Groups and Mobilization: Theory and Reality in Nepal Mahendra Lawoti and Susan I. Hangen 2. Politics, Economy and Culture: Capitalism, Ethnicity, and the Rising Wave of Himalayan Communism in Nepal Mallika Shakya Part 2: Creating Identities and Forming Nations 3. The National Muslim Forum Nepal and a Nepali Muslim ‘Nation’ Megan Adamson Sijapati 4. Many Names for Mother: The Ethno-linguistic Politics of Deafness in Nepal Erika HoffmannDilloway 5. Problems of Identity for Dalits in Nepal’s Nationalist Project Steven Folmar 6. This Land is Made out of our Ancestors’ Sweat and Labor: Dhimals’ Indigenism and Cultural Politics of ’Place Making’ in the Eastern Plains of Nepal Janak Rai Part 3: Rising Mobilization and Conflict 7. The Changing Roles of Ethnic Parties Susan I. Hangen 8. Nepal’s Madhesi Movement Pramod Kantha 9. The Muslim Madhesis: Coexistence of Religion and Ethnicity? Mollica Dastider 10. Rising Ethnic Mobilization and Conflict in Nepal Mahendra Lawoti Part 4: Future Prospects 11. EthnoDemographic and Linguistic Federalism for Nepal Bal Krishna Mabuhang 12. Ethnic Mobilization and Future Political Challenges Mahendra Lawoti and Susan Hangen August 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-78097-1: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415780971

Forthcoming in 2011

March 2010: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-55490-9: £80.00

Violence and Resistance in Uzbekistan

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415554909

Matteo Fumagalli, Central European University, Hungary Series: Central Asian Studies

Forthcoming

UN Sanctions and Conflict Responding to Peace and Security Threats Andrea Charron, Carleton University, Canada Series: Routledge Studies in Security and Conflict Management This book examines the UN Security Council’s experience with sanctions since the Cold War, and, in particular, the regimes adopted for particular types of conflict. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Security Council Working Methods 3. Interstate Conflicts and UN Sanctions 4. Intrastate Conflicts and UN Sanctions 5. International Norm-breaking States and UN Sanctions 6. Non-State Sponsored Terrorism and UN Sanctions 7. Conclusions. Appendices. Bibliography

This book examines the origins of the current waves of protest in Uzbekistan. The author analyses how these have changed over the years and provides an outlook into the country’s future. Arguing that the ‘Andijan events’ were not an isolated episode of resistance and/or repression in post-Soviet Uzbekistan, the author shows that they are simply the latest episode in the deterioration of state-society relations in Uzbekistan. Selected Contents: 1. Authoritarianism, Security and (in) Stability along the Silk Road 2. Uzbekistan’s Political System 3. Opposition Politics in Uzbekistan from Birlik and Erk to Andijan 4. Continuity and Change in State-Group Relations 5. Whither Uzbekistan? June 2011: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-48093-2: £85.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415480932

December 2010: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-59835-4: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415598354

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/securitystudies

Selected Essays Jacob Bercovitch, University of Canterbury, New Zealand Series: Routledge Studies in Security and Conflict Management This volume brings together some of the most significant papers on international conflict mediation by Jacob Bercovitch, one of the leading scholars in the field. Selected Contents: Part 1: The Nature and Theory of Mediation 1. Social Research and the Study of Mediation: Designing and Implementing Systematic Archival Research 2. Putting Mediation in Context 3. Mediation: A Review of Performance and Analysis of Behavior 4. The Study of International Mediation: Theoretical Issues and Empirical Evidence 5. Mediation Success or Failure: The search for the Elusive Criteria Part 2: Case Studies in Mediation 6. A Case Study of Mediation as a Method of International Conflict Resolution: The Camp David Experience 7. Conflict Management and the Oslo Experience: Assessing the Success of Israeli-Palestinian Peacemaking Part 3: Empirical Studies in Mediation 8. Is there Madness in the Method of Mediation: Research into the Conditions of Effective Mediation (with Scott Gartner) 9. Negotiation or Mediation? An Exploration of the Factors Affecting the Choice of Conflict Management in International Conflict (with R. Jackson) 10. Who Mediates: The Political Economy of International Conflict Management (with G. Schneider) 11. Why Do They Do it Like This: An Analysis of the Factors Influencing Mediator Behavior in International Conflicts (with A. Houston) Part 4: Current Issues in Mediation Research 12. Managing Ethnic Conflicts: The Role and Relevance of Mediation 13. Managing Ethnic Civil Wars: Assessing the Determinants of Successful Mediation (with K. DeRouen) 14. Culture and International Mediation: An Empirical Assessment (with O. Elgstrom) 15. The United Nations and the Mediation of International Disputes 16. The Termination of Enduring International Conflicts: Theoretical and Empirical Considerations’ (with P. Diehl and G. Goertz) 17. Preventing Deadly Conflicts: The Contribution of International Mediation December 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-46958-6: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415469586

Media, War a n d Security

Hum an s e c ur i t y

Media, War and Security Media, War and Security Series edited by Andrew Hoskins, University of Nottingham, UK and Oliver Boyd-Barrett, Bowling Green State University, USA This book series will interrogate and illuminate the mutually shaping relationship between war and media as transformative of contemporary society, politics and culture. Forthcoming in 2011

Hollywood and the CIA Media, Defense and Subversion Oliver Boyd-Barrett, David Herrera and James Baumann This book analyses representations in Hollywood film of the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA). The book examines movies sampled from the each of five decades: the 1960s, 1970s, 1980s, 1990s, 2000s, and explores four main issues: the relative prominence of the CIA; the extent to which these movies appeared to be overtly political; the degree to which they were favorable or unfavorable to the CIA; and their relative attitude to the “business” of intelligence. A final chapter considers the question: do these Hollywood texts appear to function ideologically to “normalize” the CIA? If so, might this suggest the further hypothesis that many CIA movies assist audiences with reconciling two sometimes fundamental opposites: often gruesome covert CIA activity for questionable goals and at enormous expense, on the one hand, and the values and procedures of democratic society, on the other. July 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-78006-3: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415780063

Forthcoming in 2011

Military Media Management

Human Security

New

Forthcoming in 2011

Global Terrorism and New Media

The Routledge Handbook of Human Security

The Post-Al Qaeda Generation

Edited by Mary Martin, London School of Economics, UK and Taylor Owen, Oxford University, UK

Philip Seib, University of Southern California, USA and Dana M. Janbek, Lasell College, USA

Global Terrorism and New Media carefully examines the content of terrorist websites and extremist television programming to provide a comprehensive look at how terrorist groups use new media today.

Based partly on a content analysis of discussion boards and forums, the authors share their findings on how terrorism 1.0 is migrating to 2.0 where the interactive nature of new media is used to build virtual organization and community. Although the creative use of social networking tools such as Facebook may advance the reach of terrorist groups, the impact of their use of new media remains uncertain. The book pays particular attention to terrorist media efforts directed at women and children, which are evidence of the long-term strategy that some terrorist organizations have adopted, and the relationship between terrorists’ media presence and actual terrorist activity. This volume also looks at the future of terrorism online and analyzes lessons learned from counterterrorism strategies. This book will be of much interest to students of terrorism studies, media and communication studies, security studies and political science. Selected Contents: 1. Communicating Terror 2. High Tech Terror: Al Qaeda and Beyond 3. Terrorists’ Online Strategies 4. Targeting the Young 5. Women and Terrorism 6. Terrorism’s Online Future 7. Responding to Terrorism August 2010: 234 x 156: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-77961-6: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77962-3: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84537-0

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415581288

Forthcoming in 2011

Human Security, Transnational Crime and Human Trafficking Asian and Western Perspectives Edited by Shiro Okubo, Ritsumeikan University, Japan and Louise Shelley, George Mason University, USA

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: The Problem of Radicalisation 2. Jihadist Spaces of Legitimation 3. Antagonistic Media 4. Big Media: The Re-mediation of jihad 5. Audiences and Publics 6. Legitimising Jihadist Violence: The Yazidi Girl 7. Conclusion: The Utility of De-Radicalisation? Bibliography

Selected Contents: Preface: Origin and Objective of the Human Security Project Part 1: Human Security and Transnational Crime 1. Human Security and Transnational Crime 2. Transnational Organized Crime: The German Response 3. International Organized Crime Operating in Western Europe: The Judicial and Police Approach Against Organized Crime in the European Union 4. Canada’s New Concerted Efforts to Combat Transnational Organized Crime: New Concerns, Emerging New Enforcement Practices, and New Legislation 5. Japanese Crime Situation and Transnational Organized Crime 6. Drug Trafficking and Korea 7. Organized Crime Control and Drug Prevention Strategy: Thai Perspective Part 2: Human Security and Human Trafficking 8. International Human Trafficking: An Important Component of Transnational Crime 9. The European Union Effort to Combat Illegal Migration, Smuggling and Trafficking in Human Beings: Impact on Spanish Law 10. Trafficking into the United States and Western Hemisphere from Asia 11. Current Situation of Migrant Women Employed in the Sex and Entertainment Sector of Korea 12. Japanese Experience and Response in Combating Trafficking

January 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-55035-2: £75.00

January 2011: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-43701-1: £80.00

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415550352

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415437011

Forthcoming in 2011

Radicalisation and the Media

Sarah Maltby, City University, London, UK

Edited by Andrew Hoskins, University of Nottingham, UK, Awan Akil, Royal Holloway, University of London, UK and Ben O’Loughlin, Royal Holloway, University of London, UK

June 2011: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-58005-2: £75.00

July 2011: 246 x 174: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-58128-8: £110.00

This book offers a timely analysis of transnational crime, human trafficking and the impact on human security.

Legitimising Violence in the New Media

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. What is Media Operations? 3. The Shaping of Military Media Management: Organisation through Interaction 4. The Aim of Media Operations: Mulitiple Audiences, Generating Responses 5. Defining Military Action: Strategies and Limitations 6. Performing Military Impression Management 7. Reconfiguring the Battle Space: Impression Management and ‘Mediated War’. Bibliography

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Concepts and Contexts 1. Birth of a Discourse 2. Filling the Security Gap: HS vs HR vs Human Development 3. Broad or Narrow: The Definition Debate 4. The Critical View of Human Security 5. From Competition to Convergence: Human and National Security Part 2: Global Policy Challenges 6. Violence and Conflict 7. Development/Poverty 8. Disasters 9. Environment 10. Economics and Human security 11. Health Part 3: Applications 12. Canada and Human Security 13. Japan 14. European Union 15. African Union 16. US: Rethinking Counter Insurgency 17. Asia 18. Changing Violence in Latin America Part 4: Methodologies and Tools 19. Indicators: Sally Stares 20. Mapping 21. The Use of Force 22. International Law 23. Gendering Human Security 24. Psychology

Series: Routledge Transnational Crime and Corruption

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415779623

Negotiating the Frontline This book argues that we are moving towards an increasingly ‘Mediated War’, where the practice of war is enacted through, involves, and is dependent upon media reportage, from the strategic and political justification of a war campaign to the tactical ways in which it is actually conducted.

This Handbook will serve as a standard reference guide to the subject of human security, which has grown greatly in importance over the past 15 years, since the concept was first promoted by the UNDP in its 1993 and 1994 Human Development Reports.

This book examines the circulation and effects of jihadist discourse by analysing online and media coverage of radicalisation and acts of political violence, and audience responses.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415580052

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

R e spo n s i b i l i ty to Prot e ct New

New

Human Security, Law and the Prevention of Terrorism

Textbook 2nd Edition

Andrej Zwitter, University of Groningen, the Netherlands Series: Routledge Advances in International Relations and Global Politics Combining social science research with legal sociology and international law, this book examines the important questions of which threats to human security lead to terrorism and what can be done by the international community in response. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: Theories 2. Working Definition of Human Security 3. An International Legal Perspective on Prevention of Terrorism and Human Security 4. Human Security Measurement 5. A Root Cause Approach for Political Violence 6. Ideology and the Mobilization of Terrorism 7. Capabilities and Opportunities: From Terrorism to Conflict Part 2: Application 8. Overview of Action by the UN on Terrorism Prevention 9. Humanitarian Aid’s Constrains of Adressing Root Causes 10. The Comprehensive Root Cause Approach: Application of the Framework Developed 11. Conclusion Appendices October 2010: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-58201-8: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83979-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415582018

Truth Commissions and Transitional Societies The Impact on Human Rights and Democracy Eric Wiebelhaus-Brahm, University of Colorado, USA Series: Security and Governance

’This ground-breaking study of truth commissions is essential reading … Its mixture of qualitative case studies and quantitative analysis offers new rigor to the assessment of truth commissions. His findings, that truth commissions have negative effects on human rights in the near term, and negligible impact on democratization, should be carefully considered by practitioners and scholars of transitional justice.’ – Chandra Lekha Sriram, University of East London, UK

Unspeakable Truths Transitional Justice and the Challenge of Truth Commissions Priscilla B. Hayner, International Center for Transitional Justice In a sweeping review of forty truth commissions, Priscilla Hayner delivers a definitive exploration of the global experience in official truth-seeking after widespread atrocities. When Unspeakable Truths was first published in 2001, it quickly became a classic, helping to define the field of truth commissions and the broader arena of transitional justice. This second edition is fully updated and expanded, covering twenty new commissions formed in the last ten years, analyzing new trends, and offering detailed charts that assess the impact of truth commissions and provide comparative information not previously available. Placing the increasing number of truth commissions within the broader expansion in transitional justice, Unspeakable Truths surveys key developments and new thinking in reparations, international justice, healing from trauma, and other areas. The book challenges many widely-held assumptions, based on hundreds of interviews and a sweeping review of the literature. This book will help to define how these issues are addressed in the future. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Confronting Past Crimes: Transitional Justice and the Phenomenon of Truth Commissions 3. Why a Truth Commission? 4. The Five Strongest Truth Commissions 5. Other Illustrative Truth Commissions 6. What is the Truth? 7. The Truth About Women and Men 8. Truth and Justice: A Careful but Critical Relationship 9. Truth Commissions and the International Criminal Court 10. Naming Names of Perpetrators 11. Healing from the Past 12. Truth and Reparations 13. Reconciliation and Reforms 14. Leaving the Past Alone 15. When, How, and Who: Basic Questions of Methodology and Operations 16. Reflections: Looking Forward August 2010: 229 x 152: 376pp Hb: 978-0-415-87202-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-80635-0: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86782-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415806350

Selected Contents: Part 1: Truth-Seeking as an Article of Faith 1. An Inconvenient Truth 2. Theorizing Truth Commission Expectations Part 2: Experiments in Truth 3. South Africa’s Paradigmatic Truth and Reconciliation Commission 4. Chile’s Persistent Past 5. Truth and Peacebuilding in El Salvador 6. Historical Oblivion in Uganda Part 3: Truth Commissions in Cross-National Context 7. Truth Commissions, Human Rights, and Democracy Around the World Part 4: The Promise and Pitfalls of Truth Commissions 8. The Consequences of Truth January 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-55321-6: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55322-3: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86202-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415553223

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/securitystudies

Responsibility to Protect Forthcoming in 2011

Routledge Handbook of the Responsibility to Protect Edited by W. Andy Knight, University of Alberta, Canada and Frazer Egerton This Handbook offers a comprehensive examination of the Responsibility to Protect norm in world politics, which aims to end mass atrocities against civilians. This Handbook will be the authoritative guide to the Responsibility to Protect. It gathers the most respected and insightful voices to address key issues related to this emerging norm. The chapters offer a comprehensive and coherent account of the development of the Responsibility to Protect, the issues that will likely determine the extent to which its achievements match its promise, and opinions about – and possible applications of – this norm in various regions around the world. This book will be of much interest to students of the Responsibility to Protect, humanitarian intervention, genocide, human rights, international law, international organisations, security studies and IR. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: The Concept of R2P 1. From Sovereign Responsibility to R2P 2. The Responsibility to Prevent 3. The Responsibility to React 4. The Responsibility to Rebuild 5. The Journey within the Organisation: The Evolution of R2P and the United Nations 6. NGOs and the Normative Architecture of the Responsibility to Protect 7. The Promise and Achievements of R2P 8. The Limits of R2P Part 2: Developing and Operationalising R2P 9. The Unfinished Business of R2P 10. Who Speaks for Whom? R2P and the Question of Authority and Thresholds for Action 11. Who Should Act? Collective Responsibility and R2P 12. R2P and Natural Disasters 13. Gender & the Responsibility to Protect 14. R2P and Protecting Children in Conflict Zones 15. The Need for Leadership 16. Mobilising the Troops: Generating the Political will to Act Part 3: The View from over Here 17. South Asia and R2 18. R2P in the Asia Pacific 19. Latin America and R2P 20. West Africa and R2P 21. R2P and the Horn of Africa 22. R2P in the Middle East. Conclusion April 2011: 246 x 174: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-60075-0: £125.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415600750

R espo nsibili t y to Protect

Global Politics and the Responsibility to Protect Series edited by Alex J. Bellamy, Griffith University, Australia, Sara E. Davies, Queensland University of Technology, Australia and Monica Serrano, City University of New York, USA This book series aims to gather the best new thinking about the Responsibility to Protect into a core set of volumes that provides a definitive account of the principle, its implementation, and role in crises, reflecting a plurality of views and regional perspectives. Forthcoming in 2011

The Responsibility to Protect in Latin America A New Map Edited by Monica Serrano, City University of New York, USA and Claudio Fuentes, Diego Portales University, Santiago, Chile

Forthcoming

Global Politics and the Responsibility to Protect

The Responsibility to Protect

From Words to Deeds Alex J. Bellamy, Griffith University, Australia

Norms, Laws and the Use of Force in International Politics

Ramesh Thakur, University of Waterloo, Canada

This book provides an in-depth introduction to, and analysis of, the issues relating to the implementation of the recent Responsibility to Protect principle in international relations

Concentrating mainly on implementation challenges including the prevention of genocide and mass atrocities, strengthening the UN’s capacity to respond, and the role of regional organizations, this book introducing readers to contemporary debates on R2P and provides the first book-length analysis of the implementation agenda. The book will be of great interest to students of the responsibility to protect, humanitarian intervention, human rights, foreign policy, security studies and IR and politics in general. December 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-56735-0: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56736-7: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83716-0

This books assesses the opportunities for the normative and practical advancement of the Responsibility to Protect (R2P) in Latin America.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415567367

Selected Contents: Introduction Claudio Fuentes and Mónica Serrano Part 1: Mapping the Responsibility to Protect in Latin America 1. Argentina and the R2P: Foreign Policy and Human Rights Carina Solmirano 2. Brazil, the R2P and the Shaping of Regional Order Marcelo Biato Fortuna 3. Small Country, Big Challenges: R2P in Chile’s Foreign Policy Claudio Fuentes and Claudia Fuentes 4. Costa Rica and R2P: Trailblazer or Mouthpiece of the North? Jorge A. Ballestero 5. Mexico and the R2P: from Non-Intervention to Active Engagement? Mónica Serrano and Diego Dewar 6. Guatemala: A Test-case for the R2P? Manolo E. Vela Castañeda 7. Bolivia: Violence in Pando & the R2P George Gray Molina and Gustavo Bonifaz 8. Colombia: A Free-rider with a Vested Interest in the (Non)-Development of R2P? Diego Dewar and Annette Idler Part 3: Implementing the Responsibility to Protect 9. Preventing and Responding to Mass Atrocities: The Role of National Human Rights Institutions Thomas Pegram 10. Developing R2P Regional Institutional Capacities Thomas Legler 11. Latin American Responsibilities in Vulnerable States: The Case of Haiti Mónica Hirst. Select Bibliography

Forthcoming

May 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-78221-0: £75.00

November 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-58627-6: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83454-1

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415782210

Complimentary Exam Copy

This volume is a collection of the key writings of Professor Ramesh Thakur on norms and laws regulating the international use of force. The adoption of the Responsibility to Protect (R2P) principle by world leaders assembled at the UN summit in 2005 is widely acknowledged to represent one of the great normative advances in international politics since 1945. The author has been involved in this shift from the dominant norm of non-intervention to R2P as an actor, public intellectual and academic and has been a key thinker in this process. These essays represent the author’s writings on R2P, including reference to test cases as they arose, such as with Cyclone Nargis in Myanmar in 2008. Comprising essays by a key thinker and agent in the Responsibility to Protect debates, this book will be of much interest to students of international politics, human rights, international law, war and conflict studies, international security and IR in general. December 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-78168-8: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-78169-5: £23.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415781695

Humanitarian Intervention and the Responsibility to Protect Security and Human Rights Cristina G. Badescu, University of Toronto, Canada This book explores attempts to develop a more acceptable account of the principles and mechanisms associated with humanitarian intervention, which has become known as the ‘Responsibility to Protect’ (R2P). Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Humanitarian Intervention and the Responsibility to Protect Part 1: R2P’s Theoretical Weight 2. The Responsibility to Protect: Sovereignty and Human Rights 3. Who Authorizes Interventions? 4. Who Conducts Interventions? Part 2: R2P’s Practical Dimensions 5. From Concept to Norm 6. From Normative Development to Implementation 7. Conclusion. Bibliography

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415586276

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

G e n oc i d e

Genocide New 2nd Edition

New Directions in Genocide Research Adam Jones, University of British Columbia Okanagan, Canada

Genocide A Comprehensive Introduction Adam Jones, University of British Columbia Okanagan, Canada

Forthcoming in 2011

Genocide: A Comprehensive Introduction is the most wide-ranging textbook on genocide yet published. The book is designed as a text for upper-undergraduate and graduate students, as well as a primer for non-specialists and general readers interested in learning about one of humanity’s enduring blights.

Fully updated to reflect the latest thinking in this rapidly developing field, this new edition: • drovides an introduction to genocide as both a historical phenomenon and an analytical-legal concept, including an extended discussion of the concept of genocidal intent, and the dynamism and contingency of genocidal processes • discusses the role of state-building, imperialism, war, and social revolution in fueling genocide • supplies a wide range of full-length case studies of genocides worldwide, each with an accompanying box-text • explores perspectives on genocide from the social sciences, including psychology, sociology, anthropology, political science/international relations, and gender studies • considers ’The Future of Genocide,’ with attention to historical memory and genocide denial; initiatives for truth, justice, and redress; and strategies of intervention and prevention. Written in clear and lively prose, liberally sprinkled with over 100 illustrations and maps, and including personal testimonies from genocide survivors, Genocide: A Comprehensive Introduction has established itself as the core textbook of the new generation of genocide scholarship. An accompanying website (www.genocidetext.net) features a broad selection of supplementary materials, teaching aids, and Internet resources. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Overview 1. The Origins of Genocide 2. State and Empire;War and Revolution Part 2: Cases 3. Genocide of Indigenous Peoples 4. The Ottoman Destruction of Christian Minorities 5. Stalin and Mao 6. The Jewish Holocaust 7. Cambodia and the Khmer Rouge 8. Bosnia and Kosovo 9. Apocalypse in Rwanda Part 3: Social Science Perspectives 10. Psychological Perspectives 11. The Sociology and Anthropology of Genocide 12. Political Science and International Relations 13. Gendering Genocide Part 4: The Future of Genocide 14. Memory, Forgetting and Denial 15. Justice, Truth and Redress 16. Strategies of Intervention and Prevention

This edited books seeks to capture the range of new approaches, theories and case studies in the field of genocide studies. It unfolds in three sections: • The first section focuses on broad theories of comparative genocide, including a number of different perspectives. • The second section critically reconsiders core themes of genocide studies, including humanitarian intervention and the role of bystanders; and unfolds a range of challenging new directions, including the forcible transfer of children as a genocidal strategy, cultural genocide, the art and architecture of genocide, gender and genocide, structural violence, and the novel application of remote-sensing technologies to the detection and study of genocide.

• The third and final section is case-study focused, seeking to place both canonical and little-known cases of genocide in broader comparative perspective. Cases analyzed include genocide in North America, the Nazi Holocaust, the Rwandan genocide of 1994, and the Indonesian genocide of 1965-66. The combination of cutting-edge scholarship and innovative approaches to familiar subjects makes this essential reading for all students and scholars in the field of genocide studies. Selected Contents: Introduction Adam Jones Part 1: Theories 1. From Definition to Process: The Effects and Roots of Genocide Benjamin Lieberman 2. Genocidal Social Practices Daniel Feierstein 3. The Morality of Genocide Christopher J. Powell Part 2: Themes 4. Cultural Genocide: Destroying Material Culture, Destroying Identity Pamela De Condappa 5. Genocidal Masculinities Elisa von JoedenForgey 6. (In)visible Males: A Critical Assessment of UN Gender Mainstreaming Policies in the Congolese Gendercide Paula Drumond Rangel Campos 7. Tracking Evidence of the Genocide through Environmental Change: Applying Remote Sensing to the Study of Genocide 8. Genocide and Structural Violence: Charting the Terrain Adam Jones 9. Moral Bystanders and Mass Violence Ernesto Verdeja Part 3: Cases 10. Revisiting the American Genocide Debate Benjamin Madley 11. Globalizing Nazi Crimes: A Postcolonial Reading of the Holocaust Jürgen Zimmerer 12. Colonialism, Ethnicity and Genocide in the African Great Lakes Region: A Transnational Approach Dominik J. Schaller 13. South Asia and Genocide: A Case for Prevention Benita Sumita

The International Politics of Mass Atrocities The Case of Darfur Edited by David R. Black, Dalhousie University, Canada and Paul D. Williams, George Washington University, USA Series: Security and Governance

’This is an excellent volume: well-conceived, designed, researched and written; represents the very best of case-specific scholarship on the difficult (issue) of collective responses to genocidal conflict; (N)icely integrates IR theory and the details of this particular case. The study blends well broader concerns such as the existence and capacity of an ’international society’ and the tenaciously problematic case of Darfur. It gives the international response to Darfur a clear yardstick and we gain real insights into the challenges of the context and the failures of a robust and effective international response.’ – Tim Sisk, University of Denver, USA Selected Contents: Introduction: International Society and the Crisis in Darfur Paul D. Williams and David R. Black Part 1: Regional Politics 1. The Government of Sudan and the Darfurian Armed Groups I.D.F. and Munzoul Assal 2. Regional Politics and the Darfur Crisis Lee J.M. Seymour Part 2: Multilateral Politics 3. The United Nations Security Council Michael MacKinnon 4. The African Union Cristina Badescu and Linnea Bergholm 5. The European Union Rory Keene and Asbjorn Wee 6. The International Criminal Court William A. Schabas Part 3: Bilateral Politics 7. The United States Scott Stedjan and Colin Thomas-Jensen 8. The People’s Republic of China Ian Taylor 9. The United Kingdom Paul D. Williams 10. France Bruno Charbonneau 11. Canada David R. Black. Conclusion David R. Black and Paul D. Williams January 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-55902-7: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55903-4: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86217-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415559034

3rd Edition

Century of Genocide Critical Essays and Eyewitness Accounts Edited by Samuel Totten, University of Arkansas, Fayetteville, USA

March 2011: 246 x 174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-49596-7: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49597-4: £22.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415495974

August 2010: 246 x 174: 656pp Hb: 978-0-415-48618-7: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48619-4: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84696-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415486194

2008: 229 x 152: 672pp Hb: 978-0-415-99084-4: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99085-1: £26.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89043-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415990851

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/securitystudies

G eno cid e

The Genocide Studies Reader Edited by Samuel Totten, University of Arkansas, Fayetteville, USA and Paul R. Bartrop, Deakin University, Australia

This thorough overview of all aspects of the field of genocide studies brings together for the first time classic and contemporary writings from some of the most noted scholars writing on genocide in the fields of genocide studies, political science, history, and sociology.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Definitions of Genocide Part 2: Theories and Causes of Genocide Part 3: Genocidal Crimes Part 4: The Complexities of the Prevention and Intervention of Genocide Part 5: Prosecution of Crimes Against Humanity and Genocide Part 6: Denial of Genocide 2009: 254 x 178: 568pp Hb: 978-0-415-95394-8: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95395-5: £27.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415953955

Terror i s m St udi e s

Terrorism Studies

Cass Series on Political Violence Series edited by Paul Wilkinson, University of St. Andrews, UK and David Rapoport, UCLA, USA

Forthcoming in 2011

Routledge Handbook of Terrorism Research Research, Theories and Concepts Edited by Alex Schmid, Terrorism Research Initiative, Austria, Albert Jongman, Ministry of Defence, the Netherlands and Eric Price, International Atomic Energy Agency, Austria

This book is a monumental collection of definitions, conceptual frameworks, paradigmatic formulations, and bibliographic sources, which is a vital resource for the expanding community of researchers on the subject of terrorism.

This book series is a useful taxonomy of terror and violence through comparative and historical analysis in both national and international spheres. Each book discusses origins, organisational dynamics and outcomes of particular forms and expressions of political violence. 2nd Edition

Terrorism Today Christopher C. Harmon

This book will be essential reading for all students of terrorism, political science and Security Studies, as well as policymakers and professionals in the security field. Selected Contents: 1. Acknowledgments 2. Introduction Alex P. Schmid 3. The Problem of Defining Terrorism Alex P. Schmid 3.1. Appendix: 250 Definitions of Terrorism Alex P. Schmid and J. Easson 4. Typologies of Terrorism Sarah Marsden and Alex P. Schmid 5. Theories of Terrorism Bradley McAllister and Alex P. Schmid 5.1. Appendix: Hypotheses on Root Causes of Terrorism Alex P. Schmid 5.2. Appendix: Chronology of Al -Qaeda Communiques from Osama Bin Laden and Ayman al Zawahiri D. Holbrook 6. Databases on Terrorism Neil G. Bowie and Alex P. Schmid 6.1. World Directory of Extremist, Terrorist and other Organizations Associated with Guerrilla Warfare, Political Violence, Protest and Organized and Cyber Crime A.J. Jongman 6.2 Library and Internet Resources for Research on Terrorism E. Price 7. The Literature of Terrorism Alex P.Schmid 8. Bibliography of Terrorism Gillian Duncan and Alex P. Schmid 9. Glossary and List of Acronyms on Terrorism and Counter-Terrorism Alex P. Schmid March 2011: 246 x 174: 696pp Hb: 978-0-415-41157-8: £125.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415411578

’… a masterly survey of the big picture of world violence… provides many useful strategy recommendations which Western governments would do well to study.’ – Times Literary Supplement

‘This is a remarkably comprehensive survey and a helpful reference, including valuable resources such as basic information about the major international organizations and a glossary of terrorist groups at the end.’ – Joint Force Quarterly Selected Contents: Foreword Paul Wilkinson. Introduction 1. Politics and Policies 2. Strategies of Terrorist Groups 3. Operations: Funding Terror 4. Technologies and Tactics 5. Counterterrorism 6. How Terror Groups End. Glossary of Terrorist Groups 2007: 246 x 174: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-77300-3: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77301-0: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93358-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415773010

Forthcoming in 2011

Democracy and the War on Terror Civil Liberties and the Fight Against Terrorism Leonard Weinberg and William Eubank, both at University of Nevada, Reno, USA This new volume focuses on the relationships between democratic government, open societies and political terrorism. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Terrorism and the New Democracies 3. Terrorism in Long-Established Democracies 4. Terrorism and the Breakdown of Democracy 5. The Price Democracies Pay for Fighting Terrorism 6. Conclusions January 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-77033-0: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77034-7: £23.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415770347

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

Te r ror i s m St ud i e s

Understanding Terrorism and Political Violence

Leaving Terrorism Behind

Forthcoming in 2011

Individual and Collective Disengagement

The Life Cycle of Birth, Growth, Transformation, and Demise

Edited by Tore Bjorgo, Norwegian Institute of International Affairs (NUPI), Oslo, Norway and John Horgan, Pennsylvania State University, USA

Conducting Terrorism Field Research

Dipak K. Gupta, San Diego State University, USA

’Highly recommended’ – R.G. Mainuddin, Choice

’Reading this book, it is clear that it is a labor of love. A combination of personal detail (a terrific opening section that will surprise many familiar with his previous work), literary observations, crossdisciplinary references that never feel clumsily juxtaposed, and examples drawn from across conceptual boundaries provide the reader with a richly potent stew of material to contemplate. What Gupta ultimately provides in his dynamic conceptual framework is a research agenda, rich for potential hypothesis testing. Gupta rises to the challenge laid down by Walter Reich and others in terrorism studies by moving beyond the confines of individual disciplinary perspectives, and for that alone should be praised. That he does so by providing a thoughtful, learned volume is even more reason to read this important and essential book.’ – John Horgan, Pennsylvanian State University, USA Selected Contents: Foreword Martha Crenshaw. Introduction. Theories on Origins of Movements. Selfish Altruist: Modeling the Mind of a Terrorist. The Dynamics of Dissent: A Theoretical Perspective. Faith, Nationalism, and Class Warfare: Birth of a Movement. Growth of Rebellion. A Marriage Made in Hell? Terrorism and Organized Crime. Terrorism’s Trap: A Winnable War? Appendix A. Appendix B 2008: 234 x 156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-77164-1: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77165-8: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93027-4

While there has been a growing awareness of the need to understand and prevent processes of radicalization into terrorism, disengagement and deradicalization from terrorism have long been neglected areas in research on terrorism. This book uses empirical data to explore how and why individuals and groups disengage from terrorism, and what can be done to facilitate it.

Selected Contents: Foreword 1. Introduction Tore Bjørgo and John Horgan Part 1: Processes 2. Individual Disengagement: A Psychological Analysis John Horgan 3. Processes of Disengagement from Violent Groups of the Extreme Right Tore Bjørgo 4. How Terrorist Campaigns End Audrey Kurth Cronin 5. Leaving Left-Wing Terrorism in Italy: A Sociological Analysis Donatella della Porta 6. Leaving Terrorism Behind in Northern Ireland and the Basque Country: Reassessing Anti-Terrorist Policies and the ’Peace Processes’ Rogelio Alonso 7. The Renunciation of Violence by Egyptian Jihadi Organisations Diaa Rashwan Part 2: Programmes 8. Exit from Right-Wing Extremist Groups: Lessons from Disengagement Programmes in Norway, Sweden and Germany Tore Bjørgo, Sara Grunenberg and Jaap van Donselaar 9. Disengagement and Beyond: A Case Study of Demobilization in Colombia Marcella Ribetti 10. De-Radicalisation and Rehabilitation Programmes Targeting Militant Jihadists: An Overview Richard Barrett and Laila Bokhari 11. Opening up the Jihadi Debate: Yemen’s Committee for Dialogue Christopher Boucek, Shazadi Beg, and John Horgan 12. The Rehabilitation of Jemaah Islamiyah Detainees in Southeast Asia: A Preliminary Assessment Zachary Abuza 13. Extremist Reeducation and Rehabilitation in Saudi Arabia Christopher Boucek 14. Pakistan: In Search of a Disengagement Strategy Shazadi Beg and Laila Bokhari Part 3: Conclusions 15. Conclusions Tore Bjørgo and John Horgan

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415771658

2008: 234 x 156: 328pp Hb: 978-0-415-77667-7: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77668-4: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88475-1

Forthcoming in 2011

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415776684

Irish Republican Terrorism and Politics A Comparative Study of the Official and the Provisional IRA Kacper Rekawek, Warsaw School of Social Sciences and Humanities, Poland This book examines the post-ceasefire evolutions and histories of the main Irish republican terrorist factions, and the interconnected character of politics and militarism within these. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Official Republican Movement: Military Evolution 1972-92 3. The Provisional Republican Movement: Military Evolution 1994-2005 4. Thematic Analysis of Official Republican and Provisional Republican Post-Ceasefire Militarism 5. The Official Republican Movement: Political Evolution 1972-92 6. The Provisional Republican Movement: Political Evolution 1994-2005 7. Thematic Analysis of Official Republican and Provisional Republican Post-Ceasefire Politics 8. Conclusions. Bibliography April 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-58801-0: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415588010

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/securitystudies

A Guide Edited by Adam Dolnik, University of Wollongong, Australia Series: Contemporary Terrorism Studies This book offers a detailed and practically oriented guide to the challenges of conducting terrorist fieldwork. The past decade has seen an explosion of research into terrorism. However, while there is an increasing interest among terrorism specialists in conducting such research, there is no single volume providing prospective field researchers with a guideline to such work. This edited volume aims to fill this gap and offers a collection of articles from experienced authors representing different risk groups, disciplines, methodological approaches, regional specializations, and other context-specific aspects. Each contributor provides a road-map to their own research, describing planning and preparation phases, the formalities involved in getting into conflict zones, gaining access to sources, managing contacts, interviewing militants in the field, detailed discussion on the risks involved, ethical dilemmas, translation issues, effective interviewing and rapport-building steps, and other practical aspects of conducting field research. The text will also help researchers set realistic expectations of how the process of interviewing militants and secretive government sources in conflict zones is organized, what the likely outcomes are, and assist with many other practical issues such as how to navigate through challenges posed by government forces unsympathetic to researchers, how to reduce risk of physical harm when travelling in conflict zones, how to behave at hostile checkpoints, how to answer specific questions militants tend to ask prior and during interviews. The end product is a ’how to’ guide to field research on terrorism, which will be of much value to terrorism experts and novices alike, providing detailed insights into the challenges and obstacles in doing field research on terrorism, as well as advice on how these can be overcome. This book will be of much interest to students and researchers of terrorism studies, war and conflict studies, criminology, IR and security studies. Selected Contents: Introduction Adam Dolnik 1. The Need for Field Research on Terrorism Adam Dolnik 2. A More Accessible Population?: Interviewing Former Terrorists John Horgan 3. Field Research on Counterterrorism: Interviewing Government Sources Brian Jackson and Lindsey Clutterbuck 4. Interviewing al Qaida Jason Burke and Peter Bergen 5. The Participant Observer Method Keith Akins and Gerard Chaliand 6. The Use of Surveys in Field Research on Terrorism Christine Fair 7. Field Research on Terrorism in Colombia Michael Kenney 8. Field Research on Terrorism in Africa Anneli Botha 9. Field Research on Terrorism in Southeast Asia 10. Researching Terrorism in Pakistan: An Insider’s Perspective Amir Rana 11. Interviewing Islamist Militants as a Woman 12. How to Research ’Us’?: A Terrorists’ Perspective Conclusions: Researching Terrorism in the Field: A ’How To’ Guide Adam Dolnik April 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-60930-2: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-60931-9: £23.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415609319

T erro rism Studies

Walking Away from Terrorism

Negotiating with Terrorists

Forthcoming in 2011

Strategy, Tactics, and Politics

Accounts of Disengagement from Radical and Extremist Movements

Guy Olivier Faure, Sorbonne University, Paris, France and I. William Zartman, Johns Hopkins University, USA

State Terrorism and Human Rights

John Horgan, Pennsylvania State University, USA

‘John Horgan’s meticulous research breaks new ground. His acute understanding of the complex factors that can lead to disillusion and withdrawal from terrorism makes this book an indispensable source for academics and security professionals.’ – Paul Wilkinson, University of St. Andrews, UK

Selected Contents: Foreword. Preface: A Personal Reflection on Fieldwork 1. Qualities Are Not Causes 2. How, When and Why Terrorism Ends 3. ’Prison was a good thing’ 4. ’I volunteered’ 5. ’There is no conscious decision’ 6. ’A step too far’ 7. ’They were once my people’ 8. ’I don’t believe in integration’ 9. Conclusions Bibliography 2009: 234 x 156: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-43943-5: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43944-2: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87473-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415439442

New

Fault Lines in Global Jihad Organizational, Strategic and Ideological Fissures Edited by Assaf Moghadam and Brian Fishman, both at US Military Academy, West Point, USA This book is a detailed discussion of the internal problems and weaknesses of the global jihad movement led by Al-Qaeda. Selected Contents: Foreword Gen. (R) John P. Abizaid 1. Mapping the Global Jihad’s Endogenous Problems: A Conceptual Framework Assaf Moghadam and Brian Fishman Part 1: Strategy, Tactics, and Ideology 2. Takfir and Violence against Muslims Mohammed Hafez 3. Strategists vs. Doctrinarians Brynjar Lia 4. Strategic Fissures: The Near vs. Far Enemy Debate Steven Brooke 5. Ideological Fissures: Al Qaeda and the Revisionists Part 2: Relationships with Other Muslim Groups 6. Global Jihad vs. Muslim Brotherhood Marc Lynch 7. Global Jihad vs. the Shia Bernard Haykel 8. Global Jihad vs. Hamas Reuven Paz 9. Global Jihad vs. Non-Arab Muslim Allies Anne Stenersen Part 3: Challenges of Global Organization 10. Al Qaeda Central vs. Local Affiliates Vahid Brown 11. Fault Lines in Cyberspace: Discord in the Jihadist Web Forums Scott Sanford Part 4: Conclusion 10. Prospects for Exploiting the Jihadi Movement’s Challenges Brian Fishman and Assaf Moghadam September 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-58624-5: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415586245

This edited volume addresses the important question of negotiating with terrorists, and offers recommendations for best practice and processes. Selected Contents: Introduction G.O. Faure and I. William Zartman Part 1: How to Negotiate: Kidnapping the Kidnappers Introductionto Part 1 1. Guidelines for Negotiators with Terrorists Laurent Combalbert 2. Quantitative and Qualitative Aspects of Kidnapping and Hostage Negotiation Alex Schmid and P. Flemming 3. Talking to the Devil David Pinder Part 2: Practical/Tactical: Freeing the Hostages Introduction to Part 2 4. Terrorist Negotiating Strategy in Lebanon Karen Feste 5. Negotiating in Beslan and Beyond Adam Dolnik 6. Negotiating Visible and Hidden Agendas Victor Kremenyuk 7. Negotiating The Grand Swap in Khandahar P. Sahadevan Part 3: Conclusions 8. Lessons for Practice G.O. Faure and I. William Zartman. Bibliography February 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-56629-2: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85559-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415566292

Forthcoming

Terrorism, Identity, and Legitimacy The Four Waves Theory and Political Violence Edited by Jean Rosenfeld This book argues that terrorism in the modern world has occurred in four ’waves’ of forty years each. It offers evidence-based explanations of terrorism, national identity, and political legitimacy by leading scholars from various disciplineswith contrasting perspectives on political violence. Selected Contents: Introduction: The Meaning of Political Violence Jean E. Rosenfeld Part 1: The Four Waves Theory and Global Terrorism 1. Looking for Waves of Terrorism Karen Rasler and William R. Thompson 2. Waves of International Terrorism: An Explanation of the Process by which Ideas Flood the World Dipak K. Gupta 3. Technological and Lone Operator Terrorism: Prospects for a Fifth Wave of Global Terrorism Jeffrey D. Simon 4. David Rapoport and the Study of Religiously-Motivated Terrorism Jeffrey Kaplan Part 2: Terrorism: A Closer View 5. Ripples in the Waves: Fantasies and Fashions Marc Sageman 6. The Fourth Terrorism Wave: Is There a Religious Exception? Michael Barkun 7. The Fourth Wave: Comparison of Jewish and Other Manifestations of Religious Terrorism Ami Pedahzur and Arie Perliger 8. Action, Reaction, and Overreaction: Assessing the Impact of Terrorism upon States John Mueller 9. Backlash: Reactions against Terrorism Studies Leonard Weinberg and William Eubank Part 3: Identity, Legitimacy, and Political Violence 10. Before the Bombs There Were the Mobs: American Experiences with Terror David C. Rapoport 11. The Politics of Collective Identity: Contested Israeli Nationalisms Myron J. Aronoff 12. South Africa’s Paradox of Violence and Legitimacy Barry M. Schutz 13. Legitimacy, Culture of Political Violence and Violence of Culture in Ethiopia Negussay Ayele 14. Contextual Issues in the Study of Domestic Violence: A Malawi Case Study Ralph A. Young 15. The Myth of Institutional Violence Ivan Strenski December 2010: 234 x 156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-57857-8: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83432-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415578578

International Responses since the Cold War Paul Wilkinson, University of St Andrews, UK

This book aims to improve our understanding of the broad trends in the use of political violence by examining the use of state terror in world politics.

There are numerous military regimes and other forms of dictatorship where the use of terror techniques for internal control is routine. While there are some effective multilateral measures that can be taken to discourage and reduce state sponsorship of terrorism as a weapon of intervention in foreign states, the international community generally and the major democracies in combination face huge difficulties in attempting to influence those regimes that are inflicting major human rights violations on their own populations. For most states, the international norms of non-intervention have tended to restrict government and IGOs to expressions of humanitarian concern, condemnatory resolutions at the UN, and perhaps support for international economic sanctions against the offending regime. This book will analyse the major types of international response to state terror since the Cold War and their outcomes and wider implications for the future of international relations. The conclusion will attempt to develop proposals for more effective international responses to state terror in full capability with international law and the protection of human rights. Selected Contents: 1. Concept and Typology of Regime Terror 2. Regime Terror as a Political Weapon in Modern History 3. Trends in the use of Terror by States Since the End of the Cold War 4. Obstacles to International Action against State Terror in the Post-Cold War International System 5. The Case of Saddam Hussein’s Terror against the Kurds and the International Response 6. Indonesian Terror against East Timor Separatists and the International Response 7. The Use of State Terror in Former Yugoslavia and the International Response 8. Terror in Rwanda in 1994 and the Failure of International Response 9. Conclusions: Towards a More Effective International Response to State Terror, based on Democratic Principles and the Protection of Human Rights. Bibliography. Index April 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-47423-8: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47424-5: £21.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415474245

Terrorist Groups and the New Tribalism Terrorism’s Fifth Wave Jeffrey Kaplan, University of Wisconsin, USA The central focus of this book is a small but vitally important group of movements that constitute a distinct ’fifth wave’ of modern terrorism, here called the ’New Tribalism’. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Theory 1. Terrorism and Religious Violence 2. Rapoport’s Four Waves Theory Revisited 3. The Fifth Wave Part 2: Praxis 4. The Lord’s Resistance Army 5. The Janjaweed in the Sudan 6. Conclusion: The Fifth Wave? February 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-45338-7: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85752-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415453387

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

Te r ror i s m St ud i e s

Forthcoming

Forthcoming in 2011

New

Terrorism and the Olympics

Terrorist Rehabilitation and Counter-Radicalisation

The Psychology of Counter-Terrorism

New Approaches to Counter-Terrorism

Edited by Andrew Silke, University of East London, UK

Edited by Lawrence Rubin, Rohan Gunaratna, IDSS, Singapore and Jolene Anne R. Jerard

Major Event Security and Lessons for the Future Edited by Anthony Richards, Peter Fussey and Andrew Silke, all at University of East London, UK The book aims to outline the progress, problems and challenges of delivering a safe and secure Olympics in the context of the contemporary serious and enduring terrorist threat. Selected Contents: 1. Towards an Understanding of Terrorism and the Olympics Anthony Richards, Pete Fussey and Andrew Silke 2. Terrorism, the Olympics and Sport: Recent Events and Concerns for the Future Anthony Richards 3. Al Qaeda and the London Olympics Afzal Ashraf 4. Understanding Terrorist Target Selection Andrew Silke 5. Securing the Transport System Steve Swain 6. Surveillance and the Olympic Spectacle Pete Fussey 7. Strategic Security Planning and the Resilient Design of Olympic Sites Jon Coaffee 8. Governing the Games in an Age of Uncertainty: the Olympics and Organisational Responses to Risk Will Jennings 9. The Role of the Private Security Industry David Evans 10. The Challenge of Inter-Agency Coordination Keith Weston 11. The European Union & the Promotion of Major Event Security Within the EU Area Frank Gregory 12. Critical Reflections on Securing the Olympics: Conclusions and Ways Forward Anthony Richards, Pete Fussey and Andrew Silke Appendix: Terrorist Threats to the Olympics, 1972-2016 Pete Fussey November 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-49939-2: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83522-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415499392

This book seeks to explore the new frontiers in counter-terrorism research, analyses and practice, focusing on the imperative to rehabilitate terrorists. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Rohan Gunaratna 2. Terrorist Rehabilitation: A Global Imperative Rohan Gunaratna Part 1: Case Studies from Southeast Asia 3. Terrorist Rehabilitation the Singapore Experience Ustaz Mohamed Feisal 4. Terrorist Rehabilitation Malaysia’s Experience Ustaz Iszam Padil 5. Terrorist Rehabilitation Indonesia’s Experience Tito Karnavian Part 2: Case Studies from South and Central Asia 6. Terrorist Rehabilitation Strategies in Pakistan Tariq Pervez 7. The Rehabilitation of Convicted Offenders of Terrorist Actions: Problems and Solutions Tolibjon Umarov Part 3: Case Studies from the Middle East 8. Terrorist Rehabilitation Iraq’s Experience Douglas Stone 9. Terrorist Rehabilitation Saudi Arabia’s Experience Abdulrahman AlHadlag 10. CounterRadicalisation and Disengagement in Saudi Arabia Christopher Boucek 11. Dialogue and Its Effects on Countering Terrorism Hamoud Abdulhameed AlHittar 12. The Process of Jihadist Deradicalization in Egypt Omar Ashour 13. Non-Kinetic Approaches to Counter-Terrorism in Egypt Lawrence Rubin Part 4: Case Study from North Africa 14. Islamist Deradicalization in Algeria: The Case of Islamic Salvation Army and Affiliated Militias Omar shour Part 5: Case Studies from Europe 15. Terrorist Rehabilitation Strategies in Spain Fernando Reinares 16. Extremist Disengagement in the UK: Context, Scope, Methods and Results Tony Heal Key Themes in Terrorist Rehabilitation 17. Deradicalization Arie Kruglanski and Michele Gelfand 18. Probing the Jihadi Mindset Sohail Abbas 19. Key Islamic Concepts Misinterpreted Terrorists Ustaz Mohammed Bin Ali 19. Guantanamo Bay Lessons Leant: Case Studies and Operations Mike Marks 20. Overview of the legal and Governance Frameworks and Considerations in Anti-Terrorism and Rehabilitation of Detainees: A Singapore Perspective Richard Magnus March 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-58293-3: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415582933

This edited book explores how psychology can be used to improve our understanding of terrorism and counterterrorism.

This work firstly aims to provide balanced and objective insight into the psychology of terrorists; what their motivations are, what keeps them involved in terrorist groups, and what eventually forces most to end their active involvement in terrorism. Secondly, the contributors focus on the challenging issue of how to respond to terrorism. These chapters provide information for those concerned with short-term tactical problems, as well as those looking towards the more long-term strategic questions of bringing an entire terrorist campaign to an end. This innovative book will be of great interest to students of terrorism and counter-terrorism, security studies, psychology and politics, as well as security professionals and military colleges. Selected Contents: 1. The Psychology of Counterterrorism: Critical Issues and Challenges Andrew Silke 2. Understanding Terrorist Psychology Randy Borum 3. The Psychology of Violent Radicalisation Brooke Rogers 4. Why People Support Terrorism Reena Kumari 5. The Evolutionary Logic of Terrorism Rick O’Gorman 6. The Internet and Terrorism Lorraine Bowman-Grieve 7. The Impact of the Media on Terrorism and Counterterrorism Deborah Browne and Andrew Silke 8. Disengaging from Terrorism Neil Ferguson 9. Terrorists and Extremists in Prison: Psychological Issues in Management and Reform Andrew Silke 10. Interrogation Tactics and Terrorist Suspects John Pearse 11. Terrorist Tactics and CounterTerrorism Graeme Steven 12. Deterring Terrorism: Target-Hardening, Surveillance and the Prevention of Terrorism Pete Fussey 13. Countering the Psychological Impact of Terrorism: Challenges for Homeland Security Anthony Richards October 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-55839-6: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55840-2: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84026-9

related journal

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415558402

Critical Studies on Terrorism Editors: Marie Breen Smyth, Jeroen Gunning and Richard Jackson, (Founding Editor), all at Aberystwyth University, UK, George Kassimeris, University of Wolverhampton, UK and Piers Robinson, The University of Manchester, UK

Critical Studies on Terrorism is an international, peer-reviewed, interdisciplinary journal. The journal seeks to publish quality research on all aspects of terrorism, counter-terrorism and state terror. A key aim of the journal is to both create space for robust, innovative research on terrorism, and to encourage fruitful intellectual engagement between critical and orthodox accounts of terrorism. In particular, the editors are looking for empirical, theoretical and policy-oriented articles that recognise the inherently problematic nature of the terrorism label, employ a critical-normative perspective broadly defined, and challenge accepted orthodoxies. Research on terrorism employing methodological and disciplinary perspectives from outside the poltical science and international relations paradigms is especially encouraged. For more information on the journal, including subscription details, please visit: www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rter

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/securitystudies

T erro rism Studies

Democratic Responses To Terrorism

Contemporary Terrorism Studies Forthcoming in 2011

New

Edited by Leonard Weinberg

Evaluating Counterterrorism Performance

Talking to Terrorists

A Comparative Study

Concessions and the Renunciation of Violence

Beatrice de Graaf, Leiden University, the Netherlands

Carolin Goerzig

This study examines the counterterrorism policymaking process from a historical perspective, and proposes a new way to measure its impact on society and on terrorists. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: What Do the Counter-Terrorists Want? 2. The Performative Power of Counter-Terrorism 3. The Dutch Approach: Restrained and Fragmented 4. West Germany: Democracy Under Fire 5. Counter-Terrorism in Italy: Deception or Mismanagement 6. Counter-Terrorism in the US: Countering Subversives, Revolutionaries and Communists 7. The Performance of Counterterrorism Policy 8. Conclusions. Bibliography April 2011: 234 x 156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-59886-6: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415598866

This book examines the doctrine of giving no concessions to terrorists, and uses empirical research to establish whether there is any link between negotiating with such groups and the spread of violence. Selected Contents: 1. Questioning the No-ConcessionsDoctrine 2. Arguing for a Differentiated Picture 3. The Jama’ah Islamiya’s Change of Means and the Reaction of the Egyptian Jihad and Al Qaeda 4. The PLO’s Change of Ends and the Reaction of Hamas 5. The AUC’s Change of Means and the Reaction of the ELN 6. The PKK’s Change of Ends and the Reaction of the Turkish Hezbollah 7. Implications for Policy 8. Conclusion May 2010: 234 x 156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-57997-1: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84697-1

Comparative Dynamics and Responses

Freedom and Terror

Edited by Asaf Siniver, University of Birmingham, UK

Reason and Unreason in Politics

This edited volume brings together both western and non-western approaches to counter-terrorism in the post-9/11 era.

Gabriel Weimann, University of Haifa, Israel and Abraham Kaplan

Multi-Causal and Multi-Level Approaches Rashmi Singh, St. Andrews University, UK Series: LSE International Studies Series

This book examines reason and unreason in the legal and political responses to terrorism. Selected Contents: Foreword Carl Cohen 1. Reason: The Age of Madness 2. Knowledge and Political Action 3. Politics, Law and Behavioral Science 4. Historical Interpretation 5. The Politics of Protest 6. The Ethics of Terror 7. The Psychodynamics of Terror 8. The Theater of Terror: Modern Terrorism and the Mass Media 9. Moral Responsibilities and Political Realities 10. The Ethics of Power 11. Values in Decision Making 12. The Politics of Prejudice 13. In Defense of Freedom 14. The Limits of Freedom. Bibliography

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415605984

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415964913

Hamas and Suicide Terrorism

Forthcoming

December 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-60598-4: £75.00

2007: 229 x 152: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-96490-6: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-96491-3: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93319-0

Forthcoming in 2011

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415579971

International Terrorism Post-9/11

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Asaf Siniver 2. Security and ‘Terror’ in the Middle East and North Africa: Drivers and Limitations of Protest and ‘Terrorism’ Gerd Nonneman 3. Radicalism, Extremism and Government in North Africa George Joffé 4. Strategic Confusion: America’s Conflicting Strategies and the War on Terrorism David Hastings Dunn and Oz Hassan 5. American Counter-Terrorism through the Rewards for Justice Program, 1984-2008 Steve Hewitt 6. British Armed Forces and European Union Perspectives on Countering Terrorism Major General Graham MesservyWhiting 7. The Development of the UK Intelligence Community after 9/11 Sir Francis Richards 8. Israel and the Al-Aqsa Intifada: The Conceptzia of Terror Clive Jones 9. Russia and Counter Terrorism: A Critical Appraisal Cerwyn Moore and David Barnard-Wills 10. Fixing the Elusive: India and the Foreignness of Terror Ted Svensson 11. Australian Identity, Interventionism and the ‘War on Terror’ Jack Holland and Matt McDonald 12. Counter-Terrorism in Southeast Asia Post 9/11 Andrew T.H. Tan

Democratic Responses to Terrorism tackles how to protect democratic societies against terrorist violence while, at the same time, making sure that the steps democracies take to protect themselves do no fundamental harm to the rule of law and the rights of citizens.

This book analyses the root causes of suicide terrorism at both the elite and rank-and-file levels of the Hamas group. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. A Brief Political History of the Israeli-Palestinian Conflict 3. Suicide Operations as the Convergence of Expressive and Instrumental Violence with Multiple Rationalities 4. Identity, Power and the Palestinian Norm of Militant Heroic Martyrdom 5. Jihad, Political Islam and the Duality of Suicide Bombings 6. Conclusion. Bibliography February 2011: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-49804-3: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415498043

Forthcoming in 2011

Corporate Security, Terrorism and Risk Karen Lund Petersen, University of Copenhagen, Denmark Series: Routledge Advances in International Relations and Global Politics

March 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-55230-1: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85200-2

Situated within the debate on terrorism risk and security, this book investigates the role of private companies in counter-terrorism policies. With case studies on airports, airlines, ports and food production companies it challenges the modern understandings of national security and corporate risk.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415552301

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: The Politics of Corporate Security 2. Risk and Security Knowledge 3. Concepts and Change 4. National Security: The Danish Political Debates on Counterterrorism 5. Corporate Risk: The Corporate Debates on Terrorism 6. The Wider Perspective: The American Political and Corporate Debates on Counterterrorism 7. Conclusions March 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-57999-5: £70.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415579995

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

Te r ror i s m St ud i e s

Ending Terrorism Lessons for Defeating al-Qaeda Audrey Kurth Cronin, Oxford University, UK Series: Adelphi series

This title explains five typical strategies of terrorism and why Western thinkers fail to grasp them. It then describes historical patterns in ending terrorism to suggest how insights from that history can lay a foundation for more effective counter-strategies. Finally, it extracts policy prescriptions specifically relevant to ending the campaign of al-Qaeda and its associates, moving towards a post-al-Qaeda world. 2008: 234 x 156: 86pp Pb: 978-0-415-45062-1: £16.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415450621

Multilateral Counter-Terrorism The Global Politics of Cooperation and Contestation Peter Romaniuk, City University of New York, USA Series: Global Institutions

Contemporary terrorism is a global phenomenon requiring a globalized response. In this book Peter Romaniuk aims to assess to what extent states seek multilateral responses to the threats they face from terrorists. Providing a concise history and a clear discussion of current patterns of counter-terrorist co-operation, this book: • analyses a wide spectrum of institutions

• explains the full range of cooperative counter-terrorist activities and the patterns across them • examines under what conditions states cooperate to suppress terrorism • evaluates how existing international institutions have been affected by the US-led ’global war on terror,’ launched after the 9/11 terrorist attacks. Selected Contents: 1. Historical Precedents for Multilateral Counter-Terrorism: Anti-Anarchist Cooperation and the League of Nations 2. Multilateral Counter-Terrorism and the United Nations, 1945-2001 3. Multilateral Counter-Terrorism and the United Nations after 9/11 4. Multilateral Counter-Terrorism beyond the UN 5. Multilateral Counter-Terrorism: Today and Tomorrow

Routledge Critical Terrorism Studies Series Edited by Richard Jackson, Marie Breen Smyth and Jeroen Gunning, all at Aberystwyth University, UK

Forthcoming in 2011

This book series publishes rigorous and innovative studies on all aspects of terrorism, counter-terrorism and state terror. It seeks to advance a new generation of thinking on traditional subjects, investigate topics frequently overlooked in orthodox accounts of terrorism and to apply knowledge from disciplines beyond International Relations and Security Studies.

The ’War on Terror’ as Terror

Forthcoming in 2011

The Making of Terrorism in Pakistan Historical and Social Roots of Extremism Eamon Murphy, Curtin University of Technology, Australia This book aims to explain the rise of Pakistan as a centre of Islamic extremism by examining the social, political and economic factors alongside the nature of Islam in Pakistan that have contributed to the rise of terrorism in Pakistan. Selected Contents: Part 1: Islam, the Formation of Pakistan, and the First Military Dictatorship, 1947-69 1. A Clash of Civilizations? Islam in Pakistan 2. A Dream of a Secular, Inclusive, Democratic State Lost: Mohammed Ali Jinnah and the Formation of Pakistan 3. Class, Ethnicity and the Establishment of the New State 4. Enduring Conflict: The Kashmir Conflict and Ongoing Wars with India Part 2: On the Path to Islamization, 1969-98 5. Disaster: The Break-up of Pakistan and the Treat to the Sate’s Survival 6. A Lost Opportunity: The Failure of Democracy under Zulfikar Ali Bhutto 7. On the Path to Global Terrorism: Islamization under General Zia ul-Haq 8. A Crucible for Terrorism: Afghanistan jihad and the Roles of the US and Saudi Arabia 9. Saudi Arabia and the Spread of Wahhabi Islam in Pakistan 10. Saviour or Failure? General Pervez Musharraf and the War on Terrorism 11. The Acid Test: 9/11 and the War on Terrorism Part 3: Pakistan Jihad and the Emergence of Global Terrorism, 1998-2009 12. A Turning Point? Descent into Chaos or the Restoration of Democracy and the Defeat of Terrorism. Conclusion: The Making of Terrorism May 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-56526-4: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86169-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415565264

March 2010: 216 x 138: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-77647-9: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77648-6: £17.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85741-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415776486

Counter-Terrorism and State Political Violence Edited by Scott Poynting, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK and David Whyte This edited volume aims to deepen our understanding of state power through a series of case studies of political violence arising from state ‘counter-terrorism’ strategies. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: From Political Violence to State Terrorism Scott Poynting and David Whyte Part 1: State Political Violence and Counter-Terrorism in the UK 2. Pursue and Prevent: The British State’s ‘Counter-terror’ as Counterinsurgency David Miller and Rizwaan Sabir 3. Immigration Laws and the State Terror Framework Hicham Yezza 4. The Terror of Expulsion Jonny Burnett 5. Operation Kratos, the de Menezes Killing, and ‘Due Process’ Graham Smith 6. British Counter-Insurgency practice in the North of Ireland in the 1970s? A Legitimate Response or State Terror? Paul O’Connor, Alan Brecknell and Maggie O’Conor Part 2: State Political Violence and Counter-Terrorism Across the World 7. Masters of Terror Noam Chomsky 8. The Great Game John Pilger 9. Terrorising Tamil Ealam Vicki Sentas 10. Israeli State Terrorism against Palestinians in Gaza 2008-9 Victoria Mason 11. Untouchable Compradores? Colombian State Narco-Terrorism and the People’s Struggle for National Liberation Oliver Villar 12. The Criminalisation of Anti-Colonial Struggle in Puerto Rico Jose Atiles-Osoria 13. ‘War on Terror’ and Spanish State Violence against Basque Political Dissent Stefanie Khoury and Pablo Ciocchini 14. Indonesian State Terrorism in Timor-Leste and West Papua Elizabeth Stanley 15. State Terrorism in the Sahara: The US and European Dimensions Jeremy Keenan July 2011: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-60720-9: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415607209

New

An Intellectual History of Terror War, Violence and the State Mikkel Thorup, Aarhus University, Denmark This book investigates terrorism and anti-terrorism as related and interacting phenomena, undertaking a simultaneous reading of terrorist and statist ideologists in order to reconstruct the ‘deadly dialogue’ between them. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: To Terrorize and to Theorize Part 1: Investigative Signposts 2. Killing Words: On Justifying Violence 3. The Violently Privileged: On the State 4. Beyond the Line: On Frontierlands Part 2: Archive of Terrors 5. Terror as Fright: The Concept of Terror before the French Revolution 6. Terror as Policy: The Concept of Terror during the French Revolution 7. Terror as Crime: The Concept of Terror after the French Revolution Part 3: Pirates and Terrorists 8. Pirates and Barbarians: The Barbary ‘Axis of Piracy’ and Western ‘Anti-Terror’-Campaigns 9. Enemy of Humanity: the Anti-Piracy Discourse in Present Day Anti-Terrorism 10. State Pirates: Warriors in the Maritime Frontierland Part 4: States of Terror, States of Humanity 11. All Talk and No Security: The Securitist Critique of the Liberal Democracy’s Irresponsibility 12. The Humanitarian Sovereign: Cosmopolitan Warfare in the New Global Frontierland May 2010: 234 x 156: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-57995-7: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84821-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415579957

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/securitystudies

T erro rism Studies

St r at e g i c St udi e s

Discourses and Practices of Terrorism

Forthcoming in 2011

Interrogating Terror

Debating Terrorism

Edited by Bob Brecher and Mark Devenney, both at University of Brighton, UK and Aaron Winter, University of Abertay Dundee, UK

Interdisciplinary Analyses of Key Issues

This interdisciplinary book investigates the consequences of the language of terror for our lives in democratic societies. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Philosophy, Politics, Terror Bob Brecher and Mark Devenney 2. Rediscovering the Individual in the ’War on Terror’: A Virtue and Liberal Approach Heather Widdows 3. Is there a Justifiable Shoot-to-Kill Policy? Shahrar Ali 4. Torture and the Demise of the Justiciable Standard of Enlightened Government: A S Perspective Don Wallace and Akis Kalaitzidis 5. Asylum and the Discourse of Terror: The European ’Security state’ Fran Cetti 6. Feeling Persecuted? The Definitive Role of Paranoid Anxiety in the Constitution of ’War on Terror’ Television Hugh Ortega Breton 7. Fundamentalist Foundations of Terrorist Practice: The Political Logic of Life-Sacrifice Jeff Noonan 8. Specificities, Complexities, Histories: Algerian Politics and George Bush’s USA-led ’War on Terror’ Martin Evans 9. Ignatieff, Ireland and the Lesser Evil: Some Problems with the Lessons Learnt Mark McGovern 10. American Terror: From Oklahoma City to 9/11 and After Aaron Winter. Bibliography

Textbook

Edited by Richard Jackson and Samuel J. Sinclair

Forthcoming in 2011

Debating Terrorism is an innovative new textbook, addressing a number of key issues in contemporary terrorism studies from both ’traditional’ and ’critical’ perspectives.

Routledge Handbook of Insurgency and CounterInsurgency

This volume aims to bring together in one place many of the field’s leading scholars to debate the key issues relating a set of 12 important controversies and questions. The format of the volume involves a leading scholar taking a particular position on the controversy, followed by an opposing or alternative viewpoint written by another scholar. In addition to the pedagogic value of allowing students to read opposing arguments in one place, the volume will also be important for providing an overview of the state of the field and its key lines of debate. This textbook will be essential reading for all students of terrorism and political violence, critical terrorism studies, critical security studies, security studies and IR in general.

Strategy, Possibility or Absurdity?

Selected Contents: Introduction: Definition of Terrorism 1. Is Terrorism Still a Useful Analytical Term or Should it be Abandoned? 2. Is there a ‘New Terrorism’ in Existence Today? 3. Can States be Terrorists? 4. Is Terrorism a Serious Threat to International and National Security? 5. Is WMD Terrorism a Likely Prospect in the Future? 6. Does al Qaeda Continue to Pose a Serious International Threat? 7. Are People Biologically, Genetically or Neurologically Predisposed to Violent, Terrorist Behaviour? 8. Is Religious Extremism a Major Cause of Terrorism? 9. Are Current Frameworks Effective in Responding to Terrorism? 10. Is the Torture of Terrorist Suspects Justified? 11. Is the Targeted Assassination of Terrorist Suspects a Legitimate and Effective Response to Terrorism? 12. Has the Global War on Terrorism been an Effective Response to 9/11? Further Readings. Index

Edited by Alexander Spencer and Judith Renner, both at Ludwig-Maximilians-University Munich, Germany

June 2011: 246 x 174: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-59115-7: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-59116-4: £24.99

Series: Routledge Studies in Peace and Conflict Resolution

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415591164

This book brings together scholars from the hitherto disparate fields of terrorism and reconciliation studies to examine whether reconciliation is a possible strategy for dealing with and ending a terrorist conflict.

New

February 2010: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-48808-2: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85734-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415488082

Forthcoming in 2011

Reconciliation after Terrorism

Selected Contents: Introduction: Reconciling the Seemingly Irreconcilable? Judith Renner and Alexander Spencer Part 1: Theory and Methodology 1. A Reconciliation Perspective: Dealing with a Terrorist Past Michael Humphrey 2. A Terrorism Perspective: Actor Transformation of the ‘Terrorist’: Shades of Legitimacy 3. Talking to Terrorists: Problems of Methodology and Risks of Field Research Carolin Görzig Part 2: Empirical Case Studies 4. Reconciliation without the Other: Germany and RAF Terrorism Christopher Daase 5. Reconciliation and the Failure of Terrorism in South Tyrol Günther Pallaver 6. Reconciliation and Paramilitaries in Northern Ireland Marie Breen Smyth 7. From Franco to ETA: Reconciliation after State and Sub-State Terror in Spain Andrew Rigby 8. From ‘Terrorist’ to Politicians: The ANC and Reconciliation in South Africa David J. Whittaker 9. Overcoming Terrorism without Reconciliation in Peru David Scott Palmer 10. Reconciliation with FARC in Colombia Juan Munévar and Frédéric Massé 11. Terror, Empathy and Reconciliation In the IsraeliPalestinian Conflict Yehudith Auerbach and Ifat Maoz. Conclusion: From Isolation, via Negotiation to Reconciliation? Judith Renner and Alexander Spencer

Strategic Studies

Counterterrorism Policies in Central Asia Mariya Y. Omelicheva, University of Kansas, USA Series: Central Asian Studies This book examines the dangerous tendency of counterterrorism policies of the Central Asian states to grow more alike amid propensities for divergence and attributes this trend to the impact of the social context in which these states operate. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. A Reference Group Perspective on State Behaviour 2. Kyrgyzstan’s Counterterrorism Policy 3. Kazakhstan’s Counterterrorism Policy 4. Conclusion August 2010: 234 x 156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-77981-4: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415779814

Edited by Paul B. Rich and Isabelle Duyvesteyn, University of Utrecht, the Netherlands This new handbook offers a wide-ranging examination of the current state of academic analysis and debate as well as an up-to-date survey of contemporary insurgent movements and counter-insurgencies. Selected Contents: Introduction: The Study of Insurgency and Counter-Insurgency Paul Rich and Isabelle Duyvesteyn Part 1: Theoretical and Analytical Issues 1. The Historiography of Insurgency Ian Beckett 2. The Sociological and Psychological Study of Insurgency and Counter-Insurgency Jeffrey Sluka 3. Rethinking the Nature of Insurgency Steven Metz 4. Changing Forms of Insurgency: Pirates and Narco-Gangs? Robert Bunker 5. Insurgency, CounterInsurgency and Policing Alice Hills 6. Insurgency and Cyber-War David Betz 7. Ethical Dimensions to Insurgency and Counter-Insurgency Christopher Coker Part 2: Insurgent Movements 8. Insurgent Movements in Latin America Daniel Castro 9. Insurgent Movements in Africa William Reno 10. Insurgent Movements in Iraq Ahmed Hashim 11. The Insurgency of Hamas and Hizballah 12. Insurgent Movements in South East Asia Larry Cline 13. Insurgent Movements in Pakistan Christine Fair 14. Insurgency in Afghanistan Antonio Giustozzi 15. Insurgent Movements in India Navnita Chadha Behera 16. Insurgent Movements in Russia John Russell Part 3: Counterinsurgency 17. The Debate on CounterInsurgency William Rosenau 18. The Technology and Logistics of Modern Counter-Insurgency Kevin O’Brien 19. Trends in US Counter-Insurgency Tom Mockaitis 20. Counter-Insurgency in Iraq and Afghanistan: A Strategic Watershed? John Nagl 21. On Israeli Counter-Insurgent Doctrines and Practice Sergio Catignani 22. A ’Successful’ Model of Counter-Insurgency? The Sri Lankan Government’s War against the LTTE 23. British Counter-Insurgency since Ulster Warren Chin 24. CounterInsurgency in a Non-democratic State: The Russian Example Yuri Zhukov 25. Counter-Insurgency in South America Mark T. Berger 26. Counter-Insurgency in India Sumit Ganguly and David Fidler 27. Counter-Insurgency in Pakistan Julian Schofield 28. Counter-Insurgency in China Martin I. Wayne 29. Counter-Insurgency in South East Asia Tom Marks Part 4: Insurgency and Counter-Insurgency in a Globalising World 30. Contemporary Insurgency and Counter-Insurgency David Kilcullen 31. Emerging Trends in the Twenty-first Century Paul Rich and Isabelle Duyvesteyn July 2011: 246 x 174: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-56733-6: £110.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415567336

Forthcoming in 2011

The US Military and Outer Space Perspectives, Plans and Programs Peter L. Hays, National Defense University, Washington DC, USA Series: Space Power and Politics A new explanation of the evolution of US military perspectives, plans, and programmes for the use of space from the 1950s to the present.

March 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-58858-4: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415588584

July 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-36654-0: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-01924-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415366540

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

St r at e g i c St ud i e s

Forthcoming in 2011 Textbook

Modern Strategy An Introduction Elinor Sloan, Carleton University, Ottawa, Canada The aim of this book is to provide a coherent, integrated introductory textbook on post-Cold War strategic theory for upper-level students seeking an initial understanding of strategic studies. Dramatic changes and developments in the international security environment over the past decade and a half have created the need to examine the ideas of more contemporary strategic thinkers, and to revise the key textbooks of strategic thought. This book will examine modern strategic thought, with a focus on the post-Cold War period. Each chapter will cover a different theme, and the text will centre on the ideas of key strategic thinkers within this functional theme, as well as concepts within the functional theme that are not necessarily associated with a specific thinker. In the post-Cold War and especially post-9/11 period there has been significant and growing interest among students about international security issues, but while works have been published that focus on a particular aspect of military strategy, there is no one volume that provides a comprehensive yet accessible overview and examination of strategic thought in the period since the end of the Cold War. This book aims to fill this key gap in the literature. This book will be essential reading for students of strategic studies, war studies and military history, and highly recommended for students of security studies and IR in general. Selected Contents: Introduction: Strategy and Strategic Thought 1. Sea Power 2. Land Power 3. Air Power 4. Joint Theory 5. Nuclear Power and Deterrence 6. Space 7. Irregular Warfare & Counterinsurgency 8. Asymmetric Warfare. Conclusion. Select Bibliography December 2011: 246 x 174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-77770-4: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77771-1: £22.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415777711

New

Theory of Space Power The Perils of Strategic Analogy John Sheldon, School of Advanced Air Power Studies, USA Series: Space Power and Politics This book will provide a coherent strategic theory for space power, and explains why previous attempts at theorizing about space power have failed.

Geopolitical Theory Series edited by Geoffrey Sloan, Britannia Royal Naval College, Dartmouth, UK and Leonard Hochberg, Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge, USA This new series facilitates an understanding of global politics that is grounded in geopolitical realities. It outlines the strategic options that policy makers face in a number of geographical regions by revisiting the classical geopolitical theories of the twentieth century, and publishing new work on geopolitical theory. Forthcoming in 2011

Forthcoming in 2011

Geopolitics and Strategic History 1871–2050

Geopolitics for the 21st Century

Geoffrey Sloan, University of Reading, UK

Addressing National Insecurities

This work explains the course of international politics from the rebirth of the German Empire to the rise of China, with particular, though not exclusive, reference to spatial relationships.

Edited by Leonard Hochberg and James D. Hardy Jr., both at Louisiana State University, USA

June 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-7146-5348-8: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-48948-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780714653488

Forthcoming in 2011

Inventing Geopolitics Venier Pascal, University of Salford, UK This book provides a long overdue reconsideration of Mackinder’s contribution to the history of strategy. April 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-36932-9: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-02954-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415369329

Forthcoming in 2011

Grand Strategy and the Presidency Foreign Policy, War and the American Role in the World C. Dale Walton, University of Reading, UK Series: Strategy and History This book examines the role of the Presidency in the formulation and conduct of US grand strategy and why this is important.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Strategic Analogies and Space Power 2. The Character of Space Power 3. Space Power and Sea Power 4. Space Power and Air Power 5. Strategic Analogies and the Foundations of a Theory of Space Power. Select Bibliography

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The American Rise to Preeminence 2. Cold War Triumph and its Aftermath 3. Power without Strategic Clarity 4. The Importance of Presidential Greatness 5. Why Most Future US Presidents will be Inadequate Foreign Policy Strategists and War Leaders 6. The Tragedy of Presidential Weakness. Conclusion. Bibliography

June 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-47715-4: £75.00

February 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-59832-3: £75.00

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415477154

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415598323

This edited volume assesses the geopolitical configuration of forces in the international arena at the beginning of the twenty-first century. Selected Contents: Introduction Leonard Hochberg and James D. Hardy, Jr. 1. The Enduring Significance of Classical Geopolitical Thought Leonard Hochberg, James D. Hardy, Jr. and Geoff Sloan 2. Geopolitics and Strategic Cultures: A Comparison of the Arab, Chinese, and Western Ways of War Laurent Murawiec 3. The Geopolitics of Terror: How Home Grown Jihadists are Recruited in the West Steven Emerson 4. The Geopolitics of Strategic Goods Ewan Anderson 5. Classical Geopolitics in the Space Age: The Strategy of Transformation Everett Carl Dolman 6. Toward a Second Cold War Era? 2000-2025: A Geopolitical Net Assessment of Current Trajectories and Future Developments Ioannis Loucas. Conclusion May 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-43392-1: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415433921

Great Powers and Strategic Stability in the 21st Century Competing Visions of World Order Edited by Graeme P. Herd, Geneva Centre for Security Policy, Switzerland Series: Routledge Global Security Studies This book addresses the issue of grand strategic stability in the twenty-first century. Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction 1. International Security, Great Powers and World Order Graeme P. Herd and Pàl Dunay Part 2: Strategic Threats: Nature and Evolution 2. Terrorism and Political Extremism Ekaterina Stepanova 3. Proliferation of Weapons of Mass Destruction Gustav Lindstrom 4. Regional Crisis, Conflict and Fragile States Caty Clément 5. How Energy and Climate Change May Pose a Threat to Sustainable Security Tapani Vaahtoranta Part 3: Centres of Global Power: Strategic Priorities and Threat Management 6. The United States: Leadership Beyond Unipolarity? Matthew Rhodes 7. The Russian Federation: Striving for Multi-Polarity but Missing the Consequences Pavel K. Baev 8. China as an Emergent Center of Global Power Bates Gill 9. India’s Eclectic Approach to Global Strategic Threats Siddharth Varadarajan 10. The European Union, Facing Non Traditional Threats in a Globalized World Thierry Tardy Part 4: Conclusions: Cooperation and Conflictual Imperatives 11. Great Powers, Strategic Threats and Uncharted Waters Graeme P. Herd February 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-56054-2: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86582-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415560542

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/securitystudies

strategic s tudie s

The Evolution of Strategic Thought Classic Adelphi Papers Edited by The International Institute for Strategic Studies Series: Adelphi series

This volume provides an understanding of the evolution of strategic thinking since the Adelphi Papers began during the Cold War. These papers are important both in terms of the intellectual contribution they made at the time, and their enduring value in shedding light even on today’s security challenges.

Selected Contents: Introduction Patrick M. Cronin 1. Evolution of NATO Alastair Buchan (Adelphi Paper 1, 1961) 2. Controlled Response and Strategic Warfare T.C. Schelling (Adelphi Paper 19, 1965) 3. The Control of Proliferation: Three Views Solly Zuckerman, Alva Myrdal and Lester B. Pearson (Adelphi Paper 29, 1966) 4. Israel and the Arab World: The Crisis of 1967 Michael Howard and Robert Hunter (Adelphi Paper 41, 1967) 5. The Asian Balance of Power: A Comparison with European Precedents Coral Bell (Adelphi Paper 44, 1968) 6. Change and Security in Europe Pierre Hassner (Adelphi Paper 49, 1968) 7. Urban Guerrilla Warfare Robert Moss (Adelphi Paper 79, 1971) 8. Oil and Influence: The Oil Weapon Examined Hanns Maull (Adelphi Paper 117, 1975) 9. The Spread of Nuclear Weapons: More May Be Better Kenneth N. Waltz (Adelphi Paper 171, 1981) 10. Intervention and Regional Security Neil Macfarlane (Adelphi Paper 196, 1985) 11. Humanitarian Action in War Adam Roberts (Adelphi Paper 305, 1996) 12. The Transformation of Strategic Affairs Lawrence Freedman (Adelphi Paper 379, 2006) 2008: 234 x 156: 704pp Hb: 978-0-415-45961-7: £105.00 eBook: 978-0-203-92831-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415459617

Forthcoming in 2011 Textbook

Intel l i g e nc e St udi e s

Intelligence Studies Handbook of Intelligence Studies

April 2011: 246 x 174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-46166-5: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46167-2: £22.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415461672

Complimentary Exam Copy

Edited by Christopher Andrew, Corpus Christi College, University of Cambridge, UK, Richard J. Aldrich, University of Warwick, UK and Wesley K. Wark, University of Toronto, Canada

This volume offers a comprehensive review of secret intelligence organizations and activities.

Leading experts in the field approach the three major missions of intelligence: collection-and-analysis; covert action; and counterintelligence. Within each of these missions, the dynamically written essays dissect the so-called intelligence cycle to reveal the challenges of gathering and assessing information from around the world.

Selected Contents: Part 1: The Study of Intelligence Part 2: The Evolution of Modern Intelligence Part 3: The Intelligence Cycle Collection and Processing Part 4: The Intelligence Cycle and the Crafting of Intelligence Reports: Analysis and Dissemination Part 5: Counterintelligence and Covert Action Part 6: Intelligence Accountability 2006: 246 x 174: 388pp Hb: 978-0-415-77050-7: £105.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77783-4: £26.99 eBook: 978-0-203-08932-3

This Reader in the field of intelligence studies focuses on policy, blending classic works on concepts and approaches with more recent essays dealing with current issues and the ongoing debate about the future of intelligence.

Selected Contents: Part 1: The Intelligence Cycle Part 2: Intelligence, CounterTerrorism and Security Part 3: Ethics, Accountability and Control Part 4: Intelligence and the New Warfare 2008: 246 x 174: 576pp Hb: 978-0-415-42023-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42024-2: £27.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415420242

New

Intelligence and International Security New Perspectives and Agendas

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415777834

Edited by Len Scott, R. Gerald Hughes and Martin Alexander, all at University of Wales, Aberystwyth, UK

Exploring Intelligence Archives Enquiries into the Secret State

This book addresses fundamental questions arising from the events of 9/11 and subsequent acts of jihadist terrorism, together with the failures of intelligence agencies over Iraq’s Weapons of Mass Destruction.

Edited by R. Gerald Hughes, Peter Jackson and Len Scott, all at University of Wales, Aberystwyth, UK

It was published as a special issue of Intelligence and National Security.

Series: Studies in Intelligence

Scholars seeking to understand the role of secret intelligence in political affairs have sought to make use of relevant but constrained archives. This book presents documents in the public domain that illustrate issues in the realm of intelligence.

Thomas M. Kane and David J. Lonsdale, both at University of Hull, UK

Selected Contents: 1. What is Strategy? An Introduction 2. Twentieth Century Land Warfare 3. Emerging Military Technology: Evolution or Revolution? 4. Insurgency 5. Once and Future Terrorism 6. Nuclear Weapons in the Twenty-First Century 7. War at Sea 8. Strategic Air Warfare 9. War in Space 10. The Intelligence Services 11. Why People Fight 12. Grand Strategy in the Twenty-First Century 13. Conclusion. Select Bibliography

A Reader

Edited by Loch K. Johnson

Understanding Contemporary Strategy This new co-authored textbook explains and describes the key intellectual debates around military strategy in the early twenty-first century. The book emphasizes the connections between military operations and broader issues of national policy, and focuses on how current issues such as terrorism, insurgency, nuclear proliferation, information technology and American superiority in conventional military power challenge – and reaffirm – assumptions about modern warfare established during the global conflicts of the twentieth century.

Secret Intelligence

Selected Contents: Introduction: Enquiries into the ‘Secret State’ 1. ‘Knowledge is never too dear’: Exploring Intelligence Archives R. Gerald Hughes and Len Scott 2. British SIGINT Decrypts on London Naval Conference, 1930 3. French Military Intelligence Responds to the German Remilitarisation of the Rhineland, 1936 4. The Creation of XX Committee, 1940 5. The Creation of a Vietnamese Intelligence Service, 1946-50 6. The Interrogation of Klaus Fuchs, 1950 7. The CIA and Oleg Penkovsky, 1961-2 8. American and British Intelligence on South Vietnam, 1963 9. British Intelligence on the Arab-Israeli Military Balance, 1965 10. A KGB View of CIA Activity against the Soviet Bloc, 1983 11. A Conversation with Former DCI William E. Colby: Spymaster during the ‘Year of the Intelligence Wars’ 12. The Butler Report

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Journeys in Twilight Len Scott, R. Gerald Hughes and Martin S. Alexander 2. The Future of Intelligence: Seeking Perfection in an Imperfect World? Len Scott and R. Gerald Hughes 3. Global Intelligence Co-operation versus Accountability: New Facets to an Old Problem Richard J. Aldrich 4. ‘The Internationalismof Islam’: The British Perception of a Muslim Menace, 1840–1951 John Ferris 5. Security Intelligence and Human Rights: Illuminating the ‘Heart of Darkness’? Peter Gill 6. Rise, Fall and Regeneration: From CIA to EU Rhodri Jeffreys-Jones 7. Intelligence Cooperation Meets International Studies Theory: Explaining Canadian Operations in Castro’s Cuba Don Munton 8. From Saigon to Baghdad: The Vietnam Syndrome, the Iraq War and American Foreign Policy Andrew Priest October 2010: 246 x 174: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-58387-9: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415583879

2008: 234 x 156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-34998-7: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34972-7: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-02312-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415349727

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

Inte l l i g e nc e St ud i e s

Studies in Intelligence Series edited by Richard Aldrich, University of Warwick, UK and Christopher Andrew, Corpus Christi College, University of Cambridge, UK The growing interest in intelligence activities and the opening of hitherto closed archives since the end of the Cold War has stimulated this series of scholarly monographs, wartime memoirs and edited collections. With contributions from leading academics and prominent members of the intelligence community, this series has quickly become the leading forum for the academic study of intelligence.

A History of the Egyptian Intelligence Service A History of the Mukhabarat, 1910-2009 Owen L. Sirrs, Defense Intelligence Agency, Washington, USA This book analyzes how the Egyptian intelligence community has adapted to shifting national security threats since its inception 100 years ago. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Intelligence and the Monarchy 1. Mamur Zapt 2. Decline & Fall of the Old Regime Part 2: Intelligence under Nasser 3. Creating a New Intelligence Community 4. General Intelligence 5. Egyptian Intelligence & the Suez Crisis 6. Unity, Subversion & Secession 7. Intelligence & the Yemen Wars 8. The Intelligence State 9. The 1967 War 10. Nasser’s Twilight Part 3: Intelligence under Sadat 11. Power Struggles 12. Grand Deception in the 1973 War 13. Rejectionists Part 4: Intelligence under Mubarak 14. Troubles at Home & Abroad 15. State Security 16. General Intelligence Wars 17. September 2001 & Beyond. Conclusion February 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-56920-0: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85454-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415569200

Forthcoming in 2011

Improving Intelligence Analysis Bridging the Gap between Scholarship and Practice Stephen Marrin, Mercyhurst College, USA This book comprises a series of articles, extended and updated, written by intelligence expert Dr Stephen Marrin over 10 years on the subject of intelligence analysis. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Bridging the Gap between Scholarship and Practice 2. What Can We Learn from History? 3. Is Intelligence Analysis an Art or a Science? 4. Does Improving Training Improve Analysis? 5. How Does Organizational Process and Structure Impact Analytic Expertise? 6. What Can We Learn from the Medical Profession? 7. Conclusion: Looking to the Future and Prospects for Reform. Select Bibliography

Forthcoming

New

International Intelligence Cooperation and Accountability

The South African Intelligence Services

Challenges, Oversight and the Role of Law

Kevin A. O’Brien

Edited by Hans Born, Geneva Centre for the Democratic Control of Armed Forces, Switzerland, Ian Leigh and Aidan Wills

This book is the first full history of South African intelligence and provides a detailed examination of the various stages in the evolution of South Africa’s intelligence organizations and structures.

This volume is the first systematic examination of international intelligence cooperation and the challenges this poses for the accountability of national security agencies. Selected Contents: Foreword Helga Hernes Part 1: Introduction 1. Framing the Issue Ian Leigh 2. International Intelligence Cooperation in Practice Richard Aldrich Part 2: Challenges 3. Blacklisting and Financial Sanctions against Suspected Terrorists Iain Cameron 4. Collateral Casualties of Collaboration: The Consequences of Personal Data Sharing Craig Forcese 5. Rendition, Torture and Intelligence Cooperation Silvia Borelli 6. International Cooperation in International Operations: Peacekeeping, Weapons Inspections, and the Apprehension and Prosecution of War Criminals Simon Chesterman Part 3: Oversight and Review 7. Independent and Executive Oversight Philippe Hayez 8. Fit for Purpose? Accountability Challenges and Paradoxes of Domestic Inquiries Andrea Wright 9. The European Parliament and Parliamentary Assembly of the Council of Europe Inquiries into Illegal Transfers and Secret Detentions Hans Born and Aidan Wills Part 4: The Role of Law 10. The Role of National Courts Ian Leigh 11. International Law: Human Rights Law and State Responsibility Martin Scheinin and Mathias Vermeulen Part 5: Conclusion 12. Accountability for International Intelligence Cooperation: Diagnosis, Treatment and Prognosis Hans Born and Aidan Wills December 2010: 234 x 156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-58002-1: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415580021

March 2011: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-78068-1: £70.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415780681

From Apartheid to Democracy, 1948-2005

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: South African Intelligence in Revolution and Counter-Revolution 1948-2005 2. The Birth of South Africa’s Intelligence Capability and the Rise of the ’Securocracy’, 1948 to 1972 3. ’Total Strategy’ and the ’Securocratisation’ of the Government, 1972-1978 4. Hydra: The Rise of the National Intelligence and Counter-Revolutionary Structures, 1978-1983 5. Carrot and Stick: The Domestic COIN Paradigm, 1980-1985 6. The Assassins’ Web: The Growth of Counter-Revolutionary Warfare Intelligence, 1979-1985 7. Crossing the Rubicon: ’The Gloves Come Off’ for a Total Counter-Revolutionary Strategy, 1985-1990 8. Negotiating a Settlement: Reform and Retrenchment For All, 1990-1994 9. Progress and Problems: South Africa’s New Intelligence Dispensation, 1994-2005 10. Conclusion: Still Fighting The War – The Legacy of South Africa’s Intelligence History October 2010: 234 x 156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-43397-6: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84061-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415433976

Forthcoming in 2011

Russia and the Cult of State Security The Chekist Tradition, From Lenin to Putin Julie Fedor This book explores the mythology woven around the Soviet secret police and the Russian cult of state security that has emerged from it. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Soviet Chekism 1. Dzerzhinsky’s Commandments 2. Late Soviet Chekism: The Changing Face of Repression under Krushchev and Beyond 3. Screening the Historical Chekist 4. Rehabilitating the Chekist: Cinematic Images of the New KGB Part 2: Post-Soviet Chekism 5. Re-Inventing The Chekist Traditions 6. The Cult of Yurii Andropov 7. Securitising the Russian Soul. Bibliography March 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-60933-3: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415609333

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/securitystudies

i ntelligence studies

related journal

Intelligence and National Security Editors: Loch K. Johnson, University of Georgia, USA and Peter Jackson, Aberystwyth University, UK Intelligence has never played a more prominent role in international politics than it does now at the opening of the twenty-first century. National intelligence services are larger than ever and play a more public role than ever before in the policy making process of important states and their role evolves constantly along with the character of international relations. Intelligence and National Security is the world’s leading academic journal on the role of intelligence in international relations. It examines this issue from a wide range of disciplinary approaches deployed by authors from around the world. For more information on the journal, including subscription details, please visit: www.tandf.co.uk/ journals/ins

Ener g y S ec u r ity

Energy Security Forthcoming

Nuclear Energy and Global Governance Ensuring Safety, Security and Non-Proliferation Trevor Findlay, Carleton University, Canada Series: Routledge Global Security Studies The book considers the implications of the nuclear energy revival for global governance in the areas of safety, security and non-proliferation. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Assessing a Nuclear Energy Revival: The Drivers 2. Assessing the Nuclear Revival: The Constraints 3. Assessing the ‘Revival’ 4. The Current Status of Global Nuclear Governance: The Nuclear Safety Regime 5. The Current Status of Global Nuclear Governance: Nuclear Security and Nonproliferation 6. Implications of the Nuclear Revival for Global Governance. Conclusion November 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-49364-2: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83450-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415493642

Forthcoming in 2011

Russian Energy Security and Foreign Policy Edited by Adrian Dellecker and Thomas Gomart, both at IFRI, France Series: Routledge/GARNET series This book provides an original and thoroughly academic analysis of the link between Russian energy and foreign policies in Eurasia, as well as offering an interpretation of Russia’s coherence on the international stage. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: The Restoration of Russian Power: Toward an Energy-Based Deterrence? Thomas Gomart and Adrian Dellecker Part 1: Energy’s link to Domestic and Foreign Policies 2. Oil and Gas Production in Central Asia: The Impact of Infrastructures, Institutions and Policies William Tompson 3. Energy Security and Central Asia: A Comparison of the EU’s, Germany’s, Russia’s and China’s Energy (Foreign) Policies Frank Umbach 4. How to Get a Pipeline Built: The Theory and the Caspian Reality Jérôme Guillet 5. Prospects for New Caspian Natural Gas and Oil Export Routes Maureen Crandall Part 2: Russian Energy and Political Relations with CIS Net Exporters 6. Russia and Turkmenistan: What Kind of Partnership? Vladimir Milov 7. Russia and Kazakhstan: A Regional and Global Partnership Martha Brill Olcott 8. Uzbekistan: Central Asian Energy Key Andrew Monaghan 9. The Uncertain Trajectory of Russia-Azerbaijan Relations in the Multiple-Pipelines Era Pavel Baev Part 3: Russian Export Policy and Relations with Transit Countries 10. Russia’s grip on Energy Infrastructure and the Link to Foreign Policy Leonid Grigoriev 11. The Russia-GeorgiaAzerbaijan Triangle: The Role of Energy in Foreign Relations John Roberts 12. Russia-Belarus: A Breakable Union Rainer Lindner, F. Garbe and F. Hett 13. Russia-Ukraine 14. Conclusion Thomas Gomart and Adrian Dellecker

Forthcoming

The Routledge Handbook of Energy Security Edited by Benjamin K. Sovacool, National University of Singapore This Handbook examines the subject of energy security: its definition, dimensions, ways to measure and index it, and the complicating factors that are often overlooked. Selected Contents: Part 1: Definitions and Concepts Introduction: Defining, Measuring, and Exploring Energy Security Benjamin K. Sovacool 1. Energy Security and Climate Change: A Tenuous Link Gal Luft, Ann Korin and Eshita Gupta 2. The Fuzzy Nature of Energy Security Scott Valentine 3. Evaluating the Energy Security Impacts of Energy Policies David von Hippel, Tatsujiro Suzuki, James H. Williams, Timothy Savage and Peter Hayes Part 2: Dimensions 4. The Sustainable Development Dimension of Energy Security Ami Indriyanto, Dwi Ari Fauzi and Alfa Firdaus 5. The Maritime Dimension of Energy Security Caroline Liss 6. The Public Policy Dimension of Energy Security Andreas Goldthau 7. The Diversification Dimension of Energy Security Andy Stirling 8. The Environmental Dimension of Energy Security Michael Dworkin and Marilyn Brown 9. The Energy Poverty Dimension of Energy Security Shonali Pachauri 10. The Social Development Dimension of Energy Security Anthony D’Agostino 11. The Energy Efficiency Dimension of Energy Security Nathalie Trudeau 12. The Energy Services Dimension of Energy Security Jaap Jansen and Adriaan J. Van der Welle 13. The Industrial Dimension of Energy Security Geoffrey Pakiam 14. The Competing Dimensions of Energy Security Martin J. Pasqualetti Part 3: Metrics and Indexing 15. Indicators for Energy Security Bert Kruyt, D.P. van Vuuren, H.J.M. de Vries and H. Groenenberg 16. Measuring Security of Energy Supply with Two Diversity Indexes John Kessels 17. Measuring Energy Security: From Universal Indicators to Contextualized Frameworks Aleh Cherp and Jessica Jewell 18. Applying the Four ‘A’s of Energy Security as Criteria in an Energy Security Ranking Method Larry Hughes and Darren Shupe 19. Measuring Energy Security Performance in the OECD Benjamin K. Sovacool and Marilyn A. Brown 20. Measuring Energy Security Vulnerability Edgard Gnansounou. Conclusion: Exploring the Contested and Convergent Nature of Energy Security Benjamin K. Sovacool and Tai Wei Lim December 2010: 246 x 174: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-59117-1: £125.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83460-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415591171

May 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-54733-8: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415547338

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

G e n de r an d S e c ur i t y

Gender and Security Gender and International Security Feminist Perspectives Edited by Laura Sjoberg, University of Florida, USA Series: Routledge Critical Security Studies

This book defines the relationship between gender and international security, analyzing and critiquing international security theory and practice from a gendered perspective.

This book aims to improve the quality and quantity of conversations between feminist Security Studies and Security Studies more generally, in order to demonstrate the importance of gender analysis to the study of international security, and to expand the feminist research program in Security Studies. The contributors argue that gender is conceptually, empirically, and normatively essential to studying international security. They do so by critiquing and reconstructing key concepts of and theories in international security, by looking for the increasingly complex roles women play as security actors, and by looking at various contemporary security issues through gendered lenses. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Laura Sjoberg Part 1: Gendered Lenses Envision Security 2. Theses on the Military, US National Security, War, and Women Judith Stiehm 3. War, Sense, and Security Christine Sylvester 4. Gendering the State: Performativity and Protection in International Security Jonathan Wadley Part 2: Gendered Security Theories 5. Gendering the ‘Cult of the Offensive,’ Lauren Wilcox 6. Gendering Power Transition Theory Laura Sjoberg 7. The Genders of Environmental Security Nicole Detraz Part 3: Gendered Security Actors: Women in International Security 8. Loyalist Women Paramilitaries in Northern Ireland: Beginning a Feminist Conversation about Conflict Resolution Sandra McEvoy 9. Securitization and De-Securitization: Female Soldiers and the Reconstruction of Women in Post-Conflict Sierra Leone Megan MacKenzie 10. Women, Militancy, and Security: The South Asia Conundrum Swati Parashar Part 4: Gendered Security Problematiques 11. Feminist Theory and Arms Control Susan Wright 12. Beyond Border Security: Feminist Approaches to Human Trafficking Jennifer Lobasz 13. When Are States Hypermasculine? Jennifer Maruska 14. Peace Building through a Gender Lens and the Challenges of Implementation in Rwanda and Côte d’Ivoire Heidi Hudson

New

Forthcoming

Women, Peace and Security

War and Rape

Translating Policy into Practice

Law, Memory and Justice

Edited by Funmi Olonisakin, Kings College, London, UK, Karen Barnes, OECD, Paris, France and Eka Ikpe, King’s College London, UK

Nicola Henry, La Trobe University, Australia

Series: Contemporary Security Studies

Series: Interventions

This book provides a critical assessment of the impact of UN Resolution 1325 by examining the effect of peacebuilding missions on increasing gender equality within conflict-affected countries. Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction 1. Introduction Karen Barnes and ‘Funmi Olonisakin 2. The Evolution and Implementation of United Nations Security Council Resolution 1325: An Overview Karen Barnes Part 2: Country Case Studies 3. Kosovo Gendered Violence and UNSCR 1325: Shifting Paradigms on Women, Peace and Security Catherina H. Hall-Martin 4. Security Council Resolution 1325 Implementation in Liberia: Dilemmas and Challenges E. Njoki Wamai 5. Nepal and the Implementation of United Nations Security Council 1325 Lesley Abdela 6. Implementation of United Nations Security Council Resolution 1325 in Nigeria Eka Ikpe 7. Rwanda and the Implementation of United Nations Security Council Resolution 1325 Kiri-Ann E. Richardson Olney 8. Lost in Translation? UNAMSIL, Security Council Resolution 1325 and Women Building Peace in Sierra Leone Karen Barnes 9. The Impact of UN Security Council Resolution 1325 and Peacekeeping Operations in Sudan Gihan Eltahir 10. Women and Gender Issues in Peacebuilding: Lessons Learned from Timor-Leste Sumie Nakaya Part 3: Regional Case Studies 11. The African Union and Implementation of UNSCR 1325 Bineta Diop 12. The Gender Dimensions of the ECOWAS Peace and Security Architecture: A Regional Perspective on UN Security Council Resolution 1325 Awa Ceesay- Ebo 13. A Look at Security Council Resolution 1325 in SADC Nyaradzo Machingambi-Pariola 14. Turning Policies into Action? The European Union and the Implementation of UNSCR 1325 Karen Barnes Part 4: Conclusion 15. Conclusion ‘Funmi Olonisakin and Eka Ikpe October 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-58797-6: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83708-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415587976

Forthcoming in 2011

Militarism, Gender and (In)Security Biopolitical Technologies of Security and the War on Terror Cristina Masters, University of Manchester, UK Series: PRIO New Security Studies

2009: 234 x 156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-47546-4: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47579-2: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86693-1

This book examines the biopolitical fetishisation of technology in contemporary practices of war, and thus explores how masculinity is being rearticulated within the context of US militarism.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415475792

Selected Contents: Introduction: Reading Moments of US Militarism from the Margins of International Politics Part 1: Contextualising Moments of US Militarism 1. Technologies of (In)Security: Contextualising Moments of Militarism Part 2: Technologies of (In)Security 2. There are Monsters Among ‘US’: The War on Terror and Homeland (In)Security 3. Tales of the Shield: Missiles, Masculinity & Biopower 4. Bodies of Technology: Cyborg Soldiers and Militarised Masculinities Part 3: Productions of Bare Life 5. The Biopolitics of Death: Ritual Burials in the War on/of Terror and the Production of Homo Sacer 6. Femina Sacra: The War on/of Terror, Women, and the Feminine. Conclusion: Fleshy Politics February 2011: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-57775-5: £70.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415577755

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/securitystudies

In this book, Henry asks some critical questions about the relationship between mass rape, politics and law. In what ways does law contribute to the collective memory of wartime rape? How do ‘counter-memories’ of victims compete with the denialism of wartime rape?

Providing a comprehensive overview of the politics of wartime rape and the politics of prosecuting such crimes within international humanitarian law, this text will be of great interest to scholars of gender and security, war crimes and law and society. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: How the Past is Made to Matter 2. Traces of Truth: Collective Memory and the Law 3. A History of Silence: The Nuremberg and Tokyo Trials 4. Casualties of Law: Wartime Rape and War Crimes Courts 5. Trials and Trauma: The Impossibility of Bearing Witness 6. Wartime Rape and the Legacy of Law December 2010: 234 x 156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-56472-4: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56473-1: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83619-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415564731

Forthcoming

Feminist Security Studies A Narrative Approach Annick Wibben, University of San Francisco, USA Series: PRIO New Security Studies This book rethinks security theory from a feminist perspective – uniquely, it engages feminism, security, and strategic studies to provide a distinct feminist approach to Security Studies. The volume explicitly works toward an opening up of security studies that would allow for feminist (and other) narratives to be recognized and taken seriously as security narratives. To make this possible, it presents a feminist reading of security studies that aims to invigorate the debate and radicalize critical security studies. Since feminism is a political project, and security studies are, at their base, about particular visions of the political and their attendant institutions, this is of necessity a political intervention. The book works through and beyond security studies to explore possible spaces where an opening of security, necessary to make way for feminist insights, can take place. While it develops and illustrates a feminist narrative approach to security, it is also intended as an intervention that challenges the politics of security and the meanings for security legitimized in existing practices. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Feminist Interventions: The Politics of Identity 2. Challenging Meanings 3. Toward A Narrative Approach 4. Security as Narrative 5. Feminist Security Narratives. Conclusion: The Future of Feminist Security Studies December 2010: 234 x 156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-45727-9: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45728-6: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83488-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415457286

gend er a nd secur ity

Mi l i tary St udi e s

Military Studies

Forthcoming in 2011

Female Suicide Bombers

Gender and U.S. Foreign Policy

Narratives of Violence V.G. Julie Rajan, Rutgers University, NJ, USA

Militarization, Resistance and the Discourse of Motherhood

Series: Routledge Critical Terrorism Studies

Tina Managhan, Oxford Brookes University, UK

Israel’s Armed Forces in Comparative Perspective

This book offers an evaluation of female suicide bombers through postcolonial, Third World feminist and human rights theoretical frameworks, drawing on case studies from conflicts in Palestine, Sri Lanka, and Chechnya, among others.

Series: War, Politics and Experience

Edited by Stuart A. Cohen, Bar-Ilan University, Israel

This book examines motherhood as a discursive practice in IR against the backdrop of US foreign policy formation.

This edited book constitutes the first detailed attempt at a comparative international analysis of the transformations that are currently affecting the composition of the Israel Defense Forces (IDF) and their place in Israeli society.

February 2011: 234 x 156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-55225-7: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415552257

March 2011: 234 x 156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-78195-4: £75.00

Forthcoming in 2011

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415781954

Gender, Nationalism and Conflict Transformation

New

New Themes and Old Problems in Northern Ireland

Nationbuilding, Gender and War Crimes in South Asia

Fidelma Ashe, University of Ulster at Jordanstown, UK

Bina D’Costa, Australian National University

Series: Routledge Studies in Peace and Conflict Resolution

Series: Routledge Contemporary South Asia Series

This book genders the process of conflict transformation in Northern Ireland and both documents and analyzes the effects of the restructuring of its politics on gender and sexual equality. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: EthnoNationalist Conflict, Gender and Sexuality 2. Gender and Nationalism in Ireland 3. Gender, Ethnicity and Conflict Transformation Part 2: Gender, Sexuality and Political Institutions 5. Gender Equality, the Political Parties and the Assembly 6. Equality Discourses and Institutions 7. Gendering Policing and Security Part 3: Gender and Conflict Transformation in Civil Society 8. The Continuing Struggle of Women’s Groups 9. Gender, Demilitarisation and Restorative Justice 10. Gendering Forgetting and Remembering 11. Conclusion. Bibliography

This book gives a detailed historical analysis of nationbuilding processes and how these are closely linked to statebuilding and to issues of war crime, gender and sexuality, and marginalization of minority groups. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The Politics of Nationalism and Nationbuilding 2. 1947: From Partition to Creation 3. 1971: Politics of Silence, or Refusal to Remember? 4. Gendered Nationbuilding 5. Frozen in Time? War Crimes, Justice and Political Forgiveness 6. Partnership with Transnational Networks for Gender-Sensitive Justice Mechanism. Conclusion

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415565462

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415565660

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415558167

related journal

January 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-56546-2: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86171-4

September 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-56566-0: £80.00

July 2011: 234 x 156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-55816-7: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86579-8

Strategic Analysis Published in association with the Institute for Defence Studies & Analyses (IDSA) Editor: Narendra Sisodia, Director, IDSA, India

Selected Contents: Part 1: Continuities and their Manifestations 1. The Enduring Citizen-Soldier Tradition in the United States Ronald R. Krebs 2. Recruiting the All-Volunteer Force: Continuity and Change in the British Army, 1963-2008 Christopher Dandeker 3. The Royal Netherlands Army, 1814-2008: The Rise and Decline of a Citizen Army? Jan Hoffenaar 4. Reversing the Tide of Jewish History: Culture and the Creation of Israel’s ’People’s Army’ Stuart A. Cohen Part 2: Change: Causes and Constraints 5. Operational and Technological Incentives and Disincentives for Force Transformation Avi Kober 6. Strategic and Political Factors Preventing the Shift from ’Citizen Armies’ to Professional Militaries Gabriel Sheffer and Oren Barak 7. Gender Issues in the Transformation to an All-Volunteer Force: A Transnational Perspective Michelle Sandhoff, Mady Wechsler Segal, David R. Segal 8. Conscription versus Recruitment Through Markets: Economic Considerations Yaacov Lifshitz 9. The Officer Corps in the All-Volunteer Army: The American Experiment Continues Leonard Wong 10. Up from the Ashes: The Re-Professionalization of the Canadian Forces After the ’Somalia’ Affair David J. Bercuson Part 3: Israeli Dilemmas and Experiences 11. Where Will the Women Be? Gendered Implications of the Decline of Israel’s Citizen Army Orna Sasson-Levy 12. From the ’Citizen Army’ to the ’Market Army’: Israel as a Case Study Yagil Levy 13. Teaching Citizens to be Professional Soldiers: IDF Responses and Their Implications Tamir Libel

Strategic Analysis is the flagship of IDSA publications. It provides a forum for independent research, commentaries, analysis and debate on global and regional security issues. An internationally refereed journal, Strategic Analysis reflects a whole range of views from within the Indian strategic studies and International Relations community. It seeks to promote a better understanding of Indian thinking on contemporary national and international themes. The coverage and scope is global, reflecting India’s growing global interests and role.

related journal

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Gender, Deviance, and Narrative Violence 2. Negotiating ’Victims’ 3. Producing the Spectacle of the Martyr 4. Projecting the Maternal and the Monstrous 5. Sexualization, Fetishism, and Fantasy 6. Women and Suicide Bombing in the Post-9/11 Era. Bibliography

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Reading International Relations through Bodies, Reading the Maternal(ized) Body as Political Event 2. The Vicissitudes of Life: Women’s Complex Entanglement with Peace and War 3. Shifting the Gaze from Hysterical Mothers to ‘Deadly Dads’: Spectacle and the Antinuclear Movement 4. (M)others, Biopolitics and the Gulf War 5. Grieving Dead Soldiers, Disavowing Loss: Cindy Sheehan and the Im/possibility of the American Antiwar Movement – 11,000 words 6. The Maternal Body as Alibi: Understanding the Centrality of the Maternal Body to Sovereign Representation. Bibliography

The New Citizen Armies

For more information on the journal, including subscription information, please visit: www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rsan

Strategic Comments A publication of The International Institute for Strategic Studies (IISS) Editor: Alexander Nicoll

Strategic Comments is the Institute’s online source of analysis of international security and politico-military issues. Published ten times per year, with five articles in each issue, Strategic Comments briefing papers offer succinct and cogent insights of consistent authority to its core readership of policy-makers, journalists, business executives and foreign affairs analysts. New IISS-Routledge website! Search IISS publications in one place: visit – www.iiss-routledgepublications.com

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

Mi l i tary St ud i e s

Cass Military Studies Forthcoming in 2011

New

The US Military

Managing Diversity in the Military

A Basic Introduction Judith Stiehm, Florida International University, USA This book aims to provide a basic guide to the US military and will raise questions for further discussion by students. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The A, B, Cs 3. The Military in Action 4. Strategy and Doctrine 5. Weapons: What They Can Do, What They Cost, Relationship to Strategy 6. The Budget 7. Policy Questions. Sources Bibliography June 2011: 198 x 129: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-78214-2: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-78215-9: £22.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415782159

New

Democratic Citizenship and War Edited by Yoav Peled, Noah Lewin-Epstein and Guy Mundlak, all at Tel-Aviv University, Israel and Jean Cohen, Columbia University This edited volume explores the theoretical and practical implications of war and terror situations for citizenship in democratic states. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Citizenship and War: The View From Political Theory 1. Republican Citizenship, Repression of Liberal Rights and Multi-Polarity Alberto Spektorowski and Carl Schmitt 2. Security Council Activism in the Age of the War on Terror: Implications for Human rights, Democracy and Constitutionalism Jean Cohen 3. Beyond The Security vs. Liberty Paradigm: A New Look on Security Politics Sharon Weinblum Part 2: Citizenship and War: An Historical Perspective 4. The Alien-Citizen Distinction and the Global War on Terrorism Tung Yin and David Abraham 5. Citizens at War: Traitors and Internal Enemies Ute Frevort 6. Limited War, Limited Citizenship: The Case of Veterans in the People’s Republic of China Niel J. Diamant 7. Soldiers’ Violence and the Dialectics of Citizenship and Victimhood in Contemporary Israel Yaron Ezrahi Part 3: Citizenship, War and the Rights of Women and Ethnic Minorities 8. Indian Muslims and the War on Terror: Reflections on Their Citizenship Status Ornit Shani 9. Women as the Bearers of the Nation: Women’s Rights in Israel – Between Liberal and Ethnic Citizenship Gila Stopler 10. The Palestinian-Israeli ’Visionary Documents’: Background, Implications and Critique Uri Ram Part 4: Social and Economic Citizenship in Wartime 11. Democracy’s Disappearing Duties: The Washington Consensus and the Limits of Citizen Participation Timothy A. Canova 12. The Reversal of Citizenship: The Lebanon War and Intifada in the 1980’s and the 2000’s Lev Grinberg July 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-55224-0: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86982-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415552240

The Value of Inclusion in a Culture of Uniformity Edited by Daniel P. McDonald, DeVry University, USA and Kizzy M. Parks, Defense Equal Opportunity Management Institute, USA This edited book examines the successful management of diversity and inclusion in the military. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Foundation of Diversity: Policy and Strategy 1. Reframing Diversity: The Need for Internal Dialogue Brenda Sherrer 2. Diversity Policies across the Dept of Defense 3. 2010 and Beyond: Diversity, Respect and Inclusion William McGuire 4. Leading Across Diversity Renee Yuengling 5. Employee Recruitment and Retention: Best Practice 6. Diversity Training and Education 7. Best Practices for Talent Management 8. Getting to Ground Truth about Diversity Management Brian Alejandro Sandoval and Renee Yuengling Part 2: Special Topics for Diversity and Inclusion 9. Status and Power: The Effect on Women and Minorities in the Military David Segal and Jeff Lucas 10. Diversity and Inclusion: An Equal Opportunity Practitioner’s Perspective Gregory Jenkins 11. Exploring Generational Diversity in the Workforce: An Examination of Current Issues and Future Trends Patrice Reid 12. Religious Diversity in the Navy Charlotte E. Hunter 13. Wounded Warriors: Building an Inclusive Culture for All Edward J. Crenshaw, Jr 14. Lesbian, Gay, Bi-Sexual and Transgender (LGBT) Challenges that Will Occur when‚ Don’t Ask, Don’t Tell‘ is Changed 15. Global Military Diversity and the Need for 3C (Cross Cultural Competence) September 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-58636-8: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415586368

Modern War and the Utility of Force Challenges, Methods and Strategy Edited by Isabelle Duyvesteyn, University of Utrecht, the Netherlands and Jan Angstrom, Swedish National Defence College This book investigates the use and utility of military force in modern war. Selected Contents: Foreword General Sir Rupert Smith 1. War, What is it Good for? Jan Angstrom 2. From Victory to Success: The Changing Mission of Western Armed Forces Christopher Dandeker 3. The International Private Security Company: A Unique and Useful Actor? Christopher Spearin 4. Great Expectations: The Use of Armed Force to Combat Terrorism Isabelle Duyvesteyn 5. Why does Peacekeeping Succeed or Fail? Peacekeeping in the Democratic Republic of Congo and Sierra Leone Sarah Kreps 6. Exploring the Utility of Armed Force in Peace Operations: German and British Approaches in Northern Afghanistan Kersti Larsdotter 7. Counterinsurgency Doctrine: The US Experience Thomas Mockaitis 8. No Simple Formula: The Use of Military Force in Counterinsurgency James Corum 9. Adapting to CounterInsurgency; The US Army in Iraq, July 2004-December 2006 Brian Burton and John Nagl 10. Inviting the Leviathan: External Forces, War and State Building in Afghanistan Jan Angstrom 11. Between Reluctance and Necessity: The Utility of Military Force in Humanitarian and Development Operations Robert Egnell 12. War, What it is Good for. . . Isabelle Duyvesteyn March 2010: 234 x 156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-57595-9: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85146-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415575959

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/securitystudies

Managing Military Organizations Theory and Practice Edited by Joseph Soeters, Paul C.van Fenema and Robert Beeres, both at The Netherlands Defense Acadamy This book deals with the processes and theories involved in managing military organisations in both peacetime and crisis conditions. Selected Contents: 1. Introducing Military Organizations Joseph Soeters, Paul C. van Fenema and Robert Beeres Part 1: Context, Strategy and External Coordination 2. Leading Military Organizations in the Risk Society: Mapping the New Strategic Complexity Frans Osinga and Julian Lindley French 3. Legitimacy and Surveillance: Shifting Patterns of Vertical and Horizontal Control Paul Ducheine, Jan van der Meulen and René Moelker 4. Internationalization of the Military Anthony King 5. Research, Development and Innovation in the Military Daniel Uiterwijk and Ivar Kappert Part 2: Internal Coordination and Preparation of Operations 6. Designing and Preparing Military Organizations for Expeditionary and Network Performance Erik de Waard and Eric-Hans Kramer 7. (Re-)Drawing the Boundaries: Sourcing Operational and Supportive Services in Military Organizations Paul C. van Fenema and Robert Beeres 8. Logistics Planning and Control: Lessons Learned in Afghanistan Bas Rietjens, Ton van Kampen and Tim Grant Part 3: Military Organizations in Action 9. Leadership During Operations Ad Vogelaar, Coen van den Berg and Thom Kolditz 10. Sensemaking During Operations and Incidents Eric-Hans Kramer, Roos Delahaij and Bart van Bezooijen 11. Managing Moral Professionalism in Military Operations Peter Olsthoorn, Marten Meijer and Desiree Verweij 12. Military Law and Operations Ben Klappe 13. Trust and Control in the Military: Dual or Dueling Forces? Marion Bogers, Andrea van Dijk and Jacqueline Heeren-Bogers 14. Partnering with ‘Strangers’ Myriame Bollen and Joseph Soeters 15. Military Organizations and National Crisis Response Paul C. van Fenema Part 4: Monitoring Operational Effectiveness and (Secondary) Outcomes 16. Commanding and Controlling Crisis Response Operations Christiaan Davids, Robert Beeres and Tim Grant 17. Measuring Performance in Today’s Missions: The Effects-Based Approach to Operations Joseph Soeters, Sebastiaan Rietjens, and Willem Klumper 18. Learning Military Organizations and Organizational Change Tom Bijlsma, Irma Bogenrieder and Peter van Baalen 19. Managing Well-being of Military Personnel and Their Families Tessa Op den Buijs, Manon Andres, and Paul Bartone 20. Epilogue: Military Heterogeneous Value Creation Paul C. van Fenema, Joseph Soeters and Robert Beeres January 2010: 234 x 156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-48406-0: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85710-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415484060

M ilitary Studie s

New

Military Ethics and Virtues

Cass Series: Naval Policy and History

An Interdisciplinary Approach for the 21st Century

Series edited by Geoffrey Till, Joint Services Command and Staff College / Defence Studies, Kings College London, UK

Peter Olsthoorn, Netherlands Defence Academy

This series consists primarily of original manuscripts by research scholars in the general area of naval policy and history, without national or chronological limitations. It will from time to time also include collections of important articles as well as reprints of classic works.

This book examines the role of military virtues in modern armies. Selected Contents: 1. Virtue Ethics and the Military 2. Honour 3. Courage 4. Loyalty 5. Integrity 6. Respect 7. Conclusion September 2010: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-58006-9: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84082-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415580069

Forthcoming in 2011

Naval Power and Expeditionary Technology and the MidWars Victorian Royal Navy Peripheral Campaigns and New Theatres of Naval Warfare

New

Military Integration after Civil Wars Multiethnic Armies, Identity and Post-Conflict Reconstruction Florence Gaub, NATO Defense College, Italy This book examines the role of multiethnic armies in post-conflict reconstruction, and demonstrates how they can promote peacebuilding efforts. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The Armed Forces as a Social Agent 2. Case Study Nigerian Army: From Colonial to Political 3. Case Study Lebanese Armed Forces: From Powerlessness to Integration? 4. Case Study Armies of Bosnia-Herzegovina: A State in Transit 5. Military Integration after Civil War: An Assessment. Conclusion September 2010: 234 x 156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-58094-6: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84105-1

related journal

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415580946

Forthcoming

The Korean Journal of Defense Analysis Publication of the Korea Institute for Defense Analyses (KIDA) 2009 Impact Factor: 0.255 Ranking: 49/59 (International Relations) © 2010 Thomson Reuters, 2009 Journal Citation Reports®

Edited by Bruce A. Elleman and S.C.M. Paine, both at US Naval War College, Newport, USA This book examines the nature and character of naval expeditionary warfare, in particular in peripheral campaigns, and the contribution of such campaigns to the achievement of strategic victory. Selected Contents: Foreword John B. Hattendorf 1. Introduction Bruce A. Elleman and S.C.M. Paine 2. Legal Issues in Expeditionary Campaigns Eric T. Jensen 3. Festering the Spanish Ulcer: The Royal Navy and the Peninsular War, 1808-1814 Michael Duffy 4. The Royal Navy’s White Sea Campaign of 1854 Andrew D. Lambert 5. Gallipoli as a Combined and Joint Operation Robin Prior 6. The British Mesopotamia Campaign, 1914-1918 Paul G. Halpern 7. Pearl Harbor and Beyond: Japan’s Peripheral Strategy to Defeat China S.C.M. Paine 8. A Pivotal Campaign in a Peripheral Theatre: Guadalcanal and World War II in the Pacific Bradford A. Lee 9. The New Guinea Campaign during World War II David Stevens 10. Amphibious Assault as Decisive Maneuver in Korea Donald Chisholm 11. Naval Operations in Peripheral Conflicts: The Malayan Emergency (1948-60) and Confrontation (1962-66) Jeffrey Grey 12. China’s 1974 Naval Expedition to the Paracel Islands Bruce A. Elleman 13. Always Expect the Unexpected: The Falklands/Malvinas Maritime Conflict 1982 Eric Grove 14. The Maritime Campaign in Iraq Peter Jones 15. US Naval Operations and Contemporary Geopolitics: The War on Terror and the New Great Game in the Early 21st Century John Reeve 16. Conclusions: Naval Expeditionary Warfare and the Future of Seapower Bruce A. Elleman and S.C.M. Paine December 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-54608-9: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415546089

Forthcoming in 2011

Piracy, Terrorism and Irregular Warfare at Sea

Editor-in-Chief: Tae-am Ohm

Navies Confront the 21st Century

Since its first publication in 1989, The Korean Journal of Defense Analysis has been covering a broad range of topics related to foreign policy, defense and international affairs in the Asia-Pacific region. As the oldest SSCI registered English journal of political science in Asia, The Korean Journal of Defense Analysis has promoted efforts to provide an arena for sharing initiatives and new perspectives on military and security issues of the Asia-Pacific region.

Martin N. Murphy

For more information on the journal, including subscription information, please visit: www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rkjd

April 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-55039-0: £75.00

Complimentary Exam Copy

This is the first detailed study of irregular warfare at sea, covering such topics as piracy, asymmetric war, and terrorism.

Ironclads and Naval Innovation Howard J. Fuller, University of Wolverhampton, UK Series: Cass Series: Naval Policy and History A revealing new examination of Palmerstonian diplomacy during the pivotal decade of the 1860s, the evolution of the modern capital ship and the real nature of ‘empire’, ‘technology’ and ‘seapower’. March 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-37004-2: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-02967-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415370042

Forthcoming in 2011

Seapower and the Asia-Pacific Adjusting to New Realities Edited by Geoffrey Till, Joint Services Command and Staff College / Defence Studies, Kings College London, UK and Patrick Bratton This volume examines the rise and fall of sea powers in the Asia-Pacific region. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Seapower and the Rise and Fall of Empires Geoffrey Till 2. Globalization and the Asia-Pacific Carlos Juarez 3. The US as a Pacific Power Patrick Bratton 4. The US Navy and the Pacific Captain Kevin Johnson 5. China’s Rediscovery of its Maritime Past Capt Carl Shuster 6. China’s Maritime Future Adm Mike McDevitt 7. Japan’s Maritime Past, Present and Future Alessio Patalano 8. India’s Maritime Past, Present and Future Harsh Pant 9. Singapore’s Maritime Past, Present and Future Joshua Ho 10. Korea’s Maritime Past, Present and Future Seong Yong Park 11. Australia’s Maritime Past, Present and Future Andrew Forbes 12. Adapting to Change: The British Experience: Imperial Defence and Anglo-US Cooperation Greg Kennedy 13. The British in the Pacific Jon Robb-Webb 14. Adapting to Change: The United States: Strategic Responses Richard Halloran 15. Adapting to Change: The United States. Naval Responses Stan Weeks 16. Conclusion Patrick Bratton and Geoffrey Till. Bibliography March 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-60934-0: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415609340

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Navies and Naval Strategy 3. Asymmetry and Irregular 4. Pirates and Privateers 5. Commerce-Raiding and Guerre de Course 6. The Development of Naval Special Forces 7. Modern Asymmetric Challenges 8. From the Sea: Raiding and Presence 9. Conclusion. Bibliography

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415550390

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

C o l d Wa r Stud i e s

Cold War Studies America, the UN and Decolonisation

Cold War History Series edited by Michael Cox and Odd Arne Westad, London School of Economics, London, UK

Series: LSE International Studies Series

In the new history of the Cold War that has been forming since 1989, many of the established truths about the international conflict that shaped the latter half of the twentieth century have come up for revision. This series is an attempt to make available interpretations and materials that will help further the development of this new history. It concentrates in particular on publishing expositions of key historical issues and critical surveys of newly available sources.

This book examines the role of the UN in conflict resolution in Africa in the 1960s and its relation to the Cold War.

Forthcoming in 2011

New

International History of the Vietnam War

Yugoslavia and the Soviet Union in the Early Cold War

Ang Cheng Guan, Nanyang Technical University, Singapore

Reconciliation, Comradeship, Confrontation, 1953–1957

This book is an international history of the Vietnam War from The Manila Conference and the Decisions of November 1966 up to the end of the conflict in April 1975.

Svetozar Rajak, London School of Economics and Political Science, University of London, UK

Cold War Conflict in the Congo John Kent, London School of Economics and Political Science, UK

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The Independence Disaster 1958-Sept 1960 2. The Dismissal and Murder of Lumumba and the Establishment of the Adoula Government September 1960-August 1961 3. The Adoula Government and Kitona: The Conflict and Dilemmas Created by US and UN Policy August-December 1961 4. Too Little Too Late January-July 1962 5. The Last Adoula Government of a Divided Congo July–December 1962 6. The End of Secession and the Beginning of the End for the Congo December 1962-January 1963 7. Unified Nation Building and No Unity to Build On January-October 1963 8. The Emerging Chaos and the Forces of Disintegration Bring Tshombe’s Return October 1963-July 1964. Conclusion March 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-46414-7: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85192-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415464147

Forthcoming

The Nordic Countries in the Early Cold War, 1944-51 Documents on British Policy Overseas, Series I, Vol. IX Edited by Tony Insall and Patrick Salmon Series: Whitehall Histories The end of the Second World War brought hopes of building a new society in Western Europe. This volume documents Foreign Office concerns about the range of problems, both multilateral and bilateral, which still remained to be resolved in the Nordic area, and describes the evolution of policies to deal with them. The Soviet Union, which in May 1945 already occupied parts of Norway and Denmark and dominated Finland, was perceived as a growing threat. The Nordic region was considered to be of significant strategic importance during this period. The documents describe the process whereby Britain attempted to encourage Scandinavian countries away from their support for neutrality and, by enlisting American support, began the process which led to the signature of the Atlantic Treaty in 1949, signed by Norway, Denmark and Iceland. They also include material describing the establishment of Information Research Department (formed to counteract Soviet propaganda) and illustrating some of its methods. Some documents not previously in the public domain have been declassified for this volume. Most are drawn from the archives of the Foreign and Commonwealth Office, but there are also a number of Prime Ministerial and Cabinet Office documents too. This book will be of much interest to students of the Cold War, European history, British political history, international history and IR in general.

April 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-35095-2: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-69672-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415350952

Forthcoming

The End of the Cold War in The Third World New Perspectives on Regional Conflict Edited by Artemy Kalinovsky, London School of Economics and Sergei Radchenko This book examines the end of the Cold War in the Third World, and contributes to ongoing debates about regional conflicts, the role of great powers in the developing world, and the role of international actors. Selected Contents: Introduction Artemy Kalinovsky and Sergei Radchenko 1. China’s Changing Attitude to the 3rd World Chen Jian 2. The Decline in Soviet Arms Transfers to the Third World, 1986-91: Political, Economic, and Military Dimensions Mark Kramer 3. Gorbachev, New Thinking, and the Third World Svetlana Savranskaya 4. The End of Unbreakable Friendship: Soviet Relations with North Korea and the End of the Cold War Sergey Radchenko 5. Satellites of a Satellite? The End of the Cold War in Indochina, 1986-89 Balasz Szalontai 6. The End of the Cold War and Southern Africa Christopher Saunders 7. ’Are the Soviets Selling Out?’ The USSR and Southern Africa Vladimir Shubin 8. The Media and the end of the Cold War in Southern Africa Sue Onslow 9. The Impact of the Cold War on the Arab-Israeli conflict Dima Adamsky 10. The Failure of Reconciliation in Afghanistan, 1989-92 Artemy Kalinovsky 11. Lebanon and the End of the Cold War Michael Kerr 12. The Missing Cold War? Reflections on the Latin American Debt Crisis, 1979-89 Duccio Basosi 13. Chilean Internationalism and the End of the Sandinista Revolution Victor Figueroa-Clark 14. Brazilian Assessments of the End of the Cold War Matias Spektor 15. The Cuban Drumbeat Piero Gliejeses. Bibliography December 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-60054-5: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415600545

December 2010: 234 x 156: 346pp Hb: 978-0-415-59476-9: £85.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415594769

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/securitystudies

This book provides a comprehensive insight into one of the key episodes of the Cold War – the process of reconciliation between Yugoslavia and the Soviet Union. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Overtures 2. Normalisation 3. Comradeship 4. Contention 5. Confrontation. Conclusion September 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-38074-4: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84241-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415380744

The Globalization of the Cold War Diplomacy and Local Confrontation, 1975-85 Edited by Max Guderzo and Bruna Bagnato, both at University of Florence, Italy This book focuses on the globalisation of the Cold War in the years 1975-85, highlighting the transformation from bipolar US-Soviet competition to global confrontation. Selected Contents: Introduction Bruna Bagnato and Max Guderzo Part 1: The Latin American Arena 1. Carter’s New Look: US Foreign Policy in Latin America, 1977-80 Max Guderzo 2. Operation Urgent Fury: The Shift from Rhetorical to Military Offensive in Reagan’s Global Rollback of Communism Stefano Luconi Part 2: African Challenges 3. Libya, the United States and the Soviet Union: From the Rise of Qadhafi to Ronald Reagan’s Policy of Pressure Massimiliano Cricco 4. Human Rights versus Cold War: The Horn of Africa, Southwest Asia and the Emergence of the Carter Doctrine Barbara Zanchetta 5. Carter and the African Morass: US Policy and the Failure of the State-Building Process in Angola and the Congo Maria Stella Rognoni 6. East-South Relations in the 1970s and the GDR Involvement in Africa: Between Bloc Loyalty and Self-Interest Sara Lorenzini Part 3: War and Peace in Asia 7. The United States and the Iran-Iraq War: The Limits of American Influence Malcolm Byrne 8. The United States and the Third World in the Carter Years: The Case of India Mariele Merlati 9. The Sino-American Entente of 1978-9 and Its ‘Baptism of Fire’ in Indochina Enrico Fardella Part 4: A Different World 10. The International System after the End of the Cold War Ennio Di Nolfo January 2010: 234 x 156: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-55226-4: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86181-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415552264

referenc e

reference

FORTHCOMING

NEW

The Annual Review of World Affairs

The Military Balance 2010

Edited by International Institute for Strategic Studies

Strategic Survey 2010

Strategic Survey is the annual review of world affairs from the International Institute for Strategic Studies. It is an invaluable tool for interpreting world-wide strategic developments. Since 1966, it has provided the essential one-volume analysis of the year’s key events in international relations for government policy makers, journalists, business leaders and academics.

The Military Balance is the International Institute for Strategic Studies’ annual assessment of the military capabilities and defence economics of 170 countries worldwide. Offering region-by-region analysis and comprehensive data on weapons and defence economics, it is an essential resource for those involved in security policymaking, analysis and research.

This year’s Military Balance examines key issues including the conflict in Afghanistan; the development of Iraq’s security forces; the debate over NATO’s strategic concept and operations in Afghanistan; an update on EU military operations; the progress of reforms in the Russian armed forces; military developments in Africa, including conflicts and the progress of the African Standby Force initiative; and developments in China’s People’s Liberation Army. There is also a brand new chapter on the Indian defence industry. Military Balance 2010 is the leading resource for informed analysis of the major military and economic developments affecting defence and security policies, and the trade in weapons and other military equipment. Comprehensive tables detail major military training activities, UN and non-UN deployments, and give data on key equipment holdings and defence-expenditure trends over a ten year period. A very useful table, ‘International Comparison of Defence Expenditure and Military Manpower’, focuses on defence expenditure for the last three years.

Key features: • ‘Events at a Glance’ chronology • ‘Perspectives’; an assessment of the effect of major events and trends on the strategic landscape over the past year • Three specially commissioned essays for 2010 – US Nuclear Policy Transformed; US Defence Policy: Preparing for Change; Europe’s Evolving Security Architecture • Regional chapters, analyzing developments in individual countries • Thematic chapters, examining particular strategic policy issues, such as terrorism and weapons of mass destruction, missile defence and the future of peacekeeping • ‘Prospectives’; an essay setting forth strategic priorities for the coming year • A Strategic Geography section, containing thirty-two pages of maps depicting strategically important activity and political change globally, regionally and locally.

August 2010: 246x189: 400pp | Pb: 978-1-85743-563-4: £114.00

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857435573

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857435634

The Journal of Strategic Studies 2009 Impact Factor: 0.422 Ranking 41/59 (International Relations); 83/112 (Political Science) © 2010 Thomson Reuters, 2009 Journal Citation Reports® Editors: Joe A Maiolo, King’s College London, UK and Thomas G Mahnken, The Johns Hopkins University, USA

related journal

February 2010: 246x174: 488pp | Pb: 978-1-85743-557-3: £245.00

related journal

This new edition of The Military Balance provides a unique compilation of data and information enabling the reader to access everything they need in a single volume.

The interplay of political developments and the actual or potential use of military force remains The Strategic Survey’s chief concern. Nevertheless, since the end of the Cold War and of the first distinct post-Cold War period, the Institute has recognised that any survey of matters strategic needs to broaden its scope to embrace economic concerns as well.

Deputy Editor: Timothy D. Hoyt, United States Naval War Colleg, USA

Over the last twenty years, the reshaping of the world politics and the development of innovative military technologies has placed a huge question mark beside the efficacy of force in contemporary statecraft. Consequently, the field of strategic studies has never been of greater significance than it is today. Since the appearance of the first issue in 1978, The Journal of Strategic Studies has taken a lead in promoting fresh thinking in the field among practitioners and academics alike.

The defining feature of The Journal of Strategic Studies is its commitment to multi-disciplinary approach. The editors welcome articles that challenge our historical understanding of man’s efforts to achieve political ends through the application of military and diplomatic means; articles on contemporary security and theoretical controversies of enduring value; and of course articles that explicitly combine the historical and theoretical approaches to the study of modern warfare, defence policy and modern strategy. The Journal of Strategic Studies is now on Facebook www.facebook.com/pages/Journal-of-Strategic-Studies/128850477151796

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

A publication of The International Institute for Strategic Studies (IISS) Editor: Dr Dana Allin

Survival, the Institute’s bi-monthly journal, is a leading forum for analysis and debate of international and strategic affairs. With a diverse range of authors, thoughtful reviews and review essays, Survival is scholarly in depth while vivid, well-written and policy-relevant in approach. Shaped by its editors to be both timely and forward-thinking, the journal encourages writers to challenge conventional wisdom and bring fresh, often controversial, perspectives to bear on the strategic issues of the moment. “Survival has always been a source of knowledge and wisdom in strategic matters. It still is, but it also has become an exciting and rich guide to the complexities, contradictions and contentions of the post-Cold War international political system.” Professor Stanley Hoffmann, Harvard University New IISS-Routledge website!

For more information on the journal, including subscription information, please visit: www.tandf.co.uk/journals/journalofstrategicstudies

Survival: Global Politics and Strategy

Search IISS publications in one place: visit – www.iiss-routledgepublications.com

New in Paperback

Companion Website

Rout l e dg e Pap e r back s D i r e ct

Routledge Paperbacks Direct A new way to expand your personal library! A growing selection of our Security, Strategic and Military hardback monographs are now available, for individual purchase, in paperback format from the price of £22.50. These books are only available directly from Routledge and can be ordered in one of three easy ways: Online: www.routledgepaperbacksdirect.com

Telephone Hotline: +44 (0)1235 400524

Post: Use catalogue order form (back of catalogue)

Title Author/Editor ISBN

Price URL

Asian Security Studies (Series) Asia-Pacific Security

Edited by William Tow et al.

978-0-415-49088-7

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415490887

China and International Institutions

Marc Lanteigne

978-0-415-45956-3

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415459563

Chinese Civil-Military Relations

Edited by Nan Li

978-0-415-40786-1

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415407861

Conflict Management, Security and Intervention in East Asia

Edited by Jacob Bercovitch et al.

978-0-415-55878-5

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415558785

If China Attacks Taiwan

Edited by Steve Tsang

978-0-415-40785-4

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415407854

Nuclear Proliferation in South Asia

Edited by Sumit Ganguly and S. Paul Kapur

978-0-415-58211-7

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415582117

Political Islam and Violence in Indonesia

Zachary Abuza

978-0-415-46106-1

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415461061

Religion and Conflict in South and Southeast Asia

Edited by Linell E. Cady and Sheldon W. Simon

978-0-415-45953-2

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415459532

Taiwan’s Security

Bernard Cole

978-0-415-46082-8

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415460828

The Rise of China and International Security

Edited by Kevin J. Cooney and Yoichiro Sato

978-0-415-55876-1

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415558761

Cass Military Studies (Series) Bosnia and Herzegovina in the Second World War

Enver Redzic

978-0-7146-8510-6

£25.99

www.routledge.com/9780714685106

Interpreting China’s Military Power

Ka Po Ng

978-0-415-40772-4

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415407724

Leaders in War

Edited by Frederick W. Kagan and Christian Kubik

978-0-415-40784-7

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415407847

Military Industry and Regional Defense Policy

Timothy D. Hoyt

978-0-7146-8582-3

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780714685823

Military Leadership in the British Civil Wars, 1642-1651

Stanley D.M. Carpenter

978-0-415-40790-8

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415407908

The Military and Domestic Politics

Rebecca L. Schiff

978-0-415-54919-6

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415549196

Cass Series on Peacekeeping (Series) Clinton, Peacekeeping and Humanitarian Interventionism

Leonie Murray

978-0-415-54532-7

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415545327

Confronting Past Human Rights Violations

Chandra Lekha Sriram

978-0-415-40758-8

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415407588

Kosovo between War and Peace

Edited by Tonny Brems Knudsen and Carsten Bagge Laustsen

978-0-415-45958-7

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415459587

NATO and Peace Support Operations, 1991-1999

Henning A. Frantzen

978-0-415-40789-2

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415407892

The Military and Negotiation

Deborah Goodwin

978-0-415-37900-7

£25.99

www.routledge.com/9780415379007

Cass Series on Political Violence (Series) Mapping Terrorism Research

Edited by Magnus Ranstorp

978-0-415-45778-1

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415457781

Cass Series: Naval Policy and History (Series) Dreadnought Gunnery and the Battle of Jutland

John Brooks

978-0-415-40788-5

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415407885

Contemporary Security Studies (Series) America, the EU and Strategic Culture

Asle Toje

978-0-415-49033-7

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415490337

Corporate Soldiers and International Security

Christopher Kinsey

978-0-415-45776-7

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415457767

Female Terrorism and Militancy

Edited by Cindy D. Ness

978-0-415-48427-5

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415484275

International Law and International Relations

Edited by Thomas J. Biersteker et al.

978-0-415-45959-4

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415459594

International Law and the Use of Armed Force

Joel Westra

978-0-415-49515-8

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415495158

Military Nanotechnology

Jürgen Altmann

978-0-415-40799-1

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415407991

Missile Defence

Edited by Sten Rynning and Bertel Heurlin

978-0-415-40783-0

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415407830

Nasser and the Missile Age in the Middle East

Owen L. Sirrs

978-0-415-40798-4

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415407984

NATO and Weapons of Mass Destruction

Eric Terzuolo

978-0-415-40797-7

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415407977

Propaganda, the Press and Conflict

David R. Willcox

978-0-415-40791-5

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415407915

Russian Energy Policy and Military Power

Pavel K. Baev

978-0-415-55877-8

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415558778

Small Arms and Security

Denise Garcia

978-0-415-49485-4

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415494854

Striving for Military Stability in Europe

Jane M. O. Sharp

978-0-415-40795-3

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415407953

The Iraq War

Edited by Jan Hallenberg and Håkan Karlsson

978-0-415-40779-3

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415407793

The Political Economy of Peacebuilding in Post-Dayton Bosnia

Tim Donais

978-0-415-40792-2

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415407922

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/securitystudies

Ro u tled ge Pape r backs Dir e ct

Title Author/Editor ISBN

Price URL

Middle east Security America and Iraq

Edited by David Ryan and Patrick Kiely

978-0-415-60936-4

£22.50

www.routledge.com/9780415609364

Conflict and Insurgency in the Contemporary Middle East

Edited by Barry Rubin

978-0-415-58212-4

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415582124

Iraq’s Armed Forces

Ibrahim Al-Marashi and Sammy Salama

978-0-415-56023-8

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415560238

Israel and its Army

Stuart A. Cohen

978-0-415-57011-4

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415570114

Israeli Counter-Insurgency and the Intifadas

Sergio Catignani

978-0-415-57012-1

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415570121

Radical Islam and International Security

Edited by Efraim Inbar and Hillel Frisch

978-0-415-54530-3

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415545303

The Palestinian Military

Hillel Frisch

978-0-415-60942-5

£22.50

www.routledge.com/9780415609425

War in Iraq

Edited by Thomas G. Mahnken and Thomas A. Keaney

978-0-415-54524-2

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415545242

US Foreign Policy and Security America, War and Power

Edited by Lawrence Sondhaus and A. James Fuller

978-0-415-54533-4

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415545334

American Extremism

Darren Mulloy

978-0-415-48380-3

£23.00

www.routledge.com/9780415483803

Changing Transatlantic Security Relations

Edited by Jan Hallenberg and Håkan Karlsson

978-0-415-54496-2

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415544962

Clinton’s Foreign Policy

John Dumbrell

978-0-415-59575-9

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415595759

Narcos Over the Border

Edited by Robert J Bunker

978-0-415-59725-8

£24.95

www.routledge.com/9780415597258

The Geopolitics of American Insecurity

Edited by Francois Debrix and Mark Lacy

978-0-415-57754-0

£22.50

www.routledge.com/9780415577540

The Homeland Security Dilemma

Frank P. Harvey

978-0-415-58158-5

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415581585

Theoretical Roots of US Foreign Policy

Thomas M. Kane

978-0-415-54503-7

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415545037

United States Foreign Policy & National Identity in the 21st Century

Edited by Kenneth Christie

978-0-415-57357-3

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415573573

US-Israeli Relations in a New Era

Edited by Eytan Gilboa and Efraim Inbar

978-0-415-60948-7

£22.50

www.routledge.com/9780415609487

International Security Armed Groups and the Balance of Power

Anthony Vinci

978-0-415-59067-9

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415590679

Climate Change and Armed Conflict

James R. Lee

978-0-415-59251-2

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415592512

Democracy and Security

Edited by Matthew Evangelista et al.

978-0-415-57651-2

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415576512

Energy Security and Global Politics

Edited by Daniel Moran and James A. Russell

978-0-415-57966-7

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415579667

Governance in Post-Conflict Societies

Edited by Derick W. Brinkerhoff

978-0-415-46324-9

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415463249

International Mediation in Civil Wars

Timothy D Sisk

978-0-415-60940-1

£22.50

www.routledge.com/9780415609401

Liberalism and War

Andrew Williams

978-0-415-37833-8

£23.99

www.routledge.com/9780415378338

Mediating International Crises

Victor Asal, David Quinn et al.

978-0-415-40677-2

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415406772

NATO, Security and Risk Management

M.J. Williams

978-0-415-59248-2

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415592482

Political Ethics and The United Nations

Manuel Froehlich

978-0-415-58833-1

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415588331

Punishment, Justice and International Relations

Anthony F. Lang Jr.

978-0-415-57031-2

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415570312

Religion in World Conflict

Edited by Jonathan Fox and Shmeul Sandler

978-0-415-46434-5

£24.50

www.routledge.com/9780415464345

Security and Development

Edited by Robert Picciotto and Rachel Weaving

978-0-415-46362-1

£24.50

www.routledge.com/9780415463621

The Political Economy of Global Security

Heikki Patomäki

978-0-415-47979-0

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415479790

The Politics of Protection

Edited by Jef Huysmans et al.

978-0-415-49916-3

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415499163

Transatlantic Homeland Security

Anja Dalgaard-Nielsen and Daniel Hamilton

978-0-415-54355-2

£20.00

www.routledge.com/9780415543552

Where is Nato Going?

Edited by Martin Smith

978-0-415-46363-8

£24.50

www.routledge.com/9780415463638

Conflict Studies Autonomy, Self Governance and Conflict Resolution

Edited by Marc Weller and Stefan Wolff

978-0-415-47959-2

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415479592

Causes and Consequences of International Conflict

Edited by Glenn Palmer

978-0-415-56955-2

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415569552

Conflict Management and African Politics

Edited by Terrence Lyons and Gilbert M. Khadiagala

978-0-415-60939-5

£22.50

www.routledge.com/9780415609395

International Conflict Mediation

Edited by Jacob Bercovitch and Scott Sigmund Gartner

978-0-415-57648-2

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415576482

Negotiation and Conflict Management

I. William Zartman

978-0-415-54529-7

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415545297

Reintegrating Armed Groups After Conflict

Edited by Mats Berdal and David Ucko

978-0-415-59661-9

£22.50

www.routledge.com/9780415596619

Territorial Conflicts in World Society

Edited by Stephen Stetter

978-0-415-54360-6

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415543606

The EU and Conflict Resolution

Nathalie Tocci

978-0-415-47976-9

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415479769

Urbicide

Martin Coward

978-0-415-57356-6

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415573566

War and Democratization

Edited by Wolfgang Merkel and Sonja Grimm

978-0-415-59086-0

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415590860

Peace Studies

Conflict Prevention and Peace-building in Post-War Societies

Edited by T. David Mason and James D. Meernik

978-0-415-54495-5

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415544955

European Union Peacebuilding and Policing

Michael Merlingen and Rasa Ostrauskaite

978-0-415-47964-6

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415479646

From Nation-Building to State-Building

Edited by Mark T Berger

978-0-415-49521-9

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415495219

Nordic Approaches to Peace Operations

Peter Viggo Jakobsen

978-0-415-54491-7

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415544917

Peace and Security in the Postmodern World

Dennis J.D. Sandole

978-0-415-44883-3

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415448833

Peace Operations and Human Rights

Edited by Ray Murphy and Katarina Mansson

978-0-415-49575-2

£24.50

www.routledge.com/9780415495752

Peace Operations and International Criminal Justice

Majbritt Lyck

978-0-415-57533-1

£22.50

www.routledge.com/9780415575331

Peace without Politics? Ten Years of State-Building in Bosnia

Edited by David Chandler

978-0-415-46382-9

£24.50

www.routledge.com/9780415463829

Peacebuilding

Elisabeth Porter

978-0-415-47973-8

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415479738

Peacekeeping in the Middle East as an International Regime

Kenneth Dombroski

978-0-415-88253-8

£22.50

www.routledge.com/9780415882538

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

Rout l e dg e Pap e r back s D i r e ct

Title Author/Editor ISBN

Price URL

Peacekeeping Intelligence

Edited by David Carment and Martin Rudner

978-0-415-54497-9

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415544979

Social Capital and Peace-Building

Edited by Michaelene Cox

978-0-415-59576-6

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415595766

UN Peace Operations and Asian Security

Edited by Mely Cabellero-Anthony and Amitav Acharya

978-0-415-56825-8

£24.50

www.routledge.com/9780415568258

Terrorism Critical Terrorism Studies

Edited by Richard Jackson et al.

978-0-415-57415-0

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415574150

Fighting Terrorism and Drugs

Jörg Friedrichs

978-0-415-54351-4

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415543514

Terror, Insecurity and Liberty

Edited by Didier Bigo and Anastassia Tsoukala

978-0-415-49068-9

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415490689

Terrorism and Human Rights

Edited by Magnus Ranstorp and Paul Wilkinson

978-0-415-49524-0

£24.50

www.routledge.com/9780415495240

Terrorism and Weapons of Mass Destruction

Edited by Ian Bellany

978-0-415-57065-7

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415570657

The De-Radicalization of Jihadists

Omar Ashour

978-0-415-58834-8

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415588348

The Psychology of Strategic Terrorism

Ben Sheppard

978-0-415-57810-3

£22.50

www.routledge.com/9780415578103

The Strategy of Terrorism

Peter R. Neumann and M.L.R. Smith

978-0-415-54526-6

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415545266

Understanding Terrorist Innovation

Adam Dolnik

978-0-415-54516-7

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415545167

Women and Political Violence

Miranda Alison

978-0-415-59242-0

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415592420

Women and Terrorism

Margaret Gonzalez-Perez

978-0-415-57073-2

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415570732

War and Media Information Strategy and Warfare

Edited by John Arquilla and Douglas A. Borer

978-0-415-54514-3

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415545143

Propaganda and Information Warfare in the Twenty-First Century

Scot Macdonald

978-0-415-54500-6

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415545006

The New Media of Surveillance

Edited by Shoshana Magnet and Kelly Gates

978-0-415-56812-8

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415568128

War and Media Operations

Thomas Rid

978-0-415-47209-8

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415472098

Cyber Security Cyber-Security and Threat Politics

Myriam Dunn Cavelty

978-0-415-56988-0

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415569880

The Politics of Cyberconflict

Athina Karatzogianni

978-0-415-47980-6

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415479806

Cyber-Conflict and Global Politics

Edited by Athina Karatzogianni

978-0-415-57657-4

£22.50

www.routledge.com/9780415576574

Genocide Globalizing Justice for Mass Atrocities

Chandra Lekha Sriram

978-0-415-54490-0

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415544900

Identity Politics in the Age of Genocide

David B. MacDonald

978-0-415-54352-1

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415543521

Late Ottoman Genocides

Edited by Dominik J. Schaller and Jürgen Zimmerer

978-0-415-60218-1

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415602181

Nuclear Weapons and WMD Countering the Proliferation of Weapons of Mass Destruction

Thanos P Dokos

978-0-714-68499-4

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780714684994

Globalization and WMD Proliferation

Edited by James A. Russell and James J. Wirtz

978-0-415-56991-0

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415569910

Nuclear Proliferation and International Security

Edited by Sverre Lodgaard and Bremer Maerli

978-0-415-54515-0

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415545150

Nuclear Weapons Proliferation in the Next Decade

Edited by Peter Lavoy

978-0-415-49522-6

£24.50

www.routledge.com/9780415495226

Strategic Studies The Long War - Insurgency, Counterinsurgency and Collapsing States

Edited by Mark T. Berger and Douglas A. Borer

978-0-415-49570-7

£24.50

www.routledge.com/9780415495707

War as Risk Management

Yee-Kuang Heng

978-0-415-54499-3

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415544993

Cold War Studies Europe and the End of the Cold War

Edited by Frederic Bozo et al.

978-0-415-56391-8

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415563918

European Integration and the Cold War

Edited by N. Piers Ludlow

978-0-415-56990-3

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415569903

The Baltic Question during the Cold War

Edited by John Hiden, Vahur Made and David J. Smith

978-0-415-56934-7

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415569347

The Cold War in the Middle East

Edited by Nigel J. Ashton

978-0-415-54527-3

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415545273

The Crisis of Détente in Europe

Edited by Leopoldo Nuti

978-0-415-60950-0

£22.50

www.routledge.com/9780415609500

The Emergence of Détente in Europe

Arne Hofmann

978-0-415-54522-8

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415545228

Intelligence Intelligence Activities in Ancient Rome

Rose Mary Sheldon

978-0-415-45271-7

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415452717

Intelligence, Crises and Security

Edited by Len Scott and R. Gerald Hughes

978-0-415-46430-7

£24.50

www.routledge.com/9780415464307

Twenty-First Century Intelligence

Edited by Wesley K. Wark

978-0-415-46380-5

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415463805

Miltary Studies Alexander the Great: Lessons in Strategy

David J. Lonsdale

978-0-415-54525-9

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415545259

Changing Direction

Julian Lewis

978-0-415-49171-6

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415491716

China’s Rising Sea Power

Peter Howarth

978-0-415-49516-5

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415495165

Civil-Military Cooperation in Post-Conflict Operations

Edited by Christopher Ankersen

978-0-415-56960-6

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415569606

Civil-Military Relations in Europe

Edited by Hans Born et al.

978-0-415-54501-3

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415545013

Cultural Diversity in the Armed Forces

Edited by Joseph L. Soeters and Jan Van der Meulen

978-0-415-54510-5

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415545105

Gender and the Military

Helena Carreiras

978-0-415-47208-1

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415472081

Geopolitics and the Great Powers in the 21st Century

C. Dale Walton

978-0-415-54519-8

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415545198

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/securitystudies

Ro u tled ge Pape r backs Dir e ct / i n de x

Title Author/Editor ISBN Global Geostrategy

Edited by Brian Blouet

978-0-7146-8575-5

£23.99

www.routledge.com/9780714685755

Handbook of War Studies (Routledge Revivals)

Midlarsky Manus

978-0-415-61100-8

£24.50

www.routledge.com/9780415611008

Indian Naval Strategy in the Twenty-first Century

James R. Holmes et al.

978-0-415-58600-9

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415586009

Military Advising and Assistance

Edited by Donald Stoker

978-0-415-58298-8

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415582988

Military Cooperation in Multinational Peace Operations

Edited by Joseph Soeters and Philippe Manigart

978-0-415-57013-8

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415570138

Military Deception and Strategic Surprise!

Edited by John Gooch

978-0-415-44933-5

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415449335

Military Forces in 21st Century Peace Operations

James V. Arbuckle

978-0-415-54498-6

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415544986

Military Honour and the Conduct of War

Paul Robinson

978-0-415-54509-9

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415545099

Naval Blockades and Seapower

Edited by Bruce Allen Elleman and Sarah C.M. Paine

978-0-415-43871-1

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415438711

Naval Coalition Warfare

Edited by Bruce A. Elleman and S.C.M. Paine

978-0-415-78083-4

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415780834

Operational Warfare at Sea

Milan Vego

978-0-415-59577-3

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415595773

Private Military and Security Companies

Edited by Andrew Alexandra et al.

978-0-415-57030-5

£22.50

www.routledge.com/9780415570305

Railways and the Russo-Japanese War

Felix Patrikeeff and Harry Shukman

978-0-415-56218-8

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415562188

Social Sciences and the Military

Edited by Giuseppe Caforio

978-0-415-54508-2

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415545082

SOE in France

M.R.D. Foot

978-0-415-40800-4

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415408004

Special Forces, Strategy and the War on Terror

Alastair Finlan

978-0-415-57036-7

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415570367

Strategic Culture and Ways of War

Lawrence Sondhaus

978-0-415-54506-8

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415545068

The Israeli Military and the Origins of the 1967 War

Ami Gluska

978-0-415-54511-2

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415545112

The Pacific Campaign in World War II

William Bruce Johnson

978-0-415-58714-3

£23.50

www.routledge.com/9780415587143

The Seven Years War

Matt Schumann and Karl W. Schweizer

978-0-415-39417-8

£22.50

www.routledge.com/9780415394178

INDEX A Abu-Laban, Yasmeen...................................29 Adams, Gordon...........................................20 Adelphi series (series)...........17, 24, 28, 49, 52 Akbarzadeh, Shahram..................................27 Akil, Awan...................................................40 Akram, Susan M..........................................30 Aldrich, Richard J.........................................52 Alexander, Martin........................................52 Allum, Felia..................................................18 al-Mdaires, Falah Abdullah...........................30 America, the UN and Decolonisation............59 American Foreign Policy and Postwar Reconstruction.............................................20 American Intellectuals and US Strategy........20 AmericaÕs Freedom Agenda Towards the Middle East..................................................20 Andrew, Christopher....................................52 Andrews-Speed, Philip.................................16 Angstrom, Jan.............................................57 Ansari, Ali M................................................28 Aoi, Chiyuki.................................................10 Aradau, Claudia.............................................7 Argomaniz, Javier........................................27 Armed Groups and Contemporary Conflicts......................................................38 Arms Control and Proliferation in the Middle East..................................................28 ASEAN Regionalism.....................................24 Ashe, Fidelma..............................................56 Asian Security Studies (series).......................23 AsiaÕs Nuclear Futures................................22 Association for the Study of Nationalities (series).........................................................26 Atrocity and American Military Justice in Southeast Asia.............................................39 Autonomy and Ethnic Conflict in South and South-East Asia.....................................23 Aydinli, Ersel................................................13

B Badescu, Cristina G......................................42 Bagnato, Bruna............................................59 Balzacq, Thierry..............................................7 Barnes, Karen..............................................55

Price URL

Barnett, Louise.............................................39 Bartelson, Jens...............................................8 Bartrop, Paul R.............................................44 Basaran, Tugba..............................................8 Basics (series).................................................3 Bateman, Sam.............................................25 Baumann, James..........................................40 Beeres, Robert.............................................57 Beeson, Mark...............................................22 Behnke, Andreas..........................................12 Bellamy, Alex J.............................................42 Bercovitch, Jacob...................................23, 39 Berdal, Mats......................................9, 17, 34 Berger, Mark T.............................................38 Bergman-Rosamond, Annika..................11, 12 Bernell, David..............................................21 BESA Studies in International Security (series).........................................................56 Beswick, Danielle...........................................3 Beyond Anti-Americanism............................21 Biopolitics of Security in the 21st Century......7 Biscop, Sven.................................................26 Bjorgo, Tore.................................................45 Black, David R..............................................43 Booth, Ken..................................................15 Born, Hans...................................................53 Bourbeau, Philippe.......................................13 Boyd Barrett, Oliver......................................40 Braddock, Kurt...............................................3 Bratton, Patrick............................................58 Brecher, Bob................................................50 Bridoux, Jeff.................................................20 Brincat, Shannon...........................................6 Brown, David...............................................10 Building Peace After War.............................17 Bunker, Robert J...........................................15 Burgess, J. Peter.........................................6, 7 BushÕs Foreign and Security Policy..............19 Butler, Michael J.............................................4 Buying National Security..............................20 Byrne, Sean...........................................32, 33

C C.van Fenema, Paul.....................................57 Calleya, Stephen..........................................27 Carlton-Ford, Steven....................................35 Carmola, Kateri............................................11 Cass Military Studies (series).............26, 57, 58

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Cass Series on Peacekeeping (series).......34, 36 Cass Series on Political Violence (series).................2, 3, 44, 45, 46, 47 Cass Series: Naval Policy and History (series).....................................................5, 58 Causes and Consequences of Nuclear Proliferation.................................................14 Central Asia Research Forum (series)............22 Central Asian Studies (series)..................39, 50 Century of Genocide....................................43 Chakma, Bhumitra.......................................25 Chandler, David.......................................6, 34 Changing Power Relations in Northeast Asia.............................................23 Charountaki, Marianna................................30 Charron, Andrea..........................................39 Cheng Guan, Ang........................................59 China Policy Series (series)......................16, 17 China, Europe and International Security......23 China, Oil and Global Politics.......................16 ChinaÕs Strategic Competition with the United States.........................................16 ChinaÕs Multilateral Co-operation in Asia and the Pacific......................................24 ChinaÕs Rise - Threat or Opportunity?.........16 ChinaÕs Soft Power and International Relations......................................................16 Cho, Sung-Ju...............................................14 Chung, Chien-peng.....................................24 Clarke, Michael E.........................................24 Clarke, Ryan................................................23 Climate Conflict...........................................17 Coakley, John..............................................32 Cockayne, James.........................................36 Cohen, Amichai...........................................30 Cohen, Jean.................................................57 Cohen, Stuart..............................................30 Cohen, Stuart A...........................................56 Cold War History (series)..............................59 Conducting Terrorism Field Research............45 Conflict and Peacebuilding in Sri Lanka........36 Conflict and Peacemaking in Israel-Palestine.... 30 Conflict Management and Resolution............4 Conflict Resolution.......................................33 Conflict, Development and Peacebuilding (series).....................................................9, 34 Conflict, Diplomacy and Society in IsraeliLebanese Relations.......................................31 Conflict, Security and Development................3 Conflict, Security and the Reshaping of Society.......................................................8

New in Paperback

Connors, Michael.........................................22 Constructing Global Enemies.......................12 Constructing US Foreign Policy.....................21 Contemporary Security Studies (series).....................................10, 11, 19, 31, 55 Contemporary Terrorism Studies (series).............................................27, 45, 48 Contested Politics of Mobility, The..................8 Cooper, Danny.............................................21 Cordell, Karl.................................................35 Corporate Security, Terrorism and Risk..........48 Cortright, David...........................................17 Counter-Terrorism and State Political Violence.......................................................49 Counterterrorism Policies in Central Asia......50 Cox, Michael................................................21 Cramer, Jane K............................................18 Crenshaw, Martha.........................................2 Crime-Terror Nexus in South Asia.................23 Critical Issues in Global Politics (series)......8, 34 Critical Perspectives on Human Security..........6 Critical Perspectives on the Responsibility to Protect.......................................................8 Critical Security Studies..................................6 Critical Theory in International Relations and Security Studies.......................................6 Cronin, Audrey Kurth...................................49 Croser, Caroline M.........................................9 CSS Studies in Security and International Relations (series)..........................................18 Cunliffe, Philip...............................................8

D DÕCosta, Bina.............................................56 Daase, Christopher......................................11 Dal Lago, Alessandro.....................................8 Dannreuther, Roland....................................16 Davies, Philip..................................................5 Davison, Remy.............................................22 de Graaf, Beatrice........................................48 De Haas, Marcel...........................................31 Debating Terrorism......................................50 Defending Democracy and Securing Diversity.. 12 Defining and Defying Organised Crime........18 DeGarmo, Denise.........................................38 Dellecker, Adrian..........................................54 Demmers, Jolle............................................37 Democracy and Terrorism (series).................48 Democracy and the War on Terror................44

Companion Website

index

Democracy Promotion and Post-Conflict Reconstruction.............................................32 Democratic Citizenship and War..................57 Democratic Responses To Terrorism..............48 Democratization Studies (series)...................32 Devenney, Mark...........................................50 Dillon, Michael...............................................7 Diplomatic History of Postwar Japan, The.....25 Disarmament Diplomacy and Human Security........................................................14 Discourses and Practices of Terrorism...........50 Dodge, Toby................................................28 Dolnik, Adam...............................................45 Domestic Sources of ChinaÕs Foreign Policy, The..............................................................17 Donovan, Jerome.........................................30 Dosch, Jörn..................................................22 Doucet, Marc G.............................................7 Doyle, Michael W.........................................16 Duff Wrobbel, E...........................................38 Dumper, Michael.........................................30 Dunn Cavelty, Myriam....................................1 Durham Modern Middle East and Islamic World Series (series).........................17, 29, 30 Duyvesteyn, Isabelle...............................50, 57

E East Asian Security Community, The.............25 Economic Assistance and Conflict Transformation............................................33 Egerton, Frazer............................................41 Ehteshami, Anoush......................................29 Elleman, Bruce A..........................................58 Elman, Colin..........................................15, 16 Emerging Transnational (In)security Governance.................................................13 End of the Cold War in The Third World, The.. 59 Ender, Morten G..........................................35 Ending Terrorism..........................................49 Ethical Subject of Security, The.......................7 Ethnic Conflict...............................................2 EU and Counter-Terrorism, The....................27 EU Conflict Management.............................26 EU Conflict Prevention and Crisis Management...............................................33 EU Foreign Policy and Post-Soviet Conflicts...18 Eubank, William...........................................44 European Army, A........................................26 European Institute of Japanese Studies East Asian Economics and Business Series (series)... 23 European Security Governance in Transition.... 27 European Union Sanctions and Foreign Policy.19 European Union Security..............................26 European Union, Civil Society and Conflict, The..............................................................26 European-American Relations and the Middle East.............................................................18 Evaluating Counterterrorism Performance....48 Evans, Brad....................................................7 Evolution of Strategic Thought, The.............52 Experiencing War...........................................8 Explaining PakistanÕs Foreign Policy............20 Explaining Terrorism.......................................2 Exploring Intelligence Archives.....................52

F Fault Lines in Global Jihad............................46 Faure, Guy Olivier........................................46 Fedor, Julie...................................................53 Female Suicide Bombers...............................56 Feminist Security Studies..............................55 Findlay, Trevor..............................................54 Finlay, Andrew.............................................33 Fishman, Brian.............................................46 Fitzpatrick, Mark..........................................28 Francis, David J............................................31 Frazier, Derrick.............................................14

Freedom and Terror.....................................48 Friesendorf, Cornelius..................................11 Fuentes, Claudio..........................................42 Fuller, Howard J...........................................58 Fumagalli, Matteo........................................39 Fussey, Peter................................................47

G Galtung, Johan............................................34 Ganguly, Rajat.........................................2, 23 Ganguly, Sumit............................................22 Garcia, Denise..............................................14 Gartzke, Erik................................................14 Gaub, Florence............................................58 Gaunder, Alisa.............................................24 Gender and International Security................55 Gender and Transitional Justice....................37 Gender and U.S. Foreign Policy....................56 Gender, Nationalism and Conflict Transformation............................................56 Genocide.....................................................43 Genocide Studies Reader, The......................44 Geopolitical Theory (series)..........................51 Geopolitics and Strategic History 1871-2050... 51 Geopolitics for the 21st Century..................51 Germond, Basil..............................................9 Gholz, Eugene...............................................4 Gibbs, Jessica...............................................21 Global Biosecurity........................................10 Global Institutions (series)......................35, 49 Global Politics and the Responsibility to Protect.........................................................42 Global Politics and the Responsibility to Protect (series).............................................42 Global Terrorism and New Media.................40 Globalization of NATO, The..........................14 Globalization of the Cold War, The...............59 Goerzig, Carolin...........................................48 Goldsmith, Andrew John.............................37 Gomart, Thomas..........................................54 Goodhand, Jonathan...................................36 Governing Ethnic Conflict............................33 Government and Politics of the Contemporary Middle East...........................29 Grand Strategy and the Presidency...............51 Gray, Colin S..................................................5 Great Powers and Strategic Stability in the 21st Century..........................................51 Greene, Owen.............................................35 Gross, Eva....................................................33 Guderzo, Max..............................................59 Guha, Manabrata..........................................8 Gunaratna, Rohan.......................................47 Gupta, Dipak K............................................45

H Hamas and Suicide Terrorism.......................48 Handbook of Conflict Analysis and Resolution....................................................32 Handbook of Intelligence Studies.................52 Handbook of Peace and Conflict Studies......34 Handel, Michael I...........................................1 Handelman, Sapir........................................30 Hangen, Susan I...........................................39 Hanhimaki, Jussi............................................9 Hanhimäki, Jussi............................................9 Hansen, Birthe.............................................14 Hardy Jr., James D........................................51 Harmon, Christopher C................................44 Harris Rimmer, Susan...................................37 Harris, Vandra..............................................37 Hashim, Ahmed S........................................28 Hassan, Oz...................................................20 Hayner, Priscilla B.........................................41 Hays, Peter L................................................50 Hayward, Katy.............................................33 Hehir, Aidan...........................................11, 27

Henehan, Marie T.........................................10 Henry, Nicola...............................................55 Herd, Graeme P......................................11, 51 Herman, Johanna.....................................4, 31 Herrera, David..............................................40 Herschinger, Eva..........................................12 Hesse, Brian J...............................................27 Hill, Matthew Alan.......................................32 History of the Egyptian Intelligence Service, A.53 Ho, Joshua...................................................25 Hochberg, Leonard......................................51 Hoglund, Kristine.........................................37 Hollywood and the CIA................................40 Homolar-Riechmann, Alexandra.....................5 Hongyi, Lai...................................................17 Horgan, John.....................................3, 45, 46 Hoskins, Andrew..........................................40 Hough, Peter.................................................2 Hughes, Christopher W............................1, 24 Hughes, James.............................................26 Hughes, R. Gerald........................................52 Human Security in Southeast Asia................25 Human Security, Law and the Prevention of Terrorism.................................................41 Human Security, Transnational Crime and Human Trafficking.......................................40 Humanitarian Intervention and the Responsibility to Protect...............................42 Hyde-Price, Adrian.........................................1 Hynek, Nik.....................................................6

I Ikpe, Eka......................................................55 Improving Intelligence Analysis.....................53 India and the South Asian Strategic Triangle.... 25 Insall, Tony...................................................59 Intellectual History of Terror, An...................49 Intelligence and International Security..........52 Intelligence and Politics..................................5 International Conflict in the Asia-Pacific.......23 International Conflict Management................4 International History of the Vietnam War.....59 International Institute for Strategic Studies, The...........................................52, 60 International Intelligence Cooperation and Accountability.......................................53 International Justice after Conflict................10 International Law and the Israeli-Palestinian Conflict........................................................30 International Politics of Mass Atrocities, The.... 43 International Politics of the Asia Pacific, The.... 22 International Security.....................................1 International Security & Peace Science..........12 International Statebuilding...........................34 International Terrorism Post-9/11.................48 Interventions (series)....................................55 Intriligator, Michael D...................................10 Inventing Geopolitics...................................51 Iokibe, Makoto............................................25 Iran and the International System.................29 Iran under Ahmadinejad..............................28 Iranian Foreign Policy...................................29 Iranian Nuclear Crisis, The............................28 Iranian Studies (series)..................................29 Iran-Iraq War, The........................................30 IraqÕs Sunni Insurgency...............................28 IraqÕs Future...............................................28 Irish Republican Terrorism and Politics..........45 Irrera, Daniela..............................................18 Islam in the Eyes of the West.......................17 Islamic Extremism in Kuwait.........................30 Ismael, Jacqueline S.....................................29 Ismael, Tareq Y.......................................17, 29 Israeli History, Politics and Society (series).....30

J Jackson, Paul.................................................3

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/securitystudies

Jackson, Peter..............................................52 Jackson, Richard..........................................50 Janbek, Dana M...........................................40 JapanÕs Remilitarisation..............................24 JapanÕs Security Identity.............................24 Jenkins, Robert............................................35 Jeong, Ho-Won..............................................4 Jerard, Jolene Anne R...................................47 Johansen, Jorgen.........................................37 Johnson, Loch K...........................................52 Johnstone, Andrew......................................21 Jones, Adam................................................43 Jones, Stephen F..........................................32 Juncos, Ana E..............................................33 Justifying AmericaÕs Wars...........................19

K Kalinovsky, Artemy.......................................59 Kane, Thomas M..........................................52 Kaplan, Abraham.........................................48 Kaplan, Jeffrey.............................................46 Kapur, Ashok...............................................25 Karsh, Efraim...............................................31 Katona, Peter...............................................10 Keaney, Thomas.............................................2 Kent, John...................................................59 Kerr, Michael...............................................31 Kerton-Johnson, Nicholas.............................19 Khan, Nichola..............................................39 Kirchner, Emil J.............................................15 Kitchen, Veronica M.....................................14 Knight, W Andy...........................................41 Korf, Benedikt..............................................36 Kosovo, Intervention and Statebuilding........27 Kostakos, Panos A.......................................18 Krause, Keith...............................................38 Kriendler, John.............................................11 Kroenig, Matthew........................................14 Kubbig, Bernd W.........................................28 Kuhrt, Natasha.............................................11 Kurds and US Foreign Policy, The.................30

L Lai, Hongyi...................................................16 Lai, Yew Meng...............................................1 Larrinaga, Miguel de......................................7 Laville, Helen................................................21 Law, Ethics and Security...............................11 Lawoti, Mahendra........................................39 Leaving Terrorism Behind.............................45 Ledwidge, Mark...........................................20 Lee, Chung Min...........................................22 Lee, Lavina Rajendram.................................11 Legitimacy and the Use of Armed Force.......10 Leigh, Ian.....................................................53 Leuprecht, Christian.....................................12 Lewin-Epstein, Noah....................................57 Liberal Peace, The........................................16 Liberal Peacebuilding and Global Governance..................................................... 34 Liberal Terror..................................................7 Lima, Laura....................................................6 Lincoln, Jessica.............................................10 Liow, Joseph................................................22 Lodgaard, Sverre..........................................14 Longo, Francesca.........................................18 Lonsdale, David J.........................................52 LSE International Studies Series (series)...... 48, 59 Lu, Yiyi.........................................................16 Lund Petersen, Karen...................................48 Lupel, Adam................................................36 Lutz, Brenda J................................................3 Lutz, James....................................................3 Lynk, Michael...............................................30 Lyon, David..................................................29

i nd ex

M Macris, Jeffrey R...........................................29 Mahnken, Thomas.........................................5 Maiolo, Joseph A...........................................5 Making of Terrorism in Pakistan, The............49 Maleki, Abbas..............................................29 Maltby, Sarah...............................................40 Managhan, Tina..........................................56 Managing Diversity in the Military................57 Managing Military Organizations.................57 Mapping Transatlantic Security Relations........9 Marrin, Stephen...........................................53 Marsh, Nic...................................................35 Marsh, Steve................................................26 Martin, Mary................................................40 Martin-Ortega, Olga................................4, 31 Masters of War..............................................1 Masters, Cristina..........................................55 Mauer, Victor...........................................1, 18 Mazo, Jeffrey...............................................17 McDonald, Daniel P......................................57 Media, War and Security (series)..................40 Militarism, Gender and (In)Security...............55 Military Balance 2010, The...........................60 Military Ethics and Virtues............................58 Military Integration after Civil Wars..............58 Military Media Management........................40 Miller, Rory..................................................31 Mobekk, Eirin..............................................36 Möckli, Daniel..............................................18 Modern Strategy..........................................51 Modern War and the Utility of Force............57 Moghadam, Assaf........................................46 Mohajir Militancy in Pakistan........................39 Molavi, Reza................................................29 Mueller, John...............................................13 Muller, Benjamin J..........................................7 Multilateral Counter-Terrorism......................49 Multipolarity in the 21st Century..................10 Mumford, Andrew.......................................11 Mundlak, Guy..............................................57 Murphy, Eamon...........................................49 Murphy, Martin N........................................58 Murray, Donette....................................10, 19

N Nadkarni, Vidya...........................................24 Narcos Over the Border................................15 National Security Cultures............................15 National Security in the Obama Administration.............................................19 National Security Law in Israel......................30 Nationalism and Ethnic Conflict....................39 Nationbuilding, Gender and War Crimes in South Asia...................................................56 NATO and the Middle East...........................29 NATOÕs Security Discourse After the Cold War.....................................................12 Naval Power and Expeditionary Wars...........58 Nayan, Rajiv.................................................18 Negotiating with Terrorists...........................46 Neoconservatism and American Foreign Policy...............................................21 Neumann, Peter...........................................48 New Citizen Armies, The..............................56 New Directions in Genocide Research..........43 New Global Politics of the Asia Pacific, The...... 22 New International Relations (series)..............12 New Spatiality of Security, The.......................9 Newman, David...........................................28 Nilsson, R. Anders........................................37 Nishikawa, Yukiko........................................25 Njølstad, Olav..............................................15 Non-Great Powers in International Politics....12 Nordic Countries in the Early Cold War, 1944-51, The...............................................59

Nuclear Disarmament and Non-Proliferation.... 14 Nuclear Energy and Global Governance.......54 Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty and India, The.....................................................18 Nuclear Proliferation and International Order... 15 Nunes, Joao...................................................6

O Oberg, Magnus............................................37 OÕBrien, Kevin A.........................................53 OÕConnor, Brendon....................................21 OÕDonnell, Catherine..................................33 Oishi, Mikio.................................................23 Okubo, Shiro...............................................40 Olonisakin, Funmi........................................55 OÕLoughlin, Ben.........................................40 Olsthoorn, Peter..........................................58 Omelicheva, Mariya Y..................................50 Ong, Russell.................................................16 Orfy, Mohammed Moustafa.........................29 Owen, Taylor................................................40

P Paine, S.C.M................................................58 Palidda, Salvatore...........................................8 Pande, Aparna.............................................20 Parks, Kizzy M..............................................57 Parmar, Inderjeet..........................................21 Pascal, Venier...............................................51 Pathways from Ethnic Conflict......................32 Peace and Conflict Research.........................38 Peace and Conflict Studies...........................37 Peace In Between, The...................................9 Peace Operations and Organised Crime........36 Peacebuilding..............................................35 Peacebuilding and Rule of Law in Africa.......31 Peacekeeping in the 21st Century................36 Peled, Yoav..................................................57 Peoples, Columba..........................................6 Perpetual Menace, A....................................15 Peters, Joel...................................................28 Phythian, Mark............................................11 Piracy, Terrorism and Irregular Warfare at Sea.. 58 Political Discourse and Conflict Resolution....33 Political Economy of Peacemaking, The........34 Political Economy of Statebuilding................34 Political Violence in Post-Conflict Societies....37 Politics and Security of the Gulf, The............29 Politics in Asia (series).............................22, 24 Politics of Catastrophe, The............................7 Politics of Nuclear Cooperation, The.............14 Popescu, Nicu..............................................18 Portela, Clara...............................................19 Power and Progress.....................................13 Poynting, Scott............................................49 PRIO New Security Studies (series)........6, 7, 55 Private Security Contractors and New Wars..... 11 Psychology of Counter-Terrorism, The..........47

R Race and US Foreign Policy..........................20 Radchenko, Sergei.......................................59 Radicalisation and the Media.......................40 Rajak, Svetozar............................................59 Rajan, V. G. Julie..........................................56 Ramos, Paulo J.B..........................................20 Ramsbotham, Oliver...............................33, 36 Rauchhaus, Robert.......................................14 Realism and World Politics...........................15 Realism Reader............................................15 Reconciliation after Terrorism.......................50 Recovering Realism......................................16 Rees, Wyn....................................................26 Regional Organizations in African Security....... 31 Regional Powers and Security Orders...........14

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Reimagining War in the 21st Century.............8 Rekawek, Kacper.........................................45 Religion and Security in South and Central Asia.................................................22 Renner, Judith..............................................50 Renshon, Stanley A......................................19 Responsibility to Protect in Latin America, The...............................................42 Responsibility to Protect, The.......................42 Rethinking Security Governance...................11 Rethinking the Liberal Peace........................36 Rich, Paul B..................................................50 Richards, Anthony........................................47 Rid, Thomas...................................................2 Rippin, Andrew............................................17 Robert D. Eldridge........................................25 Roberts, Christopher....................................24 Roberts, David.............................................34 Romaniuk, Peter..........................................49 Rosenfeld, Jean............................................46 Ross, Robert.................................................23 Routledge Advances in European Politics (series)..................................18, 19, 27 Routledge Advances in International Relations and Global Politics (series)............8, 18, 41, 48 Routledge Contemporary China Series (series).........................................16, 24 Routledge Contemporary South Asia Series (series)......................20, 36, 39, 56 Routledge Contemporary Southeast Asia Series (series)........................................37 Routledge Critical Security Studies (series).................................................8, 9, 55 Routledge Critical Terrorism Studies (series).............................................49, 50, 56 Routledge Global Security Studies (series).....................14, 15, 18, 23, 28, 31, 54 Routledge Handbook of Asian Regionalism..... 22 Routledge Handbook of Asian Security Studies, The....................................22 Routledge Handbook of Energy Security, The.. 54 Routledge Handbook of Ethnic Conflict........35 Routledge Handbook of European Security, The................................................26 Routledge Handbook of Human Security, The..............................................................40 Routledge Handbook of Insurgency and Counter-Insurgency......................................50 Routledge Handbook of Japanese Politics.....24 Routledge Handbook of New Security Studies, The...................................................6 Routledge Handbook of Political Islam.........27 Routledge Handbook of Security Studies, The... 1 Routledge Handbook of Terrorism Research.... 44 Routledge Handbook of the Israeli-Palestinian Conflict........................................................28 Routledge Handbook of the Responsibility to Protect.........................................................41 Routledge Handbook of Transatlantic Security, The................................................................9 Routledge Handbook of War and Society, The.................................................35 Routledge Security in Asia Pacific Series (series)...................................22, 24, 25 Routledge Security in Asia Series (series).... 16, 25 Routledge Studies in Intervention and Statebuilding (series)..............8, 13, 27, 34, 37 Routledge Studies in Liberty and Security (series)..........................................8, 9 Routledge Studies in Middle Eastern Politics (series)........................................29, 30 Routledge Studies in Nationalism and Ethnicity (series)...........................................32 Routledge Studies in Peace and Conflict Resolution (series)..........33, 34, 35, 38, 50, 56 Routledge Studies in Security and Conflict Management (series)....................................39 Routledge Studies in the Modern History of Asia (series).........................................................39 Routledge Studies in US Foreign Policy (series)..........................................20, 21 Routledge Transnational Crime and Corruption

New in Paperback

(series).........................................................40 Routledge/GARNET series (series).................54 Routledge/UACES Contemporary European Studies (series).......................................26, 33 Rubin, Lawrence..........................................47 Russia and the Cult of State Security............53 Russian Energy Security and Foreign Policy...54 Russian Imperialism Revisited.......................31 RussiaÕs Foreign Security Policy in the 21st Century..........................................31 Ryan, Barry..................................................13 Ryan, David.................................................19

S Sagramoso, Domitilla...................................31 Salmon, Patrick............................................59 Salter, Mark B................................................9 Sanctions as Grand Strategy.........................17 Sandole, Dennis J.D.....................................32 Sandole-Staroste, Ingrid...............................32 Sapolsky, Harvey............................................4 Schmid, Alex................................................44 Schoenborn, Benedikt....................................9 Schroeder, Ursula.........................................27 Scobbie, Iain................................................30 Scobell, Andrew...........................................22 Scott, Len....................................................52 Sea Power and the Asia-Pacific.....................58 Seapower......................................................5 Secret Intelligence........................................52 Securitization of Migration in the Post-Cold War Era, The................................13 Securitization Theory.....................................7 Security and Global Governmentality.............7 Security and Governance (series).................................13, 27, 31, 41, 43 Security Challenges in the Euro-Med Area in the 21st Century................................................27 Security Context in the Black Sea Region, The.................................................32 Security Studies..............................................1 Security, Development and Nation-Building in Timor-Leste..............................................37 Security, Law and Borders..............................8 Security, Risk and the Biometric State.............7 Seib, Philip...................................................40 Senehi, Jessica.............................................32 Serrano, Monica..........................................42 Sheffield Centre for Japanese Studies/ Routledge Series (series)...............................24 Sheldon, John..............................................51 Shelley, Louise..............................................40 Shulong, Chu...............................................23 Silke, Andrew..............................................47 Sinclair, Samuel J..........................................50 Singer, J. David............................................12 Singh, Bhubhindar.......................................24 Singh, Rashmi..............................................48 Siniver, Asaf.................................................48 Sirrs, Owen L...............................................53 Sjoberg, Laura..............................................55 Sloan, Elinor.................................................51 Sloan, Geoffrey............................................51 Small Arms, Crime and Conflict....................35 Snyder, Jack.................................................13 Soderbaum, Fredrik......................................31 Soderberg, Marie.........................................23 Soeters, Joseph............................................57 Soft Power and US Foreign Policy.................21 Somalia: Too Dangerous, Too Important to Ignore......................................................27 South African Intelligence Services, The.......53 South AsiaÕs Nuclear Security......................25 Southeast Asia and the Rise of China...........25 Southeast Asia and the Rise of Chinese and Indian Naval Power...............................25 Soutou, Georges-Henri..................................9 Sovacool, Benjamin K...................................54

Companion Website

index

Sovereignty....................................................8 Space Power and Politics (series)............50, 51 Spencer, Alexander......................................50 Spencer, Jonathan........................................36 Sperling, James............................................15 Squire, Vicki...................................................8 Sriram, Chandra Lekha.............................4, 31 State Terrorism and Human Rights...............46 Statebuilding and Justice Reform.................34 Statebuilding, Security-Sector Reform and the Liberal Peace...................................13 Stewart-Ingersoll, Robert..............................14 Stiehm, Judith..............................................57 Storey, Ian....................................................25 Strategic Partnerships in Asia.......................24 Strategic Studies............................................5 Strategic Survey 2010..................................60 Strategy and History (series).........................51 Stubbs, Richard............................................22 Studies in Intelligence (series).................52, 53 Suhrke, Astri..................................................9 Sullivan, John P............................................10 Surveillance and Control in Israel/Palestine...29 Sylvester, Christine.........................................8

T Tadjbakhsh, Shahrbanou..............................36 Talking to Terrorists......................................48 Talmadge, Caitlin...........................................4 Tavares, Rodrigo...........................................31 Taylor, Brendan............................................17 Technology and the Mid-Victorian Royal Navy...................................................58 Territory, War, and Peace..............................10 Terrorism and the Olympics..........................47 Terrorism Studies...........................................3 Terrorism Today............................................44 Terrorism Versus Democracy...........................3 Terrorism, Identity, and Legitimacy...............46

Terrorism: The Basics......................................3 Terrorist Groups and the New Tribalism........46 Terrorist Rehabilitation and Counterradicalisation................................................47 Thakur, Ramesh...........................................42 Theories of Violent Conflict..........................37 Theory and Practice of International Mediation....................................................39 Theory of Space Power................................51 Thinking about War and Peace....................38 ThirdWorlds (series)................................32, 38 Thorup, Mikkel............................................49 Thrall, A. Trevor............................................18 Till, Geoffrey............................................5, 58 Tocci, Nathalie..............................................26 Tondini, Matteo...........................................34 Totten, Samuel.......................................43, 44 Towards Nuclear Zero..................................17 Transatlantic Relations since 1945..................9 Transforming Violent Conflict.......................33 Triantaphyllou, Dimitrios..............................32 Truth Commissions and Transitional Societies......................................................41 Tunsjø, Øystein............................................23 Tuosheng, Zhang.........................................23

U UN Peace Operations and Post-Conflict Reconstruction.............................................36 UN Sanctions and Conflict............................39 Understanding Contemporary Strategy........52 Understanding Counterinsurgency.................2 Understanding Global Security.......................2 Understanding NATO in the 21st Century....11 Understanding Peace Research.....................37 Understanding Terrorism and Political Violence..........................................45 Unipolarity and World Politics......................14 Unspeakable Truths......................................41

US Collective Memory, Intervention and Vietnam.......................................................19 US Defense Politics.........................................4 US Foreign Policy and Iran............................19 US Hegemony and International Legitimacy.11 US Military and Outer Space, The.................50 US Military, The............................................57 US National Security Policy.............................5 US Policy Towards Cuba...............................21 US Public and American Foreign Policy, The..... 21 US Strategy in Africa....................................31 US-China-EU Relations.................................23

V van der Putten, Frans-Paul............................23 Van Munster, Rens.........................................7 Vasquez, John A..........................................10 Vaughan-Williams, Nick.................................6 Väyrynen, Raimo..........................................17 Violence and Resistance in Uzbekistan.........39

W Walker, William............................................15 Walking Away from Terrorism......................46 Wallensteen, Peter.......................................38 Walton, C. Dale...........................................51 War and Ideas..............................................13 War and Rape..............................................55 War and Revolution in the Caucasus............32 War, Conflict and Human Rights....................4 War, Ethics and Justice.................................11 War, Peace and International Relations...........5 War, Peace and Progress in the 21st Century... 38 War, Politics and Experience (series)..........8, 56 Warikoo, K..................................................22 Wark, Wesley K............................................52 Webel, Charles......................................34, 37 Weber, Heloise.............................................38

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/securitystudies

Weeks, Donna.............................................25 Weimann, Gabriel........................................48 Weinberg, Leonard................................44, 48 Wennmann, Achim......................................34 Whitehall Histories (series)............................59 Whitman, Richard G....................................26 Why Did the US Invade Iraq?........................18 Whyte, David...............................................49 Wibben, Annick...........................................55 Wiebelhaus-Brahm, Eric...............................41 Wilkinson, Paul........................................3, 46 Williams, Cindy............................................20 Williams, Paul D.......................................1, 43 Wills, Aidan.................................................53 Winter, Aaron..............................................50 Wolff, Stefan.........................................33, 35 Women, Peace and Security.........................55 Woodhouse, Tom.........................................36

X Xinjiang and ChinaÕs Rise in Central Asia, 1949-2009..................................................24

Y Yahuda, Michael..........................................22 Yakinthou, Christalla....................................33 Yee, Herbert S..............................................16 Yugoslavia and the Soviet Union in the Early Cold War.....................................................59

Z Zancheta, Barbara..........................................9 Zartman, I. William......................................46 Zaum, Dominik............................................34 Zureik, Elia...................................................29 Zwitter, Andrej.............................................41

Order your books today...

Qty Title

Please use this form to order directly from us. If for any reason you are not satisfied with a book ordered directly from us, simply return it in saleable condition within 30 days (UK) or 60 days (Europe) and we will refund you the cost of the book.

(Please affix stamp if posting from outside UK.)

P&P

UK:

5% of total order (£1 min charge, £10 max charge). Next day delivery +£6.50*

Europe:

10% of total order (£2.95 min charge, £20 max charge). Next day delivery +£6.50*

TOTAL

Rest of World: 15% of total order (£6.50 min charge, £30 max charge). *We only guarantee next day delivery for orders received before noon.

Alternatively, contact your regular supplier.

FREEPOST: Taylor & Francis Group Bookpoint (T&F) Freepost RRXG-BBUL-LAER Abingdon, Oxon OX14 4SB

Price

postage & packaging

Prices and publication dates are correct at time of going to press, but may be subject to change without notice. All prices are net in the UK.

ISBN

Method of Payment – Please tick and/or fill relevant boxes and select card type. Please send me a pre-payment invoice. My Reference Number is: __________________________________________________ I enclose a cheque (made payable to Taylor & Francis) for £ ____________________________________

telephone (credit cards): +44 (0)1235 400524

Please charge my debit/credit card:

Card number:

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

email: security_studies@routledge.com

Name on credit card: _____________________________________________________________ Issue No.*: _______

online: www.routledge.com

Start date: _______ /_______

Expiry date: _______ /_______

ebooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

Security No.: (last 3 digits of security number on back of card)

Signature: ______________________________________________________________________ Date: ______ /______ /______ (order not valid without signature)

ORDER ONLINE

AND RECEIVE FREE P&P! Order your books from

www.routledge.com

and receive FREE postage & packaging when spending £20 or more. (in UK only)

Your Details

*only if paying by Maestro

– Please use block capitals.

First Name:

Surname:

Email: Department: Institution: Address:

Postcode:

Country:

Telephone:

VAT No. (EU Member States):

Please tick if you would like to receive more information on our standing order system.

ISBN: 978-0-418-24673-3

MILI1001

A B C D E

complimentary exam request To order a complimentary exam copy, please contact us using one of the methods below:

online: www.routledge.com/info/compcopy

email: security_studies@routledge.com

fax:

+44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/securitystudies

LIBRARY RECOMMENDATION Ensure that your library has access to all the latest publications. Visit www.routledge.com/info/librarian.asp today and complete our online Library Recommendation Form.

The Armed Conflict Database From the International Institute for Strategic Studies

www.iiss.org/acd

Order your FREE 30 day trial today!

The IISS Armed Conflict Database is an authoritative and unique online source of data and independent analysis on current and recent conflicts Features • contains the latest information on all conflicts, including political developments, military trends and the types of weapons being used • provides details on the parties involved, and analysis on the human impact – including fatality and refugee numbers • provides an historical background, event timeline and annual assessment, for each conflict • includes a list of selected non-state armed groups, their estimated strength, origin, political or ideological aims, and areas of operation.

Functions • browse through the different year-on-year reports and fact sheets online • generate targeted reports on conflict data back to 1997 and correlate reports from various years, conflicts, regions and topics.

“Easily navigable, distinctively presented… Recommended.” – Reference Reviews

To register for a free trial, for pricing information, or to subscribe, please contact us quoting ref. Standpoint 09 UK and Rest of World Email: online.sales@tandf.co.uk Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6062 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6699

online

USA, Canada and South America Email: e-reference@taylorandfrancis.com Tel: 888-318-2367 Fax: 212-244-1563

www.online.taylorandfrancis.com

Routledge

Page 1

Page 2

Page 3

Page 5

Page 8

Page 34

Page 42

www.routledge.com/securitystudies Routledge, 2 Park Square, Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxon OX14 4RN Tel: 020 7017 6000 Fax: 020 7017 6699 Email: security_studies@routledge.com Paper used in this catalogue is chlorine free and environmentally friendly. It is manufactured with pulp supplied from sustainable managed forests.